GE XR6000 X Ray Service Manual PDF

PioneerSM_ENG.
book Page 1 Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM
GE Healthcare
gehealthcare.com
Technical 
Publication
Direction 5275601-100
Revision 12
GE Healthcare
eitconcepts@gmail.com
Medical Diagnostic Radiography XR 6000
Service Manual
Copyright © 2007~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All

Rights Reserved
PioneerSM_ENG.book Page 2 Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE 
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12 XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
Page 2
GE HEALTHCARE 
Legal Notes
TRADEMARKS
All other products and their name brands are the trademarks of their respective holders.
COPYRIGHTS
All Material, Copyright © 2007~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All rights reserved. The
material presented and contained herein may not be reproduced in any form or manner, without the
written permission of General Electric Company, Inc.
Legal Notes Page 3

GE HEALTHCARE 
This page is intentionally left blank.
Page 4 Legal Notes

GE HEALTHCARE 
Important Precautions
LANGUAGE
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ  ТОВА УПЪТВАНЕ ЗА РАБОТА Е НАЛИЧНО САМО НА АНГЛИЙСКИ ЕЗИК.

(BG)  АКО ДОСТАВЧИКЪТ НА УСЛУГАТА НА КЛИЕНТА ИЗИСКА ЕЗИК,
РАЗЛИЧЕН ОТ АНГЛИЙСКИ, ЗАДЪЛЖЕНИЕ НА КЛИЕНТА Е ДА ОСИГУРИ
ПРЕВОД.
 НЕ ИЗПОЛЗВАЙТЕ ОБОРУДВАНЕТО ПРЕДИ ДА СТЕ СЕ КОНСУЛТИРАЛИ
И РАЗБРАЛИ УПЪТВАНЕТО ЗА РАБОТА.
 НЕСПАЗВАНЕТО НА ТОВА ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ МОЖЕ ДА ДОВЕДЕ ДО
НАРАНЯВАНЕ НА ДОСТАВЧИКА НА УСЛУГАТА, ОПЕРАТОРА ИЛИ
ПАЦИЕНТ В РЕЗУЛТАТ НА ТОКОВ УДАР ИЛИ МЕХАНИЧНА ИЛИ ДРУГА
ОПАСНОСТ.
警告  本维修手册仅提供英文版本。
(ZH-CN)  如果维修服务提供商需要非英文版本，客户需自行提供翻译服务。
 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前，不得进行维修。
 忽略本警告可能对维修人员，操作员或患者造成触电、机械伤害或其他形式的伤害。
VÝSTRAHA  TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKÉM JAZYCE.

(CS)  V PŘÍPADĚ, ŽE EXTERNÍ SLUŽBA ZÁKAZNÍKŮM POTŘEBUJE NÁVOD V
JINÉM JAZYCE, JE ZAJIŠTĚNÍ PŘEKLADU DO ODPOVÍDAJÍCÍHO JAZYKA
ÚKOLEM ZÁKAZNÍKA.
 NESNAŽTE SE O ÚDRŽBU TOHOTO ZAŘÍZENÍ, ANIŽ BYSTE SI PŘEČETLI
TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH.
 V PŘÍPADĚ NEDODRŽOVÁNÍ TÉTO VÝSTRAHY MŮŽE DOJÍT K PORANĚNÍ
PRACOVNÍKA PRODEJNÍHO SERVISU, OBSLUŽNÉHO PERSONÁLU NEBO
PACIENTŮ VLIVEM ELEKTRICKÉHOP PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM
MECHANICKÝCH ČI JINÝCH RIZIK.
ADVARSEL  DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN PÅ ENGELSK.

(DA)  HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END
ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SØRGE FOR OVERSÆTTELSE.
 FORSØG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE
DENNE SERVICEMANUAL HAR VÆRET KONSULTERET OG ER FORSTÅET.
 MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFØRE
SKADE PÅ GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR
TEKNIKEREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PATIENTEN.
Important Precautions Page 5

GE HEALTHCARE 
WAARSCHUWING  DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS

VERKRIJGBAAR.
(NL)
 ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS
DE KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN.
 PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE
ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS.
 INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET
ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATIËNT GEWOND
KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK,
MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.
• THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

WARNING
• IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE
(EN) OTHER THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO
PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES.
• DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS
SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
• FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE
SERVICE PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC
SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.
HOIATUS  KÄESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.
(ET)  KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA NÕUAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST
ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT TÕLKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST.
 ÄRGE ÜRITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT
KÄESOLEVA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU
SAAMIST.
 KÄESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE VÕIB PÕHJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA,
OPERAATORI VÕI PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILÖÖGI, MEHAANILISE
VÕI MUU OHU TAGAJÄRJEL.
VAROITUS  TÄMÄ HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.

(FI)  JOS ASIAKKAAN HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖ VAATII MUUTA KUIN
ENGLANNINKIELISTÄ MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN KÄÄNNÖKSEN
HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA.
 ÄLÄ YRITÄ KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT
JA YMMÄRTÄNYT TÄMÄN HUOLTO-OHJEEN.
 MIKÄLI TÄTÄ VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA
HUOLTOHENKILÖSTÖN, LAITTEISTON KÄYTTÄJÄN TAI POTILAAN
VAHINGOITTUMINEN SÄHKÖISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN
VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.
Page 6 Important Precautions

GE HEALTHCARE 
• CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.

ATTENTION
• SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE
(FR)
AUTRE LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE
DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE.
• NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT
QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS.
• LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ
LE TECHNICIEN, L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES
DUES À DES DANGERS ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
WARNUNG  DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.

(DE)  FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE
ÜBERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN.
 VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT DIESE ANLAGE ZU WARTEN,
OHNE DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG GELESEN UND VERSTANDEN ZU HABEN.
 WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU
VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER
DES PATIENTEN DURCH STROMSCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.
ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ  ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ∆ΙΑΤΙΘΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΑ ΜΟΝΟ.
(EL)  ΕΑΝ ΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΕΝΟΣ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΑΠΑΙΤΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ

ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΩΝ, ΑΠΟΤΕΛΕΙ ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΟΥ
ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΝΑ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΙ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΕΣ ΜΕΤΑΦΡΑΣΗΣ.
 ΜΗΝ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΚΤΕΛΕΣΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΩΝ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΣΤΟΝ ΕΞΟΠΛΙΣΜΟ
ΕΚΤΟΣ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΥΤΕΙ ΚΑΙ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΚΑΤΑΝΟΗΣΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ
ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ.
 ΕΑΝ ∆Ε ΛΑΒΕΤΕ ΥΠΟΨΗ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ, ΕΝ∆ΕΧΕΤΑΙ ΝΑ
ΠΡΟΚΛΗΘΕΙ ΤΡΑΥΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ ΣΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ, ΣΤΟ ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗ
Ή ΣΤΟΝ ΑΣΘΕΝΗ ΑΠΟ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΟΠΛΗΞΙΑ, ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΟΥΣ Ή ΑΛΛΟΥΣ
ΚΙΝ∆ΥΝΟΥΣ.
FIGYELMEZTETÉS  EZEN KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYV KIZÁRÓLAG ANGOL NYELVEN ÉRHETŐ

EL.
(HU)
 HA A VEVŐ SZOLGÁLTATÓJA ANGOLTÓL ELTÉRŐ NYELVRE TART IGÉNYT,
AKKOR A VEVŐ FELELŐSSÉGE A FORDÍTÁS ELKÉSZÍTTETÉSE.
 NE PRÓBÁLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNÁLNI A BERENDEZÉST, AMÍG A
KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYVBEN LEÍRTAKAT NEM ÉRTELMEZTÉK.
 EZEN FIGYELMEZTETÉS FIGYELMEN KÍVÜL HAGYÁSA A SZOLGÁLTATÓ,
MŰKÖDTETŐ VAGY A BETEG ÁRAMÜTÉS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYÉB
VESZÉLYHELYZET MIATTI SÉRÜLÉSÉT EREDMÉNYEZHETI.

GE HEALTHCARE 
AÐVÖRUN  ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK ER EINGÖNGU FÁANLEG Á ENSKU.

(IS)  EF AÐ ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDI VIÐSKIPTAMANNS ÞARFNAST ANNAS
TUNGUMÁLS EN ENSKU, ER ÞAÐ SKYLDA VIÐSKIPTAMANNS AÐ SKAFFA
TUNGUMÁLAÞJÓNUSTU.
 REYNIÐ EKKI AÐ AFGREIÐA TÆKIÐ NEMA AÐ ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK
HEFUR VERIÐ SKOÐUÐ OG SKILIN.
 BROT Á SINNA ÞESSARI AÐVÖRUN GETUR LEITT TIL MEIÐSLA Á
ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDA, STJÓRNANDA EÐA SJÚKLINGS FRÁ RAFLOSTI,
VÉLRÆNU EÐA ÖÐRUM ÁHÆTTUM.
• IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE

AVVERTENZA SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
(IT)
• SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS
RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È
TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
• SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA
SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED
AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO.
• IL NON RISPETTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO
ALLA MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER
FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI
RISCHI.
 このサービスマニュアルには英語版しかありません。
(JA)  サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作業はその業
者の責任で行うものとさせていただきます。
 このサービスマニュアルを熟読し理解せずに、装置のサービスを行わないでくださ
い。
 この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患者さんが、
感電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があります。

GE HEALTHCARE 
경고  본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다.
(KO)  고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우, 번역 서비스를 제공하는 것
은 고객의 책임입니다.
 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지

마십시오.
 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로부터 서비스 제공

자, 운영자 혹은 환자에게 위해를 가할 수 있습니다.
BRĪDINĀJUMS  ŠĪ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGĻU VALODĀ.

(LV)  JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZĒJAM NEPIECIEŠAMA INFORMĀCIJA CITĀ
VALODĀ, NEVIS ANGĻU, KLIENTA PIENĀKUMS IR NODROŠINĀT
TULKOŠANU.
 NEVEICIET APRĪKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATAS
IZLASĪŠANAS UN SAPRAŠANAS.
 ŠĪ BRĪDINĀJUMA NEIEVĒROŠANA VAR RADĪT ELEKTRISKĀS STRĀVAS
TRIECIENA, MEHĀNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISĪTU TRAUMU APKALPES
SNIEDZĒJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.
ĮSPĖJIMAS  ŠIS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGLŲ KALBA.

(LT)  JEI KLIENTO PASLAUGŲ TIEKĖJAS REIKALAUJA VADOVO KITA KALBA – NE
ANGLŲ, NUMATYTI VERTIMO PASLAUGAS YRA KLIENTO ATSAKOMYBĖ.
 NEMĖGINKITE ATLIKTI ĮRANGOS TECHNINĖS PRIEŽIŪROS, NEBENT
ATSIŽVELGĖTE Į ŠĮ EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVĄ IR JĮ SUPRATOTE.
 JEI NEATKREIPSITE DĖMESIO Į ŠĮ PERSPĖJIMĄ, GALIMI SUŽALOJIMAI DĖL
ELEKTROS ŠOKO.
 MECHANINIŲ AR KITŲ PAVOJŲ PASLAUGŲ TIEKĖJUI, OPERATORIUI AR
PACIENTUI.
ADVARSEL  DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN FINNES BARE PÅ ENGELSK.

(NO)  HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDØR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRÅK, ER
DET KUNDENS ANSVAR Å SØRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE.
 IKKE FORSØK Å REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE
SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTÅTT.
 MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FØRE TIL AT
SERVICELEVERANDØREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES PÅ
GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STØT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.

GE HEALTHCARE 
OSTRZEŻENIE  NINIEJSZY PODRĘCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĘPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JĘZYKU

ANGIELSKIM.
(PL)
 JEŚLI DOSTAWCA USŁUG KLIENTA WYMAGA JĘZYKA INNEGO NIŻ
ANGIELSKI, ZAPEWNIENIE USŁUGI TŁUMACZENIA JEST OBOWIĄZKIEM
KLIENTA.
 NIE PRÓBOWAĆ SERWISOWAĆ WYPOSAŻENIA BEZ ZAPOZNANIA SIĘ I
ZROZUMIENIA NINIEJSZEGO PODRĘCZNIKA SERWISOWEGO.
 NIEZASTOSOWANIE SIĘ DO TEGO OSTRZEŻENIA MOŻE SPOWODOWAĆ
URAZY DOSTAWCY USŁUG, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU
PORAŻENIA ELEKTRYCZNEGO, ZAGROŻENIA MECHANICZNEGO BĄDŹ
INNEGO.
ATENÇÃO  ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA DISPONÍVEL

EM INGLÊS.
(PT)
 SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A
GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE
TRADUÇÃO.
 NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÉNCIA TÉCNICA
 O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA
DO TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS,
MECÂNICOS OU OUTROS.
ATENŢIE  ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLEZĂ.

(RO)  DACĂ UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENŢI NECESITĂ O ALTĂ
LIMBĂ DECÂT CEA ENGLEZĂ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI SĂ
FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE.
 NU ÎNCERCAŢI SĂ REPARAŢI ECHIPAMENTUL DECÂT ULTERIOR
CONSULTĂRII ŞI ÎNŢELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE.
 IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RĂNIREA
DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI ÎN URMA
PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALTĂ NATURĂ.

GE HEALTHCARE 
ОСТОРОЖНО!  ДАННОЕ РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ ПРЕДЛАГАЕТСЯ ТОЛЬКО

НА АНГЛИЙСКОМ ЯЗЫКЕ.
(RU)
 ЕСЛИ СЕРВИСНОМУ ПЕРСОНАЛУ КЛИЕНТА НЕОБХОДИМО
РУКОВОДСТВО НЕ НА АНГЛИЙСКОМ, А НА КАКОМ-ТО ДРУГОМ ЯЗЫКЕ,
КЛИЕНТУ СЛЕДУЕТ САМОСТОЯТЕЛЬНО ОБЕСПЕЧИТЬ ПЕРЕВОД.
 ПЕРЕД ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕМ ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНО
ОБРАТИТЕСЬ К ДАННОМУ РУКОВОДСТВУ И ПОЙМИТЕ ИЗЛОЖЕННЫЕ В
НЕМ СВЕДЕНИЯ.
 НЕСОБЛЮДЕНИЕ ТРЕБОВАНИЙ ДАННОГО ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЯ МОЖЕТ
ПРИВЕСТИ К ТОМУ, ЧТО СПЕЦИАЛИСТ ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ, ОПЕРАТОР
ИЛИ ПАЦИЕНТ ПОЛУЧАТ УДАР ЭЛЕКТРИЧЕСКИМ ТОКОМ,
МЕХАНИЧЕСКУЮ ТРАВМУ ИЛИ ДРУГОЕ ПОВРЕЖДЕНИЕ.
UPOZORNENIE  TENTO NÁVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZÍCII LEN V ANGLIČTINE.
(SK)  AK ZÁKAZNÍKOV POSKYTOVATEĽ SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK AKO

ANGLIČTINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATEĽSKÝCH SLUŽIEB JE
ZODPOVEDNOSŤOU ZÁKAZNÍKA.
 NEPOKÚŠAJTE SA O OBSLUHU ZARIADENIA SKÔR, AKO SI NEPREČÍTATE
NÁVOD NA OBLUHU A NEPOROZUMIETE MU.
 ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA MÔŽE VYÚSTIŤ DO ZRANENIA
POSKYTOVATEĽA SLUŽIEB, OBSLUHUJÚCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA
ELEKTRICKÝM PRÚDOM, DO MECHANICKÉHO ALEBO INÉHO
NEBEZPEČENSTVA.
ATENCION  ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES.

(ES)  SI ALGUN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLES, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCION.
 NO SE DEBERA DAR SERVICIO TECNICO AL EQUIPO,
SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
 LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.

GE HEALTHCARE 
VARNING  DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ ENGELSKA.

(SV)  OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRÅK ÄN
ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FÖR ATT TILLHANDAHÅLLA
ÖVERSÄTTNINGSTJÄNSTER.
 FÖRSÖK INTE UTFÖRA SERVICE PÅ UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LÄST
OCH FÖRSTÅR DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN.
 OM DU INTE TAR HÄNSYN TILL DEN HÄR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA
I SKADOR PÅ SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATÖREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL
FÖLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STÖTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA
FAROR.
DİKKAT  BU SERVİS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE İNGİLİZCESİ MEVCUTTUR.

(TR)  EĞER MÜŞTERİ TEKNİSYENİ BU KILAVUZU İNGİLİZCE DIŞINDA BİR BAŞKA
LİSANDAN TALEP EDERSE, BUNU TERCÜME ETTİRMEK MÜŞTERİYE DÜŞER.
 SERVİS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKİPMANLARA MÜDAHALE
ETMEYİNİZ.
 BU UYARIYA UYULMAMASI, ELEKTRİK, MEKANİK VEYA DİĞER
TEHLİKELERDEN DOLAYI TEKNİSYEN, OPERATÖR VEYA HASTANIN
YARALANMASINA YOL AÇABİLİR.

GE HEALTHCARE 
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage
In Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed
for” by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage
MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after
receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation
company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.
Call GEHC Global Parts 1-800-548-3366 and select option 8, immediately after damage is found.
At this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name, freight or express
bill number, item damaged and extent of damage.
Complete instructions regarding claim procedure are found in Section S of the Policy And
Procedures Bulletins.
14 July 1993
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared
for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds
into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by
qualified GE Healthcare personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field
engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the
applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
IMPORTANT...X-RAY PROTECTION
X-ray equipment, if not properly used, may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein
contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment
before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Healthcare
Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the
useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any
practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any
persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.
It is important that anyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully
acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on
Radiation Protection, and of any other local authorities, and take adequate steps to protect against
injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Healthcare
Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result
from improper use of the equipment.
Various protective materials and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be used.

GE HEALTHCARE 
OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
GE personnel, please use the GEHC Complaint Record Process to report all omissions, errors, and
defects in this publication.
WARNINGS
Do not modify this equipment without authorization of the manufacturer. Upon request,
MANUFACTURER will provide circuit diagrams, component part lists, descriptions, calibration
instructions, or other information to assist service personnel to repair parts

GE HEALTHCARE 
Preface
Publication Conventions
Standardized conventions for representing information is a uniform way of communicating
information to a reader in a consistent manner. Conventions are used so that the reader can easily
recognize the actions or decisions that must be made. There are a number of character and
paragraph styles used in this publication to accomplish this task. Please become familiar with them
before proceeding forward.
It’s important that you read and understand hazard statements, and not just ignore them.
Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information
Proper product safety labeling allows a person to safely use or service a product. The format and
style for safety communications reflected in this publication represents the harmonization of IEC/
ISO 3864 and ANSI Z535 standards.
Within this publication, different paragraph and character styles are used to indicated potential
hazards. Paragraph prefixes, such as hazard, caution, danger and warning, are used to identify
important safety information. Text (Hazard) styles are applied to the paragraph contents that are
applicable to each specific safety statement.
1.1 Hazard Messages
Any action that will, could or potentially cause personal injury will be preceded by the safety alert
symbol and an appropriate signal word. The safety alert symbol is the triangle with an exclamation
mark within it. It’s always used next to the signal word to indicate the severity of the hazard.
Together, they are used to indicate a hazard exists.
Signal words describe the severity of possible human injures that may be encountered. The alert
symbol and signal word are placed immediately before any paragraph they affect. Safety
information includes:
1.) Signal Word - The seriousness level of the hazard.
2.) Symbol or Pictorial - The consequence of interaction with the hazard.
3.) Word Message:
a.) The nature of the hazard (i.e. the type of hazard)
b.) How to avoid the hazard.
The safety alert symbol is not used when an action can only cause equipment damage.
1.2 Text Format of Signal Words

DANGER - INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF
NOT AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. THIS SIGNAL
WORD IS LIMITED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS.
WARNING - INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT
AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Caution - Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
Preface - Publication Conventions Page 15

GE HEALTHCARE 
NOTICE - Indicates information or a company policy that relates directly or indirectly to the
safety of personnel or protection of property. This signal word is associated directly with a
hazard or hazardous situation and is used in place of 'DANGER,' 'WARNING,' or 'CAUTION.'
It can include:
• Destruction of a disk drive
• Potential for internal mechanical damage, such as to a X-ray tube
1.3 Symbols and Pictorials Used

The following Symbols and Pictorials are be used in this publication. These graphical icons
(symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause
harm.
keep_up magnetic biohazard compressgas ppe-hearing
impact corrosive heavyobject ppe-2people
fragile
static_elec heat general laser ppe-respitory
keep_dry pinch radiation poisongas ppe-loto
general explosive electrical flammable ppe-eye
torque crush/mechanical tipping Read Manual ppe-gloves
ce instuction poisonmatl entanglement instuction
1.3.1 SPECIAL NOTICES
Page 16 Section 1.0 - Safety & Hazard Information

GE HEALTHCARE 
Dangerous Voltage. Indicates an avoidable dangerous high voltage hazard.
This symbol on the equipment means that the operating instructions should be consulted to assure
safe operation.
This symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed of as
unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately. Please contact an authorized
representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your
equipment.
Follow instructions for use.
1.3.2 X-ray Tube

X-ray emission. X-ray tube head is emitting X-rays. Take adequate precautions to prevent the
possibility of any persons carelessly, unwisely, or unknowingly exposing themselves or others to
radiation.
Identifies controls or indicators associated with the selection of a small focal spot or the connection
for the corresponding filament.
Identifies controls or indicators associated with the selection of a large focal spot or the connection
for the corresponding filament.
1.3.3 Power ON and OFF
Power ON switch or switch position that applies mains voltage. Indicated connection to the mains
for all mains switches or their positions. This symbol is used in all cases where safety is involved.
Power OFF switch or switch positions that removes mains voltage. Indicated disconnection from
the mains for all mains switches or their positions. This symbol is used in all cases where safety is
involved.
1.3.4 Electrical Type
Type B Equipment. Equipment providing a particular degree of protection again electrical shock
regarding leakage current and protective grounding per IEC 60601-1.
1.3.5 Electrical Current
Alternating Current. Indicates equipment that is suitable for alternating current only.
Direct Current. Indicates equipment that is suitable for direct current only.
1.3.6 Collimator
Control for indicating radiation field by using light.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.3.7 Ground
Functional Earth (ground) Terminal. Terminal directly connected to a point of a measuring supply
or control circuit or to a screening part which is intended to be earthen for functional purposes.
Protective Earth (ground). Identifies any terminal that is intended for connection of an external
protective conductor to protect against electrical shock in case of a fault.
Section 2.0
Publication Conventions
2.1 General Paragraph and Character Styles
Prefixes are used to highlight important non-safety related information. Paragraph prefixes (such
as Purpose, Example, Comment or Note) are used to identify important but non-safety related
information. Text styles are also applied to text within each paragraph modified by the specific
prefix.
EXAMPLES OF PREFIXES USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION:

Purpose: Introduces and provides meaning as to the information contained within the chapter,
section or subsection (such as used at the beginning this chapter, for example).
Note: Conveys information that should be considered important to the reader.
Example: Used to make the reader aware that the paragraph(s) that follow are examples of information
possibly stated previously.
Comment: Represents “additional” information that may or may not be relevant to your situation.
Page 18 Section 2.0 - Publication Conventions

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.2 Page Layout
Publication Part Number & Revision Number Publication Title
The current section and its title The current chapter and its title
are always shown in the footer of are always shown in the footer of
the left (even) page. the right (odd) page.
An exclamation point in a triangle is used Paragraphs preceeded by a symbol
to indicate important information to the user. (e.g. bullets) contain information that
Paragraphs preceeded by Alphanumeric has no specific order.
characters (e.g. numbers) contain infor-
mation that must be followed in a specific order.
Headers and footers in this publication are designed to allow you to quickly identify your location.
The document part number and revision number appears in every header on every page. Odd
numbered page footers indicate the current chapter, its title and current page number. Even page
footers show the current section and its title, as well as the current page number.
2.3 Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles

Within this publication, mono-spaced character styles (fonts) are used to indicate computer text
that’s either screen input and output. Mono-spaced fonts, such courier, are used to indicated text
direction. When you type at your keyboard, you are generating computer input. Occasionally you
will see the math operator “greater-than” and “less-than” symbols used to indicate the start and
finish of variable output. When reading text generated by the computer, you are reading it as
computer generated output. In addition to direction, characters are italicized (e.g. italics) to indicate
information specific to your system or site.
Example: Fixed This paragraph’s font represents computer generated screen “fixed” output.
Output Its output is fixed from the sense that it does not vary from application
to application. It’s the most commonly used style used to indicate
filenames, paths and text that do not change from system to system. The
character style used is a fixed width such as courier.
Example: This paragraph’s font represents computer screen output that is
Variable Output “variable”. It’s used to represent output that varies from application to
application or system to system. Variable output is sometimes found placed
between greater-than and less-than operators for clarification. For
example: <variable_ouput> or <3.45.120.3>. In both cases, the < and >
operators are not part of the actual input.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Example: Fixed This paragraph’s font represents fixed input. It’s computer input that is
Input typed-in via the keyboard. Typed input that does not vary from application
to application or system to system. Fixed text the user is required to
supply as input. For example: cd /usr/3p
Example: This paragraph’s font represents computer input that can vary from
Variable Input application to application or system to system. With variable text, the
user is required to supply system dependent input or information. Variable
input sometimes is placed between greater-than and less-than operators.
For example: <variable_input>. In these cases, the (<>) operators would
be dropped prior to input. For example: ypcat hosts | grep <3.45.120.3>
would be typed into the computer as:
ypcat hosts | grep 3.45.120.3
without the greater-than and less-than operators.
2.4 Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys)
Different character styles are used to indicate actions requiring the reader to press either a hard or
soft button, switch or key. Physical hardware, such as buttons and switches, are called hard keys
because they are hard wired or mechanical in nature. A keyboard or on/off switch would be a hard
key. Software or computer generated buttons are called soft keys because they are software
generated. Software driven menu buttons are an example of such keys. Soft and hard keys are
represented differently in this publication.
Example: Hard A power switch ON/OFF or a keyboard key like ENTER is indicated by applying a character style
Keys that uses both over and under-lined bold text that is bold. This is a hard key.
Example: Soft Whereas the computer MENU button that you would click with your mouse or touch with your hand
Keys uses over and under-lined regular text. This is a soft key.
Page 20 Section 2.0 - Publication Conventions

GE HEALTHCARE 
Table of Contents
3
Preface
Publication Conventions ...................................................................................... 15
Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information ........................................................................... 15
1.1 Hazard Messages............................................................................................................ 15
1.2 Text Format of Signal Words ........................................................................................... 15
1.3 Symbols and Pictorials Used ........................................................................................... 16
1.3.1 SPECIAL NOTICES............................................................................................ 16
1.3.2 X-ray Tube .......................................................................................................... 17
1.3.3 Power ON and OFF ............................................................................................ 17
1.3.4 Electrical Type .................................................................................................... 17
1.3.5 Electrical Current ................................................................................................ 17
1.3.6 Collimator............................................................................................................ 17
1.3.7 Ground................................................................................................................ 18
Section 2.0
Publication Conventions ................................................................................. 18
2.1 General Paragraph and Character Styles........................................................................ 18
2.2 Page Layout..................................................................................................................... 19
2.3 Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles .................................................... 19
2.4 Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys) ........................................... 20
Chapter 1 - Before You Begin............................................................................... 37

Section 1.0
Introduction ...................................................................................................... 37
Section 2.0
Objective and Scope of this Manual............................................................... 37
2.1 Pre-Installation Check...................................................................................................... 37
2.2 Installation Plan ............................................................................................................... 37
2.3 Interconnection ................................................................................................................ 37
2.4 Presentation..................................................................................................................... 38
Section 3.0
On-Site Requirements...................................................................................... 38
3.1 EMC Requirements ......................................................................................................... 38
3.2 Tools and Test Equipment............................................................................................... 38
3.3 Documentation................................................................................................................. 38
3.4 Audio and Visual.............................................................................................................. 39
Section 4.0
Description of System ..................................................................................... 39
Table of Contents Page 21

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 2 - Physical Installation .......................................................................... 41
Section 1.0
System Installation Guide................................................................................ 41
Section 2.0
Installation Checklist........................................................................................ 44
Section 3.0
Before You Begin.............................................................................................. 48
Section 4.0
Integrated Table ................................................................................................ 49
4.1 Radiography Table.......................................................................................................... 49
4.1.1 Unpacking and Positioning................................................................................. 49
4.1.2 Installation .......................................................................................................... 57
4.2 Tube Stand...................................................................................................................... 62
4.2.1 Unpacking .......................................................................................................... 62
4.2.2 Installation .......................................................................................................... 64
4.3 X-Ray Tube ..................................................................................................................... 69
4.4 Control Box and Collimator ............................................................................................. 72
4.5 Counterweight ................................................................................................................. 82
4.6 Cassette Tray.................................................................................................................. 83
4.7 Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional).................................................................................... 84
4.7.1 Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for system with standard Integrated table ... 85
4.7.2 Install the Grid Only for system with standard Integrated table.......................... 88
4.7.3 Install the Ion Chamber and Grid for system with advanced Integrated table.... 89
4.8 Electrical Connections..................................................................................................... 94
4.9 Install Cabinet Tray ......................................................................................................... 97
4.10 Table Top Installation and Leveling ................................................................................ 98
Section 5.0
System Console................................................................................................ 99
5.1 Without Console Stand ................................................................................................... 99
5.2 With Console Stand ........................................................................................................ 99
Section 6.0
Collimator Alignment ..................................................................................... 101
Section 7.0DAP Meter Installation................................................................. 102
Section 8.0
Standard Wall Stand....................................................................................... 105
8.1 Unpacking ..................................................................................................................... 105
8.2 Installation ..................................................................................................................... 108
8.3 Cassette Tray................................................................................................................ 111
8.4 Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional).................................................................................. 111
8.4.1 Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for standard wall stand .............................. 112
8.4.2 Install the Grid Only for standard wall stand .................................................... 115
8.4.3 Install both Ion chamber and grid..................................................................... 116
8.5 Counterweight ............................................................................................................... 120
Section 9.0
Final Cover Installation .................................................................................. 121
9.1 Install Standard Tube Stand Covers ............................................................................. 121
Page 22 Table of Contents

GE HEALTHCARE 
9.2 Install Table Front Cover ............................................................................................... 124
9.3 Install Standard Wall Stand Covers ............................................................................... 124
Section 10.0
Labels and Rating Plates............................................................................... 125
10.1 System Console............................................................................................................. 125
10.2 Integrated Table............................................................................................................. 125
10.3 Cabinet .......................................................................................................................... 126
10.4 Wall Stand ..................................................................................................................... 126
Section 11.0
Installation Checklist ..................................................................................... 128
Section 12.0
Regulatory Tests and Final Steps................................................................. 130
12.1 AEC Tests...................................................................................................................... 130
12.1.1 AEC Maximum MAS ......................................................................................... 130
12.1.1.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 130
12.1.1.2 Procedure (50kV) .......................................................................... 130
12.1.2 AEC Minimum Exposure Time.......................................................................... 130
12.1.2.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 130
12.1.2.2 Procedure...................................................................................... 130
12.1.3 Reproducibility Of Exposure ............................................................................. 131
12.1.3.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 131
12.1.3.2 Procedure...................................................................................... 131
> Calculation for Coefficient of Variation (C.V.):............................... 132
12.2 Final Installation and Admin Tasks ................................................................................ 132
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration ............................................................. 135

Section 1.0
Configuration & Calibration List ................................................................... 135
Section 2.0
Configuration & Calibration Contents.......................................................... 135
2.1 System Configuration .................................................................................................... 135
2.2 X-Ray Tube Seasoning.................................................................................................. 136
2.2.1 Requirements ................................................................................................... 136
2.2.2 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 136
2.3 Service Software User Guide ........................................................................................ 139
2.3.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 139
2.3.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 139
2.3.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................ 139
2.3.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 139
2.3.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 139
2.3.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 139
2.3.7 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 139
2.3.7.1 Loading service software on service laptop .................................. 139
2.3.7.2 Using service software .................................................................. 139
2.3.7.3 Typical screen description............................................................. 141
2.4 Tube Configuration ........................................................................................................ 145
2.4.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 145
2.4.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 146

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.4.3 Safety Precautions ........................................................................................... 146
2.4.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 146
2.4.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 146
2.4.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 146
2.4.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 146
2.4.7.1 Load software according to tube present in the installation.......... 146
2.4.7.2 Verify............................................................................................. 146
2.5 Receptor Programming ................................................................................................. 146
2.5.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 146
2.5.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 146
2.5.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 147
2.5.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 147
2.5.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 147
2.5.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 147
2.5.7.1 Introduction ................................................................................... 147
2.5.7.2 Calling the subroutine ................................................................... 147
2.5.7.3 Parameter selection...................................................................... 147
2.5.7.4 Renard or normal scale for kv selection ....................................... 149
2.5.7.5 Date & Time.................................................................................. 149
2.6 Automatic AEC Calibration............................................................................................ 151
2.6.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 151
2.6.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 151
2.6.3 Safety precautions ........................................................................................... 151
2.6.4 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 151
2.6.5 Time ................................................................................................................. 151
2.6.6 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 151
2.6.7 PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 151
2.6.7.1 Development equipment............................................................... 151
2.6.7.2 Preliminary Remarks .................................................................... 152
2.6.7.3 Principle ........................................................................................ 152
2.6.7.4 KVEF Adjustment ......................................................................... 153
2.7 CR AEC Calibration ...................................................................................................... 158
2.7.1 Systems with CR Filming Only ......................................................................... 158
2.7.1.1 Program Generator with Default CR Parameters ......................... 158
2.7.1.2 CR Dose Adjustment .................................................................... 159
2.7.2 System with Film and CR Filming Combined ................................................... 159
2.7.3 Final Adjustment .............................................................................................. 160
2.7.3.1 Disable Unused Film-Screen ........................................................ 160
2.7.3.2 Perform Checksum ....................................................................... 160
2.7.3.3 Save Memory................................................................................ 160
2.8 Checksum Validation .................................................................................................... 160
2.8.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 160
2.8.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 160
2.8.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 160
2.8.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 160
2.8.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 160
2.8.7 PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 161
2.8.7.1 Preliminary Remarks .................................................................... 161
2.8.7.2 Checksum Validation .................................................................... 161
2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters.................................................................. 162

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.9.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 162
2.9.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 162
2.9.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 162
2.9.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 162
2.9.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 162
2.9.7 Applicability....................................................................................................... 162
2.9.8 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 162
2.9.8.1 CPU memory backup .................................................................... 162
2.9.8.2 CPU memory restore..................................................................... 163
2.9.8.3 Error messages ............................................................................. 163
2.10 Dosimetric Calibration.................................................................................................... 163
2.10.1 Dose/DAP accuracy check procedure .............................................................. 163
2.10.2 Dose/DAP accuracy maintenance .................................................................... 164
Chapter 4 - Functional Checks........................................................................... 165

Section 1.0
Introduction .................................................................................................... 165
Section 2.0
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................................ 166
Section 3.0
Operational Checks........................................................................................ 167
3.1 System Power Up .......................................................................................................... 167
3.2 Tube Assembly Operation ............................................................................................. 167
3.2.1 Tube Stand Longitudinal Movement ................................................................. 168
3.2.2 Tube Stand Rotation......................................................................................... 168
3.2.3 Tube Arm Vertical Movement ........................................................................... 168
3.2.4 X-Ray Tube Angulation..................................................................................... 168
3.2.5 X-Ray Tube Tilting ............................................................................................ 169
3.2.6 Table Top Movement Checks........................................................................... 169
3.2.7 Cassette Tray Movement.................................................................................. 169
3.2.8 Collimator Rotation ........................................................................................... 169
3.2.9 Collimator Light Timer....................................................................................... 169
3.2.10 Wall Stand Carriage Vertical Movement........................................................... 169
Section 4.0
Performance Checks...................................................................................... 169
4.1 Console.......................................................................................................................... 169
4.2 Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light Field Alignment....................................................... 170
4.2.1 Requirements ................................................................................................... 170
4.2.2 Test Method...................................................................................................... 170
4.3 Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor............................................ 173
4.3.1 Requirements ................................................................................................... 173
4.3.2 Test Method...................................................................................................... 173
4.4 Image Quality................................................................................................................. 174
4.4.1 Test Method...................................................................................................... 174
4.5 Tube Voltage Accuracy.................................................................................................. 175
4.5.1 Tools ................................................................................................................. 175
4.5.2 Requirements ................................................................................................... 175
4.5.3 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 175

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.6 Tube Current ................................................................................................................. 175
4.6.1 Requirements ................................................................................................... 175
4.6.2 Procedure......................................................................................................... 175
4.7 Exposure Time .............................................................................................................. 176
4.7.1 Requirements ................................................................................................... 176
4.7.2 Procedure......................................................................................................... 176
4.8 Exposure mAs............................................................................................................... 176
4.8.1 Requirements ................................................................................................... 176
4.8.2 Procedure......................................................................................................... 176
4.9 Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) - Optional .............................................................. 177
4.9.1 Table AEC........................................................................................................ 177
4.9.2 Wall Stand AEC ............................................................................................... 177
4.10 Collimator Light Timer ................................................................................................... 177
Section 5.0
HHS Test.......................................................................................................... 178
Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 179

Section 1.0
Theory.............................................................................................................. 179
1.1 Glossary ........................................................................................................................ 179
1.2 JEDI HIGH LEVEL BLOCK DIAGRAM ......................................................................... 180
Section 2.0
Theory Presentation ....................................................................................... 181
2.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 181
2.2 Standard Features ........................................................................................................ 181
2.3 Applications................................................................................................................... 181
2.4 Architecture ................................................................................................................... 182
2.4.1 A Kernel ........................................................................................................... 182
2.4.2 Options Depending on the Application............................................................. 182
2.5 A Packaging Architecture.............................................................................................. 184
2.5.1 Auxiliaries Box.................................................................................................. 184
2.5.2 Power Box........................................................................................................ 184
2.5.3 AC/DC Box ....................................................................................................... 184
2.5.4 System Interface Box ....................................................................................... 184
2.5.5 Optional Boxes ................................................................................................. 184
Section 3.0
Technique Factors Measurement Criteria .................................................... 186
3.1 kV Accuracies ............................................................................................................... 186
3.2 mA Accuracies .............................................................................................................. 186
3.3 mAs Accuracies ............................................................................................................ 186
3.4 Exposure Time Accuracies ........................................................................................... 186
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes ........................................... 187

Section 1.0
Exception Handling ........................................................................................ 187
1.1 Diagnostics.................................................................................................................... 187
1.2 Power-On Diagnostic .................................................................................................... 187

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.3 Live Diagnostics............................................................................................................. 187
1.4 Error Code Structure...................................................................................................... 187
1.5 Simplified Error Code Definition..................................................................................... 188
1.6 Generator Phase Definition ........................................................................................... 188
1.7 Error Class Definition..................................................................................................... 188
1.8 Error Code Definition ..................................................................................................... 189
1.9 Data Associated With The Error Code........................................................................... 190
1.10 Number Of Occurrences................................................................................................ 190
1.11 Date & Time................................................................................................................... 190
Section 2.0
Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting ............................................. 190
2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 190
2.2 Power On Diagnostics ................................................................................................... 190
2.3 Error Code List............................................................................................................... 191
2.4 Error Reporting .............................................................................................................. 195
2.5 Diagnostics .................................................................................................................... 195
2.6 Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide..................................................... 195
2.6.1 Errors ................................................................................................................ 197
2.6.1.1 Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30) .......................................... 197
2.6.1.2 Anode Rotation errors (Code 40) .................................................. 197
2.6.1.3 Filament Heater errors (Code 50) ................................................. 199
2.6.1.4 Exposure errors (Code 60) ................................. 201
2.6.1.5 Power supply (Code 70) ................................... 203
2.6.1.6 Hardware errors (Code 80) ................................. 203
2.6.1.7 Application errors (Code 90) ......................................................... 205
2.6.1.8 Communication errors (code 100)................................................. 205
2.6.1.9 Thermal errors (code 110) ................................. 205
2.6.1.10 Manipulation errors (code 120) ............................. 206
2.7 Warning Errors............................................................................................................... 206
2.8 Other Failures ................................................................................................................ 207
2.9 Heating Function diagnostics......................................................................................... 209
2.10 Rotation Function diagnostics........................................................................................ 210
2.11 Inverter in Short Circuit Function diagnostics ................................................................ 210
2.12 AEC diagnostics ............................................................................................................ 213
2.13 No Load HV diagnostics ................................................................................................ 213
2.14 Inverter Gate Command diagnostics ............................................................................. 214
Section 3.0
Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes .................................................... 216
3.1 Error Codes ................................................................ 216
3.2 Console Troubleshooting............................................................................................... 216
3.2.1 System Error (C01-0001).................................................................................. 216
3.2.2 Memory Error on Console Control Board (C02-0001) ...................................... 217
3.2.3 Membrane Button Error (C02-1000) ................................................................. 218
3.2.4 JEDI Communication Error (C03-0001)............................................................ 219
3.2.5 APR Random or All (C04-0001) ....................................................................... 219
3.2.6 No AEC Config (C04-0002) .............................................................................. 219
3.2.7 Overlimit (C04-0003) ........................................................................................ 219
3.2.8 Phase Missing (C04-0004) ............................................................................... 220
3.2.9 Generator Error (C05-0001) ............................................................................. 220
3.2.10 Other Troubleshooting ...................................................................................... 220

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.2.10.1 LED Unlit Failure........................................................................... 220
3.2.10.2 Buzzer Failure............................................................................... 220
3.2.10.3 LCD Display Failure...................................................................... 220
3.2.10.4 LCD Display Faintness ................................................................. 220
3.2.10.5 Power Un failure ........................................................................... 221
Section 4.0 PDU
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................. 221
4.1 PDU Troubleshooting.................................................................................................... 221
4.1.1 No Console Power ........................................................................................... 221
4.1.2 No EM Lock Power or No Collimator Power .................................................... 222
4.1.3 No Generator Power ........................................................................................ 223
Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance...................................................................... 225

Section 1.0
Preventive Maintenance Action List ............................................................. 225
Section 2.0
Preventive Maintenance................................................................................. 227
2.1 General Cleaning and Painting ..................................................................................... 227
2.1.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 227
2.1.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 227
2.1.4 prerequisites..................................................................................................... 227
2.1.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 227
2.1.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 227
2.1.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 227
2.2 Visual Inspection ........................................................................................................... 227
2.2.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 227
2.2.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 228
2.2.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 228
2.2.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 228
2.2.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 228
2.2.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 228
2.3 Functional Checks......................................................................................................... 228
2.3.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 228
2.3.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 228
2.3.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 228
2.3.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 228
2.3.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 228
2.3.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 229
2.4 Table Base Maintenance .............................................................................................. 229
2.4.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 229
2.4.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 229
2.4.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 229
2.4.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 229
2.4.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 229
2.4.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 229

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.5 Patient Support Maintenance ........................................................................................ 230
2.5.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 230
2.5.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 230
2.5.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 230
2.5.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 230
2.5.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 230
2.5.7 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 230
2.6 Cassette Tray Carriage Maintenance ............................................................................ 230
2.6.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 230
2.6.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 230
2.6.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 231
2.6.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 231
2.6.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 231
2.6.7 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 231
2.7 Tube Stand and Wall Stand Maintenance ..................................................................... 231
2.7.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 231
2.7.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 231
2.7.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 231
2.7.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 231
2.7.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 231
2.7.7 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 232
2.8 Generator Functional Checks ........................................................................................ 232
2.8.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 232
2.8.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 232
2.8.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 232
2.8.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 232
2.8.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 232
2.8.7 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 232
2.8.7.1 Test exposure................................................................................ 232
> Post display initialization: .............................................................. 232
> mA accuracy.................................................................................. 233
> AEC functionality check (if existing) .............................................. 233
2.8.7.2 Record last error codes ................................................................. 233
2.8.7.3 Record results on counters ........................................................... 234
2.8.7.4 Check technique factors................................................................ 235
2.8.7.5 Tighten terminals and remove dust ............................................... 235
2.9 HV Cable and Sockets Regreasing ............................................................................... 235
2.9.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 235
2.9.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 235
2.9.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 235
2.9.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 235
2.9.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 235
2.9.7 Procedure ......................................................................................................... 235
2.10 Replace Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAM ........................................................ 235
2.10.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 235
2.10.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 236

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.10.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 236
2.10.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 236
2.10.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 236
2.10.7 Procedure......................................................................................................... 236
2.10.7.1 Remove and Replace the RAM .................................................... 236
2.10.7.2 Download Database ..................................................................... 236
Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts .................................................................................. 237

Section 1.0
Renewal Parts List.......................................................................................... 237
1.1 Bearing kit 5196543, 5196544 ...................................................................................... 247
1.2 X-Ray Tube (5192454) / Collimator (5189248) Replacement....................................... 248
1.3 Collimator Lamp (5136302) Replacement .................................................................... 248
1.4 Rotundity Electricity Brake Assembly (5184986) Replacement .................................... 250
1.5 Wall Stand Cassette Tray Spring Kit (5196542) Replacement ..................................... 252
1.6 Console Replacement................................................................................................... 253
1.7 Console Main Board Replacement ............................................................................... 254
1.8 Hand Switch Replacement............................................................................................ 255
1.9 TAV Board Replacement .............................................................................................. 255
1.10 Table Top IF Board (5335073) Replacement................................................................ 257
Section 2.0
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts ...................................................................... 257
2.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 257
2.2 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts List .............................................................................. 257
2.3 FRU Information............................................................................................................ 258
2.4 Jedi 50 R 1T Structure .................................................................................................. 259
2.5 Renewal Parts............................................................................................................... 260
2.6 Cables ........................................................................................................................... 263
Section 3.0
JEDI Generator Disassembly/Reassembly................................................... 264
3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 264
3.2 Tools ............................................................................................................................. 264
3.3 HV Tank, 1 Tube, 1-3 Phase......................................................................................... 265
3.3.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 265
3.3.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 265
3.3.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 265
3.3.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 266
3.3.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 266
3.3.7 Disassembly..................................................................................................... 266
3.3.8 Reassembly ..................................................................................................... 268
3.3.9 Verify ................................................................................................................ 269
3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly ....................................................................................... 269
3.4.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 269
3.4.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 270
3.4.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 270
3.4.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 270
3.4.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 270

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.4.7 Disassembly ..................................................................................................... 271
3.4.7.1 Remove the Auxiliary Unit ............................................................. 272
3.4.7.2 Remove the Interface Unit............................................................. 272
3.4.7.3 Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate............................. 273
3.4.7.4 Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly ................................... 274
3.4.8 Reassembly ...................................................................................................... 276
3.4.9 Verify................................................................................................................. 278
3.5 I/F Board RAD ............................................................................................................... 278
3.5.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 278
3.5.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 279
3.5.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 279
3.5.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 279
3.5.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 279
3.5.7 Disassembly ..................................................................................................... 279
3.5.7.1 Remove the I/F Board Rad............................................................ 279
3.5.8 Reassembly ...................................................................................................... 280
3.6 KV Board RAD............................................................................................................... 280
3.6.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 280
3.6.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 280
3.6.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 280
3.6.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 281
3.6.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 282
3.6.7 Disassembly ..................................................................................................... 282
3.6.7.2 Remove the Interface Unit............................................................. 282
3.6.7.3 Remove the kV Control Board....................................................... 282
3.6.8 Reassembly ...................................................................................................... 282
3.6.9 Verify................................................................................................................. 282
3.7 EMC Board 3 Phases .................................................................................................... 283
3.7.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 283
3.7.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 283
3.7.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 283
3.7.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 283
3.7.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 283
3.7.7 Disassembly ..................................................................................................... 284
3.7.7.1 Remove the AC/DC Unit ............................................................... 284
3.7.7.2 Remove the EMC Board ............................................................... 285
3.7.8 Reassembly ...................................................................................................... 285
3.7.9 Verify................................................................................................................. 285
3.8 AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly ................................................................................ 285
3.8.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 285
3.8.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 285
3.8.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 286
3.8.5 Disassembly ..................................................................................................... 286
3.8.5.1 Remove the AC/DC Unit ............................................................... 286
3.8.5.2 Remove the AC/DC Board ............................................................ 287
3.8.5.3 Remove the Rectifier Block ........................................................... 287
3.8.6 Reassembly ...................................................................................................... 287

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.8.7 Verify ................................................................................................................ 288
3.9 Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly ................................................................................ 288
3.9.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 288
3.9.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 288
3.9.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 288
3.9.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 288
3.9.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 289
3.9.7 Disassembly..................................................................................................... 289
3.9.7.1 Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit ......................... 289
3.9.7.2 Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate ............................ 289
3.9.7.3 Remove the Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly ........................... 289
3.9.8 Reassembly ..................................................................................................... 290
3.9.9 Verify ................................................................................................................ 292
3.10 Capacitor Inverter Assembly ......................................................................................... 292
3.10.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 292
3.10.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 292
3.10.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 292
3.10.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 292
3.10.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 292
3.10.7 Disassembly..................................................................................................... 292
3.10.7.1 Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit ......................... 292
3.10.7.2 Remove the AC/DC Unit and the Support Plate ........................... 292
3.10.7.3 Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly .................................... 293
3.10.8 Reassembly ..................................................................................................... 294
3.10.9 Verify ................................................................................................................ 297
3.11 LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board.................................................................................. 297
3.11.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 297
3.11.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 297
3.11.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 297
3.11.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 297
3.11.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 297
3.11.7 Disassembly..................................................................................................... 298
3.11.7.1 Remove the Auxiliary Unit ............................................................ 298
3.11.7.2 Remove the LV Power Supply Board ........................................... 299
3.11.8 Reassembly ..................................................................................................... 299
3.11.9 Verify ................................................................................................................ 299
3.12 Filament Board 1 INV.................................................................................................... 300
3.12.1 Supplies ........................................................................................................... 300
3.12.2 Tools ................................................................................................................ 300
3.12.4 Prerequisites .................................................................................................... 300
3.12.5 Personnel ......................................................................................................... 300
3.12.6 Time ................................................................................................................. 300
3.12.7 Disassembly..................................................................................................... 301
3.12.7.1 Remove the Auxiliary Unit ............................................................ 301
3.12.7.2 Remove the Filament Board ......................................................... 302
3.12.8 Reassembly ..................................................................................................... 302
3.12.9 Verify ................................................................................................................ 302
3.13 Rotor Board High Speed ............................................................................................... 302

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.13.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 302
3.13.1.1 Tools.............................................................................................. 303
3.13.3 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 303
3.13.4 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 303
3.13.5 Time.................................................................................................................. 303
3.13.6 Disassembly ..................................................................................................... 303
3.13.6.2 Remove the Rotor Board............................................................... 304
3.13.7 Reassembly ...................................................................................................... 304
3.13.8 Verify................................................................................................................. 305
3.14 AEC Board..................................................................................................................... 305
3.14.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................ 305
3.14.2 Tools ................................................................................................................. 305
3.14.4 Prerequisites..................................................................................................... 305
3.14.5 Personnel.......................................................................................................... 305
3.14.6 Time.................................................................................................................. 305
3.14.7 Disassembly ..................................................................................................... 306
3.14.7.2 Remove the AEC Board ................................................................ 306
3.14.8 Reassembly ...................................................................................................... 307
3.14.9 Verify................................................................................................................. 307
Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards................................................................... 309
Section 1.0
Software Download / Upgrade ...................................................................... 309
1.1 Supplies ......................................................................................................................... 309
1.2 Tools .............................................................................................................................. 309
1.3 Safety Precautions......................................................................................................... 309
1.4 Prerequisites.................................................................................................................. 309
1.5 Personnel....................................................................................................................... 309
1.6 Time............................................................................................................................... 309
1.7 Procedure ...................................................................................................................... 309
1.7.1 Load Software File on Service Laptop.............................................................. 309
1.7.2 Unzip software file ............................................................................................ 309
1.7.3 Software download ........................................................................................... 310
Section 2.0
Tube Replacement Software Procedure ...................................................... 311
2.1 Supplies ......................................................................................................................... 311
2.2 Tools .............................................................................................................................. 311
2.3 Safety Precautions......................................................................................................... 311
2.4 Prerequisites.................................................................................................................. 311
2.5 Personnel....................................................................................................................... 311
2.6 Time............................................................................................................................... 312
2.7 Procedure ...................................................................................................................... 312
2.7.1 Perform a Database backup ............................................................................. 312
2.7.2 Reset Tube Data tracking counter and error log............................................... 312
2.7.3 Verify new tube operation, clear error log......................................................... 314
2.7.4 Generator Counter Reading Record................................................................. 314

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.7.5 Tube Database Download................................................................................ 315
Chapter 10 - Schematics .................................................................................... 317

Section 1.0
MIS Map ........................................................................................................... 317
1.1 Jedi 50 R 1T Cabling..................................................................................................... 321
Section 2.0
Central Listings............................................................................................... 323
2.1 kV Measure Board ........................................................................................................ 323
2.2 Filament Board 1 Inv. .................................................................................................... 324
2.3 Rotation Board High Speed .......................................................................................... 325
2.3.1 Indicators.......................................................................................................... 326
2.3.2 J2 Wiring .......................................................................................................... 326
2.4 LV Power Supply 3 PH Board ....................................................................................... 327
2.5 Gate Command Board .................................................................................................. 328
2.6 Dual Snub Board........................................................................................................... 329
2.7 kV Control Board........................................................................................................... 330
2.7.1 Switches and Jumpers ..................................................................................... 331
2.7.2 Indicators.......................................................................................................... 331
2.7.3 Non Volatile RAM............................................................................................. 331
2.8 AC/DC 3 Phase board................................................................................................... 332
2.9 I/F Board RAD V1 ......................................................................................................... 333
2.10 I/F Board RAD V2 ......................................................................................................... 334
2.11 AEC Board .................................................................................................................... 335
2.11.1 Test Points ....................................................................................................... 335
2.12 AEC Board V2............................................................................................................... 336
2.13 Test Points .................................................................................................................... 336
Section 3.0
Schematics...................................................................................................... 337
3.1 PDU Connection Diagram............................................................................................. 337
3.2 Table Electrical Schematics .......................................................................................... 338
3.3 A61001C Console Control Board Circuit Diagram ........................................................ 341
3.4 Jedi Generator TAV Interface Board............................................................................. 355
3.5 I/F Board RAD Electrical ............................................................................................... 359
3.6 I/F Board RAD V2 Electrical.......................................................................................... 363
3.7 Rotor board ................................................................................................................... 367
3.8 Heater board ................................................................................................................. 378
3.9 LVPS board................................................................................................................... 385
3.10 Inverter .......................................................................................................................... 387
3.11 Gate cmd....................................................................................................................... 388
3.12 Dual snub ...................................................................................................................... 391
3.13 AC/DC board................................................................................................................. 392
3.14 AEC board..................................................................................................................... 393
3.15 Rad IF ........................................................................................................................... 397
Chapter 11 - MIS Chart........................................................................................ 401

Section 1.0
Scope ............................................................................................................... 401

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0
How to Use...................................................................................................... 401
Section 3.0
MIS Charts....................................................................................................... 402
3.1 System Console............................................................................................................. 402
3.1.1 J1 Handswitch Interface, 5184620 ................................................................... 402
3.1.2 J2 FW Download Serial Port, 5194292............................................................. 402
3.1.3 J3 Power and RTL Interface, 5183903 ............................................................. 403
3.1.4 J4 Generator Interface, 5182354...................................................................... 404
3.2 Generator....................................................................................................................... 406
3.2.1 Generator Power Cable, 5196454 .................................................................... 406
3.2.2 Generator Grounding Cable, 5196643 ............................................................. 406
3.3 Table.............................................................................................................................. 406
3.3.1 TM1-XS105 Cable, 5193103 ............................................................................ 406
3.3.2 Table Grounding Cable 1, 5193105.................................................................. 407
3.3.6 Table Power Cable, 5193607 ........................................................................... 408
3.3.6.1 Table MC7 Cable, 5197242 .......................................................... 408
3.3.7 Table Cable No1, 5197244............................................................................... 409
Chapter A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) ........................................... 411
Section 1.0
Compliance Statement................................................................................... 411
Section 2.0
Compatibility Tables ...................................................................................... 412
2.1 Electromagnetic Emission ............................................................................................. 412
2.2 Electromagnetic Immunity ............................................................................................. 413
Section 3.0
Use Recommendations.................................................................................. 416
Section 4.0
Installation Recommendations ..................................................................... 416
4.1 Cable Shielding & Grounding ........................................................................................ 416
4.2 Subsystem & Accessories Power Supply Distribution .................................................. 416
4.3 Stacked Components & Equipment............................................................................... 416
4.4 Low Frequency Magnetic Field...................................................................................... 417
4.5 Electrostatic Discharge Environment & Recommendations .......................................... 417
Chapter B - Revision History.............................................................................. 419

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 1 - Before You Begin
Section 1.0
Introduction
The goal of this document is to guide the service representative through an entire X-ray room
installation and to provide Diagnostic and Calibration information for troubleshooting and repair.
The following On-site Requirements must be accounted for prior to beginning installation of the
system.
Section 2.0
Objective and Scope of this Manual
This direction will lead you in a correct sequence through the manuals needed to install the
equipment. Following the suggested sequence will result in an orderly installation. However,
extenuating circumstances may dictate a deviation from the recommended sequence. Feel free to
deviate, but keep track of your progress by checking off the tasks in the flowchart as you complete
them.
Check equipment according to the packing list for your system against the main catalog numbers
in the FDO (Field Delivery Order). Also, verify that all the manuals are present in the binders
according to the Table of Contents.
2.1 Pre-Installation Check

Pre-installation planning should be complete. Inspect the pre-installation “checklist”, found in GEHC
document 5275600-100 (XR 6000 System Pre-Installation Manual), and verify that the tasks
specified have been completed. Immediately arrange for completion of any tasks still not
completed.
2.2 Installation Plan

The main steps in the installation plan are easily seen by referring to the Table of Contents of this
document. The plan objectives are to:
Give a logical installation order which recognizes mechanical and electrical interface areas.
Test and adjust each subsystem independently.
To obtain a good overall view of how these objectives are to be achieved review the Table of
Contents for this document before beginning the installation work. Then, if it is necessary to deviate
from the stated plan, you will be aware of the essential interface area. This document will give you
the information required to make another effective plan that applies to particular situations.
2.3 Interconnection
Interconnection of products by furnished cables or contractor supplied wiring is indicated by
numbered MIS runs in the installation sections. Run interconnect charts are available, which
describe the connection and function of each wire. For XR 6000 System, refer to the following:
• XR 6000 System Schematics (Chapter 10)
• XR 6000 System MIS Chart (Chapter 11)
Chapter 1 - Before You Begin Page 37

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.4 Presentation
The procedures in this steering manual are presented in jobcard forms.
Section 3.0
On-Site Requirements
3.1 EMC Requirements
If electromagnetic compliance is mandatory for the local country where this system is installed, this
equipment is allowed to be installed only in X-ray protected rooms, which provide an attenuation of
at least 12 dB for radio disturbances from 30 MHz to 1 GHz.
3.2 Tools and Test Equipment

There are no additional tools and test equipment besides the standard service representative tool
kit which must be available before installing the XR 6000 System as below.
• Electric hammer drill with bits
• Digital multimeter
• 4 Ft. Level (or two standard levels)
• Torque wrench
• HV cable removal spanner
• Push-pull Gauge
• Common service tools
• Resolution Pattern
• Dose Meter
• Loctite 242
3.3 Documentation
Directions are necessary for correct installation of the XR 6000 System. Procedures from each
document will be used and reflect the latest information available at this time.
Not all procedures in this manual apply to all sites. Before you begin installation, cross out the
procedures that do not apply to your site.
Page 38 Section 3.0 - On-Site Requirements

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.4 Audio and Visual
It is the User’s responsibility to provide the means for audio and visual communication between the
Operator and the patient.
Section 4.0
Description of System
Standard / Advanced
3
1 4
Cabinet
Operator Console WLS
Standard /
Advanced
The XR 6000 is divided into basic components:

1. Operator Console (Console Stand - Optional)
2. Integrated Table Standard / Advanced
3. Cabinet
4. Wall Stand Standard / Advanced (Optional)
5. 50kW X-ray Tube - Toshiba E7843X
6. Collimator
Figure 1-1 XR 6000 System Component Identification
Chapter 1 - Before You Begin Page 39

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item Component Model Number

1a Console 5194507
1b Console Pedestal 5192392
2 Standard Integrated Table 5180891
2 Advanced Integrated Table 5316772
2a Standard Integrated Tube Stand 5183392
2a Advanced Integrated Tube Stand 5183392-2
3a Generator (VR Jedi 50 R1T) 2212259-2
3b PDU 5220653
4 Standard Wall Stand 5194508
4 Advanced Wall Stand 5316773
5 50kW X-ray Tube - Toshiba E7843X 5192454
6 Manual Collimator 5189248
Table 1-1 XR 6000 System Component Identification
Page 40 Section 4.0 - Description of System

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Installation is broken into two primary tasks: mechanical and electrical. Mechanical tasks focus on the physical aspects
of hardware assembly, equipment positioning, and cabling. Electrical tasks are performed when system power is
applied.
The primary tasks are designed to be performed in sequence. Follow the sequence of tasks describe for each primary
task in Section 1.0 that follow.
Section 1.0
System Installation Guide
1 Complete Pre-Installation Checklist People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10

Fill out the Pre-Installation Checklist to confirm completion of pre-install activities before beginning the
installation process.
2 Receive and Inventory System People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10

Inventory equipment & report discrepancies immediately.
Collect Product Locator Cards and store in a secure location.
Plan route and transport equipment to room.
3 Install Table People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 140

Remove table from shipping container.
Position and install table according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
Remove tube stand from shipping container.
Install tube stand.
Install X-ray tube.
Install control box and collimator.
Counterweight balance.
Install cassette tray(Not needed for advanced Integrate table).
Install ion chamber and grid (optional).
Electrical connections.
Install cabinet tray.
Table top installation and leveling.
4 Install System Console People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 15

Position and install system console according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
5 Collimator Alignment People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 30

Power up system.
Collimator alignment.
Chapter 2 - Physical Installation Page 41

GE HEALTHCARE 
(Continued)
6 Install Wall Stand People Required: 2 Minutes to Complete: 50

Remove wall stand from shipping container.
Position and install wall stand according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
Install cassette tray.
Install ion chamber and grid (optional).
Counterweight balance.
7 Equipment and Personnel Readiness People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10

Verify equipment is configured per the site plans and drawings.
Verify that the resistance between subsystems grounds is less than 0.1 ohms. Fix and/or report any
discrepancies.
8 Configure and Calibrate System People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 215

Tube seasoning.
Software installation.
Tube configuration.
Receptor parameter.
AEC calibration.
Checksum validation.
Backup database.
9 Install Subsystem Protective Covers People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 30

Tube stand covers.
Table cover.
Wall stand covers.
10 System Checks People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 30
11 Attach Warning Labels and Rating Plates People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 15
Attach all the warning labels and detent marks.
If your country requires the product rating plate to be in the language of that country, follow the
instructions on document #45474336. Paste the appropriate language label over the English rating plate.
12 Cleanup Site People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 20

Remove and dispose of shipping materials and tools properly.
13 Customer Turnover People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10

Complete & Return Product (i.e; Locator) Cards.
Perform general house keeping tasks and turn system over to user.
Page 42 Section 1.0 - System Installation Guide

GE HEALTHCARE 
(Continued)
14 Complete Installation Checklist People Required: 1 Minutes to Complete: 10
Field Engineer to fill out installation checklist at completion of installation.
Lead is used in this system to provide required radiation shielding, such as in tube, collimator,
please pay attention and do not touch it directly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0
Installation Checklist
Pre-Installation Checklist
Delivery Date: Sales Person:
Customer: FDO No.: Room #
Equipment:
Physical Requirements of Site Completed

1.) Room size adequate for intended equipment configuration?
2.) Floor is strong enough for intended equipment and mounting methods
approved?
3.) Delivery route accommodates all intended equipment?
4.) Radiation physicist consulted?
5.) Necessary alterations made to circumvent obstructions?
6.) Modifications to room finished?
7.) Supports, platforms materials been provided?
8.) Support structures installed for floor and wall mounted equipment?
9.) Has floor been modified for cable ducts?
10.) Electrical service in place – at the ratings specified in pre-installation

documentation?
11.) Power available to operate power tools?
12.) All non-electrical lines (air, water, oxygen, vacuum) installed?
Interconnections Completed
1.) Signal cable, power and grounding plans produced?
2.) Necessary interconnection hardware, such as junction boxes, conduit or

raceways, and fittings provided?
3.) Interconnection hardware installed?
4.) Flexible, stranded wire provided for System input power connection?
5.) System “feeder” power cables pulled and sufficient length available at
disconnect box for connections?
6.) Interconnecting cables continuity checked, and labeled?
7.) All high voltage cable lengths verified?
8.) Interface information available for equipment?
Page 44 Section 2.0 - Installation Checklist

GE HEALTHCARE 
General Completed
1.) Walls and floor clear of all obstructions?
2.) Walls finished?
3.) Finished floor installed?
4.) Room lights installed?
5.) Dust-creating work completed?
6.) Old equipment within room removed?
7.) Component positions clearly marked on floor?
8.) Space available to store equipment?
9.) Lock on door, or locked room available?
10.) Have all fire/safety inspections for occupancy been completed?
11.) Send completed checklist to the GE Healthcare installation team.
Comments:
Inspection Date(s):
Installation Project Manager Signature

GE HEALTHCARE 
Purpose: Installation checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.
Item # Item Sign Off
1.) Power and ground cables connected and tightened:
Power cables (how many?, where?)
Ground cables (how many?, where?)
2.) All signal cables connected and tightened.
3.) Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many?, where?).
4.) All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).
5.) Control room cables properly dressed.
6.) All covers installed.
7.) Room cleaned.
8.) Product locator cards collected.
9.) Missing components and/or options:
10.) List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should be signed by customer
and reviewed by the installation specialist).
11.) Packing materials disposed of.
12.) Dollies and crates returned:
Positioner table / Standard Wall Stand dolly
13.) Have all calibrations been completed?
14.) Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?
15.) All appropriate regulatory labels installed:
X-ray tube focal spot
Warning labels
Rating plates
16.) InSite checkout completed?
17.) Have functional checks been completed?
18.) Are all covers installed?
19.) Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?

GE HEALTHCARE 
20.) Are there any cosmetic issues?
21.) Are there any system issues?
22.) Are there any functional limitations?
23.) Has system documentation (paper and CDROM) been given to the customer?
24.) Has local physics inspection been completed. Some states/sites may not allow use of
system for patients until this is done.
25.) Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data Base as well as total
system backup)
26.) Has Field Engineer completed all checklists:
Pre-Installation
Installation checklist
Field Engineer Signature: ____________________________________

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 3.0
Before You Begin
Check all the crates appearances, preventive collision labels and preventive tilting labels.
If the center of the preventive collision label is GREEN, it means the system is OK without any
collision during shippment.
If the center of the preventive collision label is RED, it means the system is not OK with collision
during shippment. Please open the crates to check system carefully.
Green Red
Figure 2-1 Preventive Collision Label
If the center of the preventive tilting label is GREEN, it means the system is OK without any tilting
during shippment.
If the center of the preventive tilting label is RED, it means the system is not OK with tilting during
shippment. Please open the crates to check system carefully.
Green Red
Figure 2-2 Preventive Tilting Label
Page 48 Section 3.0 - Before You Begin

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 4.0
Integrated Table
4.1 Radiography Table
4.1.1 Unpacking and Positioning
Be careful of injured by the nails.
• Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.
• Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.
• The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.
Note: Unpacking OPEN ME FIRST box (Pink Box) in Crate #1 at first.
Take out the Documents: Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), Service Manual (5275601-100),
Operator Manual (5275602-100), and Quick Start (5275603-100). Read Pre-Installation Manual
and Service Manual carefully before system installation and calibration.
Figure 2-3 OPEN ME FIRST
1.) Loosen the 12 fibulaes on the side of shipping container.
Figure 2-4 Loosen Fibulaes

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: To remove the side shipping container successfully, fix the fibulaes after loosen them.
2.) Remove the side shipping container, and table top is bound on it. See Figure 2-5.
Side Shipping Container
with Table Top
Figure 2-5 Table Crate with Side Removed
3.) Loosen the remaining fibulaes, and remove the top and other sides of shipping containers
together. See Figure 2-6 and Figure 2-7.
Figure 2-6 Loosen Remaining Fibulaes
Page 50 Section 4.0 - Integrated Table

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-7 Remove Crate Top and Sides
4.) Remove the protective covering.
Figure 2-8 Remove the Protective Covering
5.) Take out all the boxes from the crate.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-9 Take Out All the Boxes
6.) Unpack the ramps and dolly.
Figure 2-10 Unpack Ramps and Dolly
7.) Place the ramps.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Ramps
Figure 2-11 Place Ramps
8.) Install the dolly to the table.
Figure 2-12 Install Dolly to Table
9.) Demount the two fixed screws, and remove the table front cover.
GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-13 Remove Table Front Cover
10.) Demount the four bolts which fixed the table to the crate base.
Figure 2-14 Demount Table Fixed Bolts_Front

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-15 Demount Table Fixed Bolts_Rear
11.) Adjust caster bolts to lower the casters down the table base level. See Figure 2-16.
Figure 2-16 Lower Casters
12.) Pull the table down the ramp and to the field.
DO NOT put your feet under the table base.

Be careful of being injured by integrated table because of the heavy weight.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-17 Pull Table Down the Ramps
Figure 2-18 Pull Table to Field
13.) Unpack the table top, and take it into the field.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-19 Cut Belts
Figure 2-20 Remove Protective Covering
Figure 2-21 Take to Field
4.1.2 Installation
1.) Refer to the room layout in Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), confirm the location of the
table with the operator, make marks and move the table away.
2.) Drill four holes at the marks, and then clean the holes of all dust and chips.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: Please use  10 drill.
Figure 2-22 Drill Holes
3.) Move the table, let the mounting holes on the table align the holes in the floor, and adjust caster
bolts to upper the casters above the table base level.
Figure 2-23 Upper Casters
4.) Demount the casters.

5.) Insert the supplied four M10 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
6.) Level the table base as necessary with shims, and place the shims close to the anchors.
Figure 2-24 Table Base Level

GE HEALTHCARE 
7.) Tighten the anchors to fix the table to the floor.
8.) Demount the three table stop plates (RED color) in the table frame.
Figure 2-25 Demount Table Stop Plates
9.) Take out all the cables inside the tube stand rail, and route the cables.
Note: Suggest to route the cables from the table food end.
Table Table
Foot Head
End End
Figure 2-26 Route Cables
10.) Demount the cabinet tray with two screws each side and pull it out.
Be careful! DO NOT damage the cables.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-27 Demount Cabinet Tray
Note: Pull the center of the foot pedal.
Pull Here
Figure 2-28 Pull Out Cabinet Tray
11.) Demount generator cover with four screws and PDU cover with two screws, and put them
aside.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-29 Demount Covers

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.2 Tube Stand
4.2.1 Unpacking
or missing items.
parts.
1.) Loosen all the 6 fibulaes, and remove the top and sides of shipping containers together. See
Figure 2-30.
Figure 2-30 Loosen Fibulaes and Remove Crate

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Take out the covers.
3.) Remove the two fixed plates with two bolts each.
Figure 2-31 Remove Fixed Plates eitconcepts@gmail.com

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.2.2 Installation
1.) Demount the rubber bumper and leveling bolt on one side of the tube stand rail.
Note: Suggest to install the tube stand from the table head end (if the cables are routed from the table
food end).
Table
Head
End
2.) Raise the tube stand.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-33 Raise the Tube Stand
3.) Slide the tube stand into the rail.
Figure 2-34 Install the Tube Stand
4.) Install the rubber bumper and screw back.

5.) Demount the RED counterweight lock screw on the back of tube stand.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-35 Demount Lock Screw
6.) Demount tube stand back cover, connect the tube stand cables (TM1-XS105 cable 5193103,
No1 cable 5197244, and Grouding cables 5193106 / 5193107), and remount the back cover.
Part No. Part Name END1 Label From END2 label To
5193103 TM1-XS105 Cable XP105 5197244’s XS105 TM1-1 Table TM1 1
TM1-2 Table TM1 2
TM1-3 Table TM1 3
TM1-4 Table TM1 4
XS106 5220569’s XP106
5139106 Table Grounding Cable 2 PE1 PE1 PE2 PE2
5139106/5139107
5139103 - XP105
5139103 - XS106
Figure 2-36 Connect Tube Stand Cables

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-37 Mount Back Cover
7.) Mount the cable routing plate to the tube stand.
Figure 2-38 Cable Routing in Plate
Note: DO NOT twist the cables when mounting the plate.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-39 Mount Cable Routing Plate
8.) Press the tube arm to the appropriate position that are easy to install the tube and collimator,
and insert the carriage fixed bolt again to fix the carriage.
Figure 2-40 Fix the Carriage

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.3 X-Ray Tube
Note: For tube instruction, refer to related contents contained in the related specifications.
Check calibration due date of Torque wrench and shelf-life of Loctite before usage.
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the three screws
and tighten these 3 screws to 24 N-m (17.7 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be
performed, while installation and FRU replace.
1.) Loosen the three bolts on the tube arm, put the tube forks into the tube stand arm.
2.) Apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the three screws assembling the tube fork with tube stand arm
3.) Tighten these three bolts to 24 N-m (17.7 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench
4.) Mount the cable supporting plate
Figure 2-41 Install Tube Fork and Supporting Plate
Note: Insert the tube fork by referring to the mark.
Figure 2-42 Mark
5.) Loosen the four screws of the upper clamp of tube fork, and remove the upper clamp of tube
fork.
To prevent the clamps from any impact. In case impact occurred, it should be verified that the
clamp has enough strength before installation.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Upper Clamps
Lower Clamps
Figure 2-43 Remove Upper Clamps
6.) Take out X-ray tube from the box.

7.) Put the X-ray tube on the lower support of tube fork.
Notice the tube installation direction. If the direction is wrong, the tube focal spot will
be inaccurate, and the tube may be falling down if the clamps are loose.
Hold the tube to prevent it falling down.
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the screws and
tighten screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed,
while installation and FRU replace.
8.) Reinstall the upper clamp of the tube fork.
a.) Apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the four screws assembling the upper clamp with lower
support before mounting.
b.) Tighten these four screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Note: After installation of the tube, balance the tube arm again.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-44 Install X-ray Tube
9.) Adjust the tube to align the RED indication label with 0 degree, and lock the tube.
Locks
Figure 2-45 Tighten the Tube
10.) Rotate the tube 180 degrees.
Figure 2-46 Rotate Tube 180 Degrees

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.4 Control Box and Collimator
Control Box Control Box

Handle Cover
Spacer
Collimator
1.) Demount the two stop plates and take out the collimator flange.
Stop
Plates
Collimator
Flange
Figure 2-47 Demount Stop Plates and Take Out Flange
Suggest to demount the two stop plates totally, but NOT only loosen them. Or the stop
plates will crash the glass window during collimator installation.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Glass Window
Figure 2-48 Wrong Way
Figure 2-49 Correct Way
2.) Demount the four mounting screws on the tube.
Figure 2-50 Demount Mounting Screws

GE HEALTHCARE 
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the screws and
tighten bolts to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed, while
installation and FRU replace.
3.) Put the spacer and control box handle between the collimator flange and the tube, apply
Loctite 242 (or 243) to the four screws, tighten to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Note: Please install the collimator flange according to the marks on the x-ray tube.
Figure 2-51 Mark
Daub to the
screw thread
Drop into
the hole
Collimator Flange
Spacer
Control Handle
Figure 2-52 Mount Control Box Handle

GE HEALTHCARE 
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, The Loctite 242(or 243) to the bolts and tighten
bolts to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed, while
installation and FRU replace.
4.) Mount collimator onto the collimator adapter using the two stop plates, apply Loctite 242 (or
243) to the four screws, tighten to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Figure 2-53 Mount Collimator
5.) Rotate tube back.
Figure 2-54 Rotate Tube Back
6.) Route the cable through cable supporting bracket to the tube side.
Note: DO NOT fix the cables on supporting bracket or plate before the cable connections on tube
side.
7.) Prior to the connection of the high-voltage cables, remove the old silicone compound on the
plug surfaces with clean dry cloth and check to verify there are as cracks, flaws, or traces of
creeping discharge on the surfaces.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: When the traces of creeping discharge are found, be sure to replace the defective parts.
Grinding off the traces only will not be effective.
8.) Coat the tip of the cable plugs with the silicone compound about five to seven grams, that is,
to the extent the tip is hidden under the heaped up compound. At this time, the side of the cable
plug should be greased.
Figure 2-55 Coating with Silicone Compound
9.) Remove the cap covered the socket of the tube housing and wipe the inside softly with a clean
dry cloth. DO NOT use any chlorinated solvents to clean any parts.
10.) Connect the anode and cathode HV cables (2269002-5) to the X-ray tube.
HV Cable Socket HV Cable

+ (ANODE) +
- (CATHODE) -
Check the polarity of HV cables carefully, and DO NOT connect the two HV cables
reversely.
Connect the HV cables in the correct polarity with sufficient care not to produce
clearance between the cable plug flange and the cable socket at the insertion of the
plugs. Presence of such clearance or incomplete silicone compound coating will cause
creeping discharge and normal operation of tube will be disturbed.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-56 Inserting Cable Plug
11.) Tighten the high-voltage cables solidly to the sockets of the tube housing by the threaded cable
flange.
12.) Demount the tube cover on Anode side.
Figure 2-57 Demount Tube Cover
13.) Connect the anode rotation cable (5195936).

Note: Fix the cable with clamp.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-58 Anode Rotation Cable Conections
Tube HV Tank Color

1 C White
2 M Black
3 A Red
SW SW Brown
SW SW Yellow
E E Green
14.) Remount the tube cover.
Figure 2-59 Remount Tube Cover
15.) Connect the control box cables to the connecting plate, fix the plate onto control box, ty-rap
the cables and fix with a cupule, and mount the control box cover.
Part No. Part Name END1 From END2 Label To

Label
5197242 MC7 Cable XP102 Tube Fork MC7+ MC7+

5197245's XS102
MC7- MC7-

GE HEALTHCARE 

Label
5197244 No1 Cable XS105 5197103's XP105 XP104 Collimator

5135895-1's XS104
XS101 5193101's XP101 XP103 Control Box

5197245's XS103
5193107 5197244-E
5197245 XS103 <---> XP103 5197244
5135895-1 XS104 <---> XP104 5197244
5197242 XP102 <---> XS102 5197245
Figure 2-60 Connect Control Box Cables

GE HEALTHCARE 
a. Loosen the handles.
b. Install the
control box cover.
c. Tighten the handles.
Figure 2-61 Install Control Box Cover
16.) Install the cable supporting plate, route and ty-rap the cables, and fix them onto the plate.
Be careful of the cable moving range, and make sure the cable will not be damaged during
tube movement.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Fix
Supporting Plate
Figure 2-62 Fix Cables onto Supporting Plate
17.) Mount the cable supporting bracket onto the back of the tube stand, put the cables onto the
supporting bracket, but DO NOT fix the cables.
Figure 2-63 Mount Cable Supporting Bracket
18.) Connect the No1 cable (5197244).

Label
5197244 No1 Cable XS105 5197103's XP105 XP104 Collimator

5135895-1's XS104
XS101 5193101's XP101 XP103 Control Box

5197245's XS103
5193101 MC6 Cable MC6 MC6 XP101 5197244’s XS101

GE HEALTHCARE 
5193101 XP101 <---> XS101 5197244
DO NOT FIX
Figure 2-64 Connect No1 Cable
19.) Fix the cables.
4.5 Counterweight
Adjust the counterweight by adding or removing couterweight blocks until the up/down operation
force is balanced.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-65 Adjust Counterweight
4.6 Cassette Tray
Note: For the systems which used advanced Integrated Table, the Cassette was installed before and you
can jump to the next step directly.
Unpack and take out the cassette tray, slide it into the table, and connect the cassette tray
grounding cable.
Figure 2-66 Insert Cassette Tray

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-67 Connect Cassette Tray Grounding Cable
4.7 Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)
DO NOT put anything onto the ion chamber or grid. And pay attention to the Ion Chamber
and Grid's orientation.
Note: The fixers installation method is different with different options.

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.7.1 Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for system with standard Integrated table
1.) Demount the cassette tray side cover and two of the four fixers, and loosen the other two.
Limit
Position Fixer
Cassette Tray
Side Cover
Figure 2-68 Demount the Cover and Fixers
2.) Install the ion chamber and grid, connect table ion chamber (5167409) and 4 m cable
(5166493), and install the cassette tray side cover back.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Block is in the
lower place
Note: Ion Chamber

direction.
Note: Cassette Tray handle direction. Grid Ion Chamber
Cable
Routing
5167409
Cassette Tray
Side Cover
Connect to JEDI
Cable
Routing
5166493
Figure 2-69 Install Ion Chamber and Grid

GE HEALTHCARE 
AEC1
Figure 2-70 Table Ion Chamber to JEDI

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.7.2 Install the Grid Only for system with standard Integrated table
1.) Demount the four fixers.
Limit
Position Fixer
Figure 2-71 Demount the Fixers
2.) Install the grid.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Block is in the
upper place
Figure 2-72 Install Grid
4.7.3 Install the Ion Chamber and Grid for system with advanced Integrated table
For the system with advanced integrated table, the grid was oscillate grid. The installatation should
be done as steps below:

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.) Remove the cover A by remove the five screws as fig 2-73 shown.
screw used to Cover A

mount the cover
Figure 2-73 Remove the cover A
2.) Loosen the four screws marked with circle in Fig 2-74 which were used to tighten the ion
chamber.
the four screws used to tighten the

ion chamber. The ion chamber was
used to help to show the screw’s position.
Figure 2-74 Loosen the four screws
3.) Insert the ionion chamber to the holder as Fig 2-75 shown. Please be care for the orientation

GE HEALTHCARE 
of the grid.
Figure 2-75 Insert the ion Chamber to the holder
4.) Adjust the position of the ion chamber as these steps:
1.) Make the rod perpendicular.
Make the rod perpendicular
Figure 2-76 Make the rod perpendicular
2.) Use the cover A dismounted before as ruler to mark the center of the rectangle used to
hold the grid, then adjust the position of ion chamber to make the center of the ion

GE HEALTHCARE 
chamber superpose with the center line marked by the cover A. See fig 2-77.
Superpose the center of ion chamber

and the center of the rectangle.
Figure 2-77 Superpose the center of ion chamber and the center of the rectangle
3.) Tighten the four screws removed in step 2 as Fig 2-74 shown.
5.) Route the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-78 shown.
Figure 2-78 Route the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-78 arrow shown

GE HEALTHCARE 
6.) Connect the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-79 circle shown.
Figure 2-79 Connect the ion chamber cable
7.) Insert the cable connections into the holder and mount the cover A.
8.) Put the grid on the ion chamber surface with their center superposed as Fig 2-80 shown. Note
the orientation of the grid.
Figure 2-80 Install the grid

GE HEALTHCARE 
9.) Fix the grid with four fixers.
Fixer
Figure 2-81 Fix the grid with four fixers
4.8 Electrical Connections
For details, please refer to Chapter 10 - Schematics, Chapter 11 - MIS Chart, and Pre-Installation
Manual (5275600-100).
1.) Connect and route System Power Cable (hospital provide).
Figure 2-82 Connect and Route System Power Cable
2.) Connect and Xray-on Light (pin 4, 6) and Room Door interlock (pin 1, 2) Cables (hospital

GE HEALTHCARE 
provide). For details, please refer to Room Power Supply in Chapter 4 of Pre-Installation
Manual (5275600-100).
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Figure 2-83 Connect Xray-on light and Room Door interlock Cables
3.) If wall stand ion chamber is ordered, connect and route the ion chamber 24 m cable (5166654)
and grounding cable (5193110) to JEDI.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Service Laptop
System Console
AEC1 - Table
AEC2 - Standard Wall Stand
Figure 2-84 Wall Stand Ion Chamber Cables
Cable Routing
5166654/5193110
Connect to Wall Stand Ion chamber
Figure 2-85 Cable Routing

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.9 Install Cabinet Tray
1.) Install generator and PDU covers, and push cabinet tray to under the table.
Push Here
Figure 2-86 Install Generator and PDU Covers
2.) Fix the cabinet tray to the table base with two screws.
Figure 2-87 Install Cabinet Tray

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.10 Table Top Installation and Leveling
1.) Demount the stopper on one side of the table top, slide the table top onto the table base, and
remount the stopper.
Figure 2-88 Install the Table Top
2.) Check the table top leveling. If it is not level, loosen the mounting anchors, and adjust the
leveling bolts, then fix them with washers.
Figure 2-89 Adjust Leveling Bolts

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 5.0
System Console
Route the console cables to the control room.
5.1 Without Console Stand

Connect and ty-rap the console cables. Position the system console to the location where the
operator can observe the patients conveniently.
Figure 2-90 Console Cable Connections
System
Part No. Part Name The Other End
Console
5184620 Handswitch J1 Handswitch
5194292/5241079 RS232 Service Cable / ISP Download Cable J2 Service Laptop
5183903 Console Power Cable J3 PDU - TM3
5182354 JEDI Generator Communication Cable J4 PDU - J1
5.2 With Console Stand

1.) Assemble the console onto the console stand, and demount the rear cover.
Figure 2-91 Console Installation

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Connect and ty-rap the console cables.
Figure 2-92 Console Cable Connections
System
Part No. Part Name The Other End
Console
5184620 Handswitch J1 Handswitch
5194292/5241079 RS232 Service Cable / ISP Download Cable J2 Service Laptop
5183903 Console Power Cable J3 PDU - TM3
5182354 JEDI Generator Communication Cable J4 PDU - J1
3.) Demount console stand bottom cover with two screws. Confirm the location of the console with
the operator, make marks and move the console away.
Figure 2-93 Demount Bottom Cover
4.) Drill two holes at the marks, and then clean the holes of all dust and chips.
5.) Move the console, and let the mounting holes on the console foot panel align the holes in the
floor.
6.) Insert the supplied two M6 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
7.) Tighten the anchors.
8.) Mount the bottom cover back.
Page 100 Section 5.0 - System Console

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 6.0
Collimator Alignment
1.) Power up the system. Check LEDs status. Refer to Chapter 4 - Functional Checks - 3.1
System Power Up.
2.) Move the tube to the lowest position above the table top, open collimator light, confirm the
center of the light field projected by the collimator with an article, such as a screw.
Figure 2-94 Lowest SID
3.) Move the tube up to the highest position.
Figure 2-95 Highest SID
4.) Make sure the bias of the center is less than 3 mm, and make sure the collimator beam can
align the center point of the cassette tray handle.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Bias in less
than 3 mm
Collimator
beam
Handle Center
Figure 2-96 Collimator Beam Align Cassette Tray Handle Center Point
5.) If the requirements above cannot be met, adjust the three screws on the tube fork to align the
collimator.
Figure 2-97 Align Collimator
Section 7.0DAP Meter Installation

Note: Do not touch the active area of the ionization chamber (1) with bared finger. It may degrade
the light transparency of the DAP meter.
Figure 2-98 DAP Meter
Procedures:
Page 102 Section 7.0 - DAP Meter Installation

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: Fix the cable inside the tube cover for the system which does not include the DAP meter.
1.) Installing the Chamber in the X-ray Unit
Slide the chamber into the middle level of accessory rails of the collimator till the detent is
reached.
Figure 2-99 Insert DAP Meter into the middle level of the collimator rail
2.) Connect the Chamber with system

The back side of the DAP meter includes a short cable with a round plastic plug connector
(ODU: MediSnap, 4-pin). This includes the connections for the power supply.
Note: Please be aware that the connector cable from tube stand side is only for the use of connecting
the DAP meter.
Figure 2-100 Connect the DAP Meter to the 24V Power Supply
3.) Connect the other end of the connector to the 24V power supply of the PDU. Connection
diagram as below:
TURN OFF THE POWER BEFORE CONNECT/DISCONNECT THE CHAMBERDo not

connect/disconnect the chamber to/from the system when the power is turned on. It may
damage the electronics.

GE HEALTHCARE 
DO NOT PUT THE ADDITIONAL FILTER ABOVE THE CHAMBER

Do not put any filtration between chamber and the patient in the exam. It may cause the wrong
indication of DAP value.
4.) Switching the device on/ DAP meter ready for using
After DAP meter is well mounted to collimator and connected to system power supply, the
meter is switched on when system is powered on. The display unit responds with a brief signal
tone and the following labels:
VACUDAP
Vx.xx
11111111
22222222
:
WAITING
0.00
The firmware version (Vx.xx) of the display unit is output first. The Power-On test in the
measuring chamber is then started and a display test is executed simultaneously. The display
unit waits for the result of the TEST function when the WAITING label is displayed. After the
successful conclusion of the power-on test, the meter is either in the Measuring function or an
error message is output. The measuring readiness is displayed by the measured value zero
(display: 0.00 or 0.0).
Page 104 Section 7.0 - DAP Meter Installation

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 8.0
Standard Wall Stand
8.1 Unpacking
or missing items.
parts.
1.) Loosen all the 6 fibulaes, and remove the top and sides of shipping containers together. See
Figure 2-101.
Figure 2-101 Loosen Fibulaes and Remove Crate

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.) Take out the covers.
3.) Remove the two fixed plates with two bolts each.
Figure 2-102 Remove Fixed Plates
Page 106 Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand

GE HEALTHCARE 
5.) Raise the wall stand.
Be careful of being injured by wall stand because of the heavy weight.
Figure 2-104 Raise Wall Stand

GE HEALTHCARE 
6.) Install dolly (5241044).
Rear
Front
Figure 2-105 Dolly
7.) Adjust caster bolts to lower the casters down the wall stand base level. See Figure 2-106. Pull
wall stand into the field.
Front
Rear
Figure 2-106 Lower Casters
8.2 Installation
1.) Refer to the room layout in Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), and confirm the location of
the wall stand with the operator. Move wall stand and its template to the location, adjust caster

GE HEALTHCARE 
bolts to upper the casters above the wall stand base level, and let wall stand stand on the
template.
2.) Demount the casters.
3.) Adjust the four leveling bolts to level the wall stand top frame and front panel in longitudinal
level and vertical level.
Figure 2-107 Wall Stand Leveling
4.) Rotate the tube facing to the wall stand front panel.
Figure 2-108 Rotate Tube eitconcepts@gmail.com
5.) Open the collimator light, move the tube from SID 1.5 m to 1.8 m, and make sure that the bias
between the cross hair projected by the collimator and the cross hair in the wall stand front
panel is less than 3 mm in two orthogonal directions.
Note: When the collimator blades are closed to one line, it should be overlapped with the wall stand
cross hair.
Measure the rectangle’s length and width at 1.5 SID and 1.8 SID to make sure the bias is less
than 3 mm.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-109 SID 1.5 m ~ 1.8 m
Figure 2-110 Alignment
6.) If the requirements above cannot be met, adjust wall stand location or the four leveling bolts.
7.) Drill two holes through the two holes on wall stand base, and clean holes of all dust and chips.
8.) Insert the supplied two M10 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
9.) Tighten the anchors to fix the wall stand to the floor.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-111 Fix the Wall Stand
8.3 Cassette Tray

Unpack and take out the cassette tray, and slide it into the wall stand.
Figure 2-112 Insert Cassette Tray
8.4 Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)

Note: The fixers installation method is different with different options. For details, please refer to section
4.7 Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional) in table installation.

GE HEALTHCARE 
8.4.1 Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for standard wall stand
1.) Demount the wall stand front panel.
Figure 2-113 Demount Front Panel
2.) Install ion chamber and grid.

Note: The side of grid marked as "tube side" should be on the tube side. During the installation of grid,
be careful not colliding the Ion chamber cable connection.
Note: If 40 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: If 60 line or 78 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers to the bottom and narrow
edge to the top.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Connect and route the wall stand ion chamber cable.
Cable Routing
From JEDI
Figure 2-114 Routing Ion Chamber Cables
Note: Ion Chamber direction.
Cable Routing
From back of Wall Stand
Ion Chamber Cable Connection

(5167409/5166654)
Ion Chamber Grounding Cable

(5193110)
Figure 2-115 Connect Ion Chamber Cables
4.) Remount the front panel.

GE HEALTHCARE 
8.4.2 Install the Grid Only for standard wall stand
1.) Demount the wall stand front panel.
2.) Install the grid.
Note: The side marked as "tube side" should be on the tube side.
Note: If 40 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers.
Note: If 60 line or 78 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers to the bottom and narrow
edge to the top.
3.) Remount the front panel.

GE HEALTHCARE 
8.4.3 Install both Ion chamber and grid
1.) Demount the wall stand front panel
2.) Demount the cassette holder with the four screws marked with circle as the Fig below shown.
four screws fix the cassette

holder
Figure 2-116 Demount the cassette holder
3.) Pull the the cassette holder out carefully and put it standing on ground.
4.) Demount the top cover of the cassette holder.
Figure 2-117 Remove the top cover of cassette holder

GE HEALTHCARE 
5.) Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber.
Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber.
Figure 2-118 Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber
6.) Demount the cover at the bottom of the front surface of the cassette holder.
7.) Insert the ion chamber in from the right side of the cassette hold at the orientation as the fig
shown below and route the cable according to the path the arrown shown.
Figure 2-119 Insert the ion chamber into the cassette holder and route the ion chamber
cable according to the path the arrow shown
8.) Lie down the cassette holder.

9.) Adjust the position of ion chamber to make sure that its center can superpose the center of
FOV as these steps:

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.) Make the rod perpendicular.
Make the rod perpendicular
Figure 2-120 Make the rod perpendicular
2.) There is a screw hole on the center of the top side and bottom side of the rectangle
used to hold grid. Suppose the line across the two hole point was the FOV center and
we can use the cover dismounted at step 6 as a ruler to mark the line. Adjust the
position of ion chamber to make its center superpose the FOV’s center.
the two screw holes can used to mark
the FOV’s center line
Figure 2-121 Make the center of ion chamber superpose the FOV’s center
10.) Tighten the four screws loosened at step 5 as Fig 2-115 to fix the ion chamber.
11.) Remount the top cover of the cassette holder.
12.) Remount the cassette holder to wall stand.

GE HEALTHCARE 
13.) Connect the Ion chamber cable and ground cable as below Fig shown.
Connect the ground cable here
Connect the ion chamber cable here
Figure 2-122 Connect the Ion chamber cable and ground cable
14.) Remount the cover at the bottom of the front surface of the cassette holder.
15.) Remount the wall stand front panel.

GE HEALTHCARE 
8.5 Counterweight
Note: Load a cassette onto cassette tray before adjust the counterweight.
Adjust the counterweight by adding or removing couterweight blocks until the up/down operation
force is balanced.
Figure 2-123 Adjust Counterweight

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 9.0
Final Cover Installation
After system configuration and calibration, ty-rap all the cables, and install the protective covers.
9.1 Install Standard Tube Stand Covers

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.) Loosen the screw on the tube arm protective cover.
Figure 2-124 Loosen the Protective Cover
2.) Insert SID ruler through the cover, and install the ruler.
Figure 2-125 Install SID Ruler
3.) Install tube stand side covers, and tighten the tube arm protective cover.
Note: Notice the side covers directions.
The No1 Cable (5197244) should be routed inside the right side cover.
Page 122 Section 9.0 - Final Cover Installation

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-126 Route Cable Inside Right Side Cover
Figure 2-127 Tighten the Screw
4.) Install tube stand top cover.

GE HEALTHCARE 
9.2 Install Table Front Cover
Figure 2-128 Install Table Front Cover
9.3 Install Standard Wall Stand Covers
1
Figure 2-129 Wall Stand
Page 124 Section 9.0 - Final Cover Installation

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 10.0
Labels and Rating Plates
Attach English/multilingual labels to overlay the English/Chinese labels attached in factory.
10.1 System Console
Label Description References

5194330 System Console Rating Plate See Figure 2-130
Figure 2-130 5194330, System Console Rating Plate
10.2 Integrated Table

5180891 Standard Integrated Table Rating Plate See Figure 2-131

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-131 Integrated Table Rating Plate
10.3 Cabinet
5220653 PDU Rating Plate See Figure 2-132
Figure 2-132 PDU Rating Plate
10.4 Wall Stand

5183492 Standard Wall Stand Rating Plate See Figure 2-133
Page 126 Section 10.0 - Labels and Rating Plates

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 2-133 5183492, Wall Stand Rating Plate

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 11.0
Purpose: Installation checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.
1.) Power and ground cables connected and tightened:

• Power cables (how many, where)
• Ground cables (how many, where)
2.) All signal cables connected and tightened.
3.) Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many, where).
4.) All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).
5.) Mechanical alignments done.
6.) Control room cables properly dressed.
7.) All covers installed.
8.) Room cleaned.
9.) Product locator cards collected.
10.) Missing components and/or options:
11.) List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should

be signed by customer).
12.) Packing materials disposed of.
13.) Dollies and crates returned:

• Positioner Table / Standard Wall Stand dolly
14.) Have all calibrations been completed?
15.) Have the sample images been installed on the system?
16.) Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?
17.) All appropriate regulatory labels installed:

• X-ray tube focal spot
18.) HHS testing completed?
19.) Have functional checks been completed?
20.) Are all covers installed?
21.) Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?
Table 2-1 Installation Checklist

GE HEALTHCARE 
22.) Are there any cosmetic issues?
23.) Are there any system issues?
24.) Are there any functional limitations?
25.) Has system documentation (paper) been given to the customer?
26.) Has local physics inspection been completed? (some states/sites

may not allow use of system for patients until this is done)
27.) Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data

Base as well as total system backup)
28.) Field engineer has completed all checklists:

• Pre-Installation
• Installation checklist
Table 2-1 Installation Checklist

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 12.0
Regulatory Tests and Final Steps
12.1 AEC Tests
12.1.1 AEC Maximum MAS
12.1.1.1 Overview
At 50kV or more, exposures shall not exceed 600mAs per exposure.
12.1.1.2 Procedure (50kV)

1.) Select 50 kV, AEC (all three areas selected) and an mA that selects 600mAs.
2.) Position the X-ray tube away from the Ion chamber selected, close collimator blades.
3.) Perform an exposure.
4.) Record the selected mAs and actual mAs. After exposure, mAs will be displayed on the LCD
screen.
Selected mAs ________________
Measured mAs _______________
5.) Verify that the AEC exposure is less than 600 mAs.
12.1.2 AEC Minimum Exposure Time
12.1.2.1 Overview
At 50 kV or more, minimum exposures must be less than 16 msec.or less than the time to deliver 5
mAs, whichever time is greater.
12.1.2.2 Procedure
1.) Align the tube with the image receptor. Lateral Detent ON. Select 50kV, AEC (area 1 selected).
2.) Set the SID to 100 cm.
3.) Remove all phantoms.
4.) Acquire an AEC exposure.
5.) Record the exposure time:
Ion Chamber Area 1 _____________ msec
6.) Verify that the exposure time is less than 16 msec, or less than 5 mAs.
7.) Repeat the above procedure for each detector in the system.
Record the exposure time:
8.) Verify that the exposure time is less than 16 msec, or less than 5 mAs.
Page 130 Section 12.0 - Regulatory Tests and Final Steps

GE HEALTHCARE 
12.1.3 Reproducibility Of Exposure
12.1.3.1 Overview
• For any specific combination of selected technique factors, the estimated coefficient of
variation (CV) of radiation exposures shall be no greater than 0.05. HHS rejection limit is 0.045.
• Test Equipment: Radiation meter with integrate mode, 3.8 cm thickness of Aluminum.
12.1.3.2 Procedure
1.) Align the tube with the image receptor. Lateral Detent ON.
2.) SID = 100 cm.
3.) For Digital table place 3.8 cm aluminum on the table, center in the collimator light.
4.) Center radiation probe 30 cm above the table top.
5.) Collimate to a field size of 13 cm square.
6.) Select 80 kV, AEC mode and mA such that the exposure will be at least 0.1 second long.
7.) Measure the exposure in mR for each of the 10 exposures. After each exposure, recycle the
technique (switch to other values and then return them to the original values). Also vary the
time between exposures to record any filament heating variations.
Test Results:
Exposure # kV mA Time mR
1 _______ _______ _______ _______
2 _______ _______ _______ _______
3 _______ _______ _______ _______
4 _______ _______ _______ _______
5 _______ _______ _______ _______
6 _______ _______ _______ _______
7 _______ _______ _______ _______
8 _______ _______ _______ _______
9 _______ _______ _______ _______
10 _______ _______ _______ _______
Coefficient of Variation = ______________ (see formula at the end of this section)

8.) Verify that the coefficient of variation is < 0.045 for AEC exposures.
9.) Repeat the above procedure for each detector on system.
Test Results
Exposure # kV mA Time mR
1 _______ _______ _______ _______
2 _______ _______ _______ _______
3 _______ _______ _______ _______
4 _______ _______ _______ _______
5 _______ _______ _______ _______
6 _______ _______ _______ _______
7 _______ _______ _______ _______
8 _______ _______ _______ _______

GE HEALTHCARE 
9 _______ _______ _______ _______
10 _______ _______ _______ _______
Coefficient of Variation = ______________ (see formula at the end of this section)

10.) Verify that the coefficient of variation is < 0.045 for AEC exposures.
Calculation for Coefficient of Variation (C.V.):

Formula: C.V. = s / X(avg.) where s = sample standard deviation (n-1)
Sample standard deviation (s) can be calculated on a calculator with statistics functions (such
as the TI36Y) as follows:
* Clear the stat register, press (CSR).
* Enter the first reading and then press (+). Repeat this step for all readings.
* Press (mean) to get X(avg.).
* Press sample standard deviation key (n-1).
* Enter the results in the formula above.
12.2 Final Installation and Admin Tasks

1.) Ready system for normal customer operation.
2.) Install all covers on system equipment. (Refer to above for procedure.)
3.) Remove trash, remove installation equipment and tools, clean up room and store service
manuals.
4.) Fill out Product Locator Cards and return them.
Part No. Part Name
5183178 Pioneer console assembly
5180891 Standard integrated table assembly
5183392 Standard integrated tube stand assembly
5189248 Manual collimator
5192454 50kW Tube: Toshiba E7843X
2212259-2 Generator (VR Jedi 50 R1T)
5220653 Platform PDU
5213401 78l 10:1 180cm grid
080-1004 60l 10:1 180cm grid
5198785 40l 10:1 180cm grid
5167409-1 Table ion chamber
5167409-2 Wall stand ion chamber

GE HEALTHCARE 
Part No. Part Name
5176556 Pioneer system console control board
5.) Record installation time in Service database.

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration
Section 1.0
Configuration & Calibration List
Section Content Page
2.1 System Configuration 123
2.2 X-ray Tube Seasoning 124
2.3 Service Software User Guide 139
2.4 Tube Configuration 145
2.5 Receptor Programming 146
2.6 Automated AEC Calibration 151
2.7 CR AEC Calibration 158
2.8 Checksum Validation 160
2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters 162
Section 2.0
Configuration & Calibration Contents
2.1 System Configuration
During the Application screen, press these two buttons for more than 5sec to switch from
Application screen to Configuration screen. If system is at configuration screen, press these two
buttons to switch from Configuration screen to Application screen. At the configuration screen,
operator can configure the Type of Generator, System Power, Table AEC, Wall Stand, Wall Stand
AEC.
1.) Configure the Generator
Press the Patient View button to configure that the generator is Jedi or Djinn.
2.) Configure the System Power
Press Receptor button to configure the system power is 50kW.
3.) Configure Table AEC
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration Page 135

GE HEALTHCARE 
Press the Patient Size button to configure that system is with Table AEC or not.
4.) Configure Wallstand
Press the Focus Spot button to configure if there is Wall-stand.
5.) Configure the Wall-stand AEC
Press the Previous Exp Recall button to configure if there is Wall-stand AEC.
6.) Configure Dose Display
Press this button to configure if console will display the Dose or not.
2.2 X-Ray Tube Seasoning

When warming up the tube, always take the precautionary measures to protect personnel from X-
ray radiation.
When a new x-ray tube is put into operation for the first time or when it has not been in operation
for more than one month, the seasoning procedures Seasoning Schedule at installation (See
Figure 3-1) shall be carried out to assure subsequent trouble-free operation. This procedure
establishes the proper relation to its new environment with the equipment in used. The action
establishes a favorable distribution of the electrical charges and Electrostatic stresses in the
insulation system of the tube and the associated equipment.
NO EXPOSURES SHALL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT TUBE CURRENT AT A TUBE VOLTAGE

OF MORE THAN 50KV.
2.2.1 Requirements
1.) Use the larger focal spot of the tube, and the seasoning will be done with the circuit specified
in technical data.
2.) The operating tube voltage and current should be monitored all exposures during this
seasoning operation.
3.) The anode rotation should be utilized at normal speed (3000 or 3600 min-1).
4.) Do not exceed either the generator or the tube ratings.
ALL RADIATION SAFETY RULES MUST BE OBSERVED. IN ORDER TO PROTECT

HUMANBODY FROM HARMFUL X-RAY, CLOSE THE COLLIMATOR OR BLOCK THE TUBE
ASSEMBLY RADIATION PORT WITH AT LEAST A SIX (6) MM THICK PIECE OF LEAD.
NO PATIENT OR PERSONNEL IS ALLOWED IN THE ROOM.
2.2.2 Procedure
Effecting exposure at near peak potential and current without prior tube warm up will
damage the tube.
To maximize tube life, perform the following tube seasoning procedure.
1.) Provide continuous input of small tube current (Approx.1 mA) and increase the tube voltage
stepwise according to the time of the Seasoning Schedule at installation (See Figure 3-1).
Page 136 Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents

GE HEALTHCARE 
For any X-ray equipment without the fluoroscopy circuit, perform seasoning of short-time input
from 50 kV.
2.) Use the larger focus, rotate the anode, set the tube current to 50% of the maximum permissible
tube current at maximum tube voltage, apply short-time input once a minute with exposure
time of 0.1s, and increase the tube voltage stepwise.
When unstable, states of the tube current are observed in the course of increasing tube
voltage, reduce the tube voltage to the extent that no variation occurs, and then increase it
more slowly than previously.
3.) Stain like impact traces might appear on the X-ray tube target surface by the slight discharge
in the course of the seasoning.
The phenomena are one process to recover the withstanding voltage performance at that time,
Even if unstable states appear in the course of the seasoning, the stable operation is obtained
at the maximum tube voltage of succeeding seasoning, the tube unit can be used without any
interference to its electrical performance.
(The maximum tube testing voltage must be strictly limited to the maximum rated tube voltage
of the tube unit.)
4.) When the X-ray tube unit is used after a dormant period of a week or more, use the tube unit
after performing the Seasoning Schedule at Starting (See Figure 3-1).
5.) Every day morning, when you start to use X-ray tube, you are requested to warm-up the tube
to your necessary high voltage condition for stabilized equipment operation.
a.) At least 80kV (Step 1) is requested for all operation.
b.) Need voltage up to your necessary daily voltage (Step 2 or higher step).
c.) If discharge happened, re-warm up again under the previous condition.
Steps Voltage Current Focus Expose Time Cooling Time after Number of
(condition) [kV] [mA] [sec.] Exposure [sec.] cycle
1 80 160 Large 0.05 20 1
2 100 160 Large 0.05 20 1
3 110 160 Large 0.05 20 1
4 120 160 Large 0.05 20 1
5 over 120 kV 160 Large 0.05 20 1

(Note 1)
Note 1: If you use over 120 kV, up voltage by 5 kV to your necessary voltage.
6.) After these seasoning operations are completed, the X-ray tube unit can be used in the usual
way.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 3-1 Seasoning Schedule

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: Please press and together to get into HUB Mode.
2.3 Service Software User Guide
2.3.1 Supplies
None.
2.3.2 Tools
• JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)
• Console R232 cable (5194292)
• Computer with floppy or CD drive
2.3.3 Safety Precautions

Not applicable.
2.3.4 Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of PC based computer laptop, DOS and usage of Microsoft WINDOWS.
2.3.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.3.6 Time
15 minutes.
2.3.7 Procedure
2.3.7.1 Loading service software on service laptop

The Service software is a DOS application. It can operate under DOS or Windows; but for software
download or database backup, it is required to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid
communication problem (with the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART
COMPUTER UNDER DOS MODE; see Chapter 9 - - Service Tool Job Cards - Section 1.0 -
Software Download / Upgrade).
To load the software on to the hard drive:
• Power ON Service laptop. Under Windows, run the File Manager (Explorer))
• Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDISVC) under C:\
• Insert the "Service Software" CD delivered with the equipment in the Service Tool set into the
CD drive.
• Copy all the files from the CD to your hard drive.
(Double click on A:\, drag and drop on C:\ JEDISVC or whatever name of your directory.)
• Double click the file JEDP424B expanding the software to your hard drive.
The service software is installed and ready for use.
2.3.7.2 Using service software

Connect Service terminal as follows:
• Use the 9 pin Service cable, Part No 2207478, to connect serial line of Service terminal to
system console.
GE HEALTHCARE 
• Switch on the Service terminal.
• To run the program:
Under Windows:
- Exit Windows. Restart computer in MS-DOS mode.
- Select Disk Drive from where you want to run the program: C: [enter]
- Change to the new directory
- Type: "ASIAN" [enter] to run the program
The following screen appears:
• Power ON the generator.
• Press function key F1.
The following screen appears:

GE HEALTHCARE 
The software will load the help screen information contained in Asiane .msg file.
• Wait or press space bar to jump to screen.
The Application screen will appear:
"English text Version 1.2" is displayed 5 sec.,

then display shows the last used parameters.
Note: If the serial line to the generator is not operating (e.g.: cable not correctly connected, I/F or kV
Control board down, Generator not ready or powered OFF), further screens will not be
displayed and no function keys will operate. Correct this problem before continuing.
2.3.7.3 Typical screen description

1
1 : Area for Parameters, Error codes. Controlled by JEDI Software.

Display of exposure parameters setup in Application mode, depending on technique selection: kV,
mAs, mA, Exposure time. (max. number of exposure in sequence, not used on Rad product.)
Specific display in Maintenance Mode (Alt S or Alt D).

GE HEALTHCARE 
2 : Status area. Displayed by Service Software, Enlighten or blinking key controlled by JEDI
Software.
Display of function keys usable with menu displayed. Commands are remembered in help area:
Right arrow: Increase kV Left arrow: Reduce kV
F1: Set 2 points mode
F2: Set 3 points mode
F3: Increase mA or mAs (3 points or 2 points) F4: Decrease mA or mAs (3 points or 2 points)
F5: Increase Exposure Time F6: Decrease Exposure Time
F9: Darkness correction + (w/t AEC Cell) F0 (F10): Darkness correction - (w/t AEC Cell)
Lit when thermal limit is reached Error or impossible selection Lit

during exposure
Lit when ready for exposure Lit during exposure
3 : Select Technique, Screen film pairs, AEC cell, ...

Keys always displayed, but will be active depending on configuration and technique selection.
Includes help command.
1...4: Select workstation, whenever programmed in service menu TECH.

0: select Large focus 9: select Small focus
A, B, C: Select screen film pair (Whenever programmed)
A: Slow speed B: Medium speed C: High speed
D, E, F: Select cell in AEC (Whenever programmed)
D: Left cell E: Central cell F: Right cell
R: to Reset whenever error occurs U: Toggle fast or normal kV change.
Z: to display in area (1) the measured exposure parameters when "DISP" in menu 5 is set ON.
APR valid: enlighten when the display in area (1) is valid for recording in Customized protocols.
(Not used in RAD)
4 : Area for Static Help, related to screen in Service Mode.

Displayed by Service Software.

GE HEALTHCARE 
SELECTING MAINTENANCE AND APPLICATION MODE; MAJOR KEYS
FROM PROCEDURE TO
APPLICATION MODE Type <ALT> - <S > (Together) SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODEMENU 3
APPLICATION MODE Type <ALT> - <D > (Together) SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODELAST MENU OR
SUB-MENU selected.
SETUP/MAINTENANCE From any menu, type <R > (several APPLICATION MODE
MODE times if necessary) or <Q >
[Q] Return to application mode

[R] Return to a higher level menu
[W] Validate
[ALT] & [S] (Together) Calibration mode (Menu 3)
[ALT] & [D] Calibration mode (Last menu called)
[ ] and [ ] In maintenance mode, to move through menus
[F1] to [F0] Function keys with action based on context.
Other keys Based on context. Main function recalled in the screen and also
in sections wherever used.
SERVICE MENU TREE BREAKDOWN
• Type [ALT] & [S] (Together) to go to Maintenance Menus (MENU 3)
• Type [ ] and [ ] keys to select a menu.
• Figure 3-2 shows the relationship between the Maintenance Mode menus and the function
keys used to access those menus.
• To return to a higher level, key in [R]
The darkened menus are used for Generator and room setup (Configuration and Calibration):
menu 3, 4, 5.
Menu 3 is used to Configure the system
Menu 4 is used to calibrate AEC mode (Automatic Exposure Control)
Menu 5 is used to perform Checksum
Menu 1 is used to perform generator test and diagnostics.
Menu 2 is used to enter Date and Time, view/clear error log, and view/clear tube and generator
recorded tracking Data.

GE HEALTHCARE 
MENU 1
[F1] [F3] [F5] [F7]
HEAT ANOD HIGH AEC
AUTO, AUTO,
3,4,5 3k, 9k
NoLD GATE ShC

CD INV
Tst Tst
MENU 2
[F3] [F5] [F7]
LIST NEXP DATE
MENU 3
[F1] [F5]
TECH MODE
MENU 4
[F5] [F7]
AEC CAL
[F1] [F3] [F5] [F9]

KVEF KG KTIME KF
MENU 5
[F1] [F7]
RAMS Vx Px.x DSPL
[F1] [F3]
CKS MCL
Figure 3-2 Service Menu Tree Breakdown
SUB-MENU SUMMARY DESCRIPTION

1.) Configuration - MENU3
TECH: programming workstation, technique parameters.
MODE: Select Renard or Normal scale for kV selection.
Calibration - MENU4
AEC: To set parameters if known, or modify them manually.
CAL: To calibrate Automatic Exposure Control, for each AEC chamber and Screen-film
combination.
GE HEALTHCARE 
(See 2.6 - Automatic AEC Calibration)
2.) Ram - MENU5
RAMS: NVRAm operation & display:
- CKSM: To update Checksum after configuration, calibration, parameter change. (See 2.8
- Checksum Validation)
- MCLR: Clear NVRam memory. Normally not to be used, unless specifically instructed.
Note: Do not use if Data Base backup has not been performed previously.
Vx Px.x: Display generator software version (e.g. P3.3)
DSPL: In Maintenance Mode, to display parameter after exposure using key [Z]
3.) Utilities - MENU2
LIST: To display last recorded error codes (up to 64)
- Last error is viewed with Date and Time
- Function keys allow to scroll down and up
- [Z] to get back to the last recorded error
- Same consecutive error are counted Up in the same line
- [^H ], and [W] to clear error log
NEXP: To view/clear tube and generator recorded tracking Data. Clear must be performed
only when replacing X-Ray tube. Meaning of each parameter is found in Chapter 9 - - Service
Tool Job Cards - Section 2.0 - Tube Replacement Software Procedure.
DATE: To enter / modify the date and time.
4.) Diagnostics - MENU1
HEAT: To exercise Heater/filament function.
- Auto: run fixed current on both filament (if 2 filaments) in sequence on selected tube (If
more than 1).
- L or S: run 3, 4, or 5 Amps on Large or Small Focus.
ANOD: To exercise Rotor function.
- Auto: run rotation cycle in Low Speed then High Speed (If allowed by configuration) on
selected tube. (If more than 1)
- 3k: run one cycle acceleration, hold, break in Low Speed on selected tube (If more than 1)
- 9k: run one cycle acceleration, hold, break in High Speed (If allowed by configuration) on
selected tube (If more than 1)
HIGH: To exercise High Voltage function.
- NoLD: To troubleshoot HV problem, without mA nor rotation with or without X-Ray tube.
Test is run from 80 to max. kV, adjustable from 1 to 60 sec.
- Gate CD Test: to verify operation of the gate command board on the Inverter. Test is run
during 10 sec. At 0 kV.
Note: Requires manual set up. Read related information in diagnostics section.
- ShC INV Tst: To verify operation of inverter with inverter in short circuit. Test is run during
100 msec. At 0 kV.
Note: Requires manual set up. Read related information in diagnostics section.
AEC: To verify operation of AEC board. Refer to diagnostics section.
2.4 Tube Configuration
2.4.1 Supplies
None.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.4.2 Tools

Not applicable.
2.4.4 Prerequisites
The service terminal must be configured and software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide).
2.4.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.4.6 Time
15 minutes.
2.4.7 Procedure
2.4.7.1 Load software according to tube present in the installation
A database is available on the JEDI Service Software supplied in Service Tools:
• for 50 kW tube: Type E7843X File = E7843_R?.mx (? means the current revision)
Load the file corresponding to the tube present in the installation from Service Terminal. Refer to
2.9 - Backup and Restore Database Parameters.
2.4.7.2 Verify
According to the tube used in the installation, verify if 50 kW database loaded for tube E7843X
• The maximum mA displayed on the console must be 630 mA for 80 kV.
The word "Workstation" is incorrectly used and displayed in the JEDI software screens.
"Workstation" actually refers to the word "Receptor".
2.5 Receptor Programming
2.5.1 Supplies
None.
2.5.2 Tools

The JEDI is factory preprogrammed. Therefore, even if the data appears to correspond to the pre-
programming, it must be confirmed. For example, AEC enable, wall bucky enable must be
confirmed.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.5.4 Prerequisites
Service terminal must be configured and software installed. Refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide.
2.5.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.5.6 Time
15 minutes.
2.5.7 Procedure
2.5.7.1 Introduction
Receptor programming uses function keys indicated on screen for the following :
• receptor select,
• tube select,
• define nominal number of exposures for 2-point mode operation,
• AEC : types of chamber and number of pickup fields in each,
• Screen-film combination select, (if only one Select A).
2.5.7.2 Calling the subroutine
Call TECH (setup mode, menu 3, function key [F1]).
MENU3 TECH MODE

-> F1 F5
<-
R : Return Q : Exit
************** MENU3 **************
TECH : Select Workstation

MODE : Renard
Figure 3-3 Setup Mode, Menu 3
2.5.7.3 Parameter selection

Note: Any new parameters created must be stored in the installation report (same as Illustration 3).
1.) Receptor Selection
OFF No selection

GE HEALTHCARE 
SPE * Anatomic (for RF room)
DIR* Anatomic (for RAD room)
POMU Wall-mounted Bucky (i.e. SG50 or SG70)
SETE Spot-film device technique on remote-controlled table (i.e. Prestilix 1600)
TOPO Tomography Bucky
TOSE Tomography spot-film device technique
POTA Table-mounted Bucky
PULM Pulmorapid
CHAN Film changer
TOCO Special tomographic applications
SECO Spot-film device technique on conventional table
NUME Digital mode
TONU Digital tomography
Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to select.
* For RAD
TECH 1 = DIR
TECH 2 = POTA (TABLE BUCKY with moving grid) or DIR (if fixed grid).
TECH 3 = POMU (with moving grid) or DIR (if fixed grid) or OFF (if no Wall Bucky).
Nominal number
Receptor Tube Tomo tech & time of exposures In Type of AEC
2-point mode
Figure 3-4 Receptor Menu
2.) Tube Selection

T1 Tube 1 only
3.) Select the number of nominal exposures for 2-point mode operation.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Suggested values are given below:
DIR N = 2 POTA N = 2
POMU N = 2
Use function keys [F5] and [F6] to select.
4.) Selection of Exposure Chamber
IN1 Ionization chamber 1 (for Table Bucky Receptor POTA).
IN2 Ionization chamber 2 (for Wall Bucky Receptor on - POMU).
Select AEC in or out using function keys [F7] et [F8]. Each chamber corresponds to a specific
technique, i.e. POMU and POTA.
5.) Control Console Function Key assignment
Function keys are assigned using the alphanumeric keyboard ([1] corresponds to function key
1, etc., up to 8). Use the shift key for numbers 0 to 9.
With the RAD Console only four techniques are available.
The technique selected is shown in reverse video in zone 3.
6.) Selection of screen-film combination used
Keys [A], [B] and [C] are used to select the first, second and third screen-film combinations,
respectively.
The combination selected is displayed in reverse video in zone 2.
Press the key again to cancel a selection.
One combination is always selected. Select Key A for the RAD used screen film combination.
7.) Selection of Number of Pickup Fields
The number of pickup fields of the exposure chamber selected for AEC Mode with ionizing
chamber or II must be keyed in:
[D] middle pick-up field (one),
[F] three pick-up fields.
The number of pick-up fields is displayed in reverse video in zone 3.
8.) Validation
Use [W] to validate all values for a given function appearing on the screen.
2.5.7.4 Renard or normal scale for kv selection

1.) Go to Service Mode, and call Menu 3 using the arrows on the keyboard.
2.) Call MODE by pressing F5.
3.) Select NORMAL or RENARD Scale by pressing F5.
4.) Hit W to confirm.
2.5.7.5 Date & Time

To enter the Date and Time:
1.) Go to Service Mode, and call Menu 2 using the arrows on the keyboard.
2.) Call DATE by pressing F7.
3.) Enter date (MM DD YYYY) via numeric keypad.
5.) Hit F1.
6.) Enter time (HH MM) via numeric keypad.
When replacing the battery in the CPU Board, clear the year-counter display on the righthand side
via F7 and F9 to confirm.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Anytime programming is modified, checksum must be validated (refer to 2.8 - Checksum

Validation).
RECEPTOR SELECT
FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RECEPTOR DIR POTA POMU OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
TUBE T1 T1 T1
NUMBER 2 2 2
OFEXPOSURES
IN 2-POINT
MODE
TOMOGRAPHIC N N N
UNIT USED:
Y1
T1
Y2
T2
Y3
T3
Y4
T4
Y5
T5
TYPE OF OUT IN1 IN2
CHAMBER
mA
PLATEAUTIME
FOR1-POINT
MODE
EXTERNAL No No No
RECEPTORCO
MMAND*
SCREEN-FILM A A
COMBINATION
S
1
2
3
NUMBER - 3 3 Number of cells usedin
OFPICK- AEC
UPFIELDS
MODE RENARD OR NORMAL kV SELECTION
Table 3-1 Receptor Parameters (Example for RAD with Wall Bucky and two ionisation
chambers)

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.6 Automatic AEC Calibration
2.6.1 Supplies
None.
2.6.2 Tools
• Sensitometer
• Densitometer
• Set of five plexiglass plates (5 cm x 25 cm x 25 cm)
For 5 cm, it is 2 inches
OR
• A plastic bucket with a minimum height of 25 cm (for water)
2.6.3 Safety precautions

Standard precautions for work with ionizing radiation.
2.6.4 Personnel
1 person.
2.6.5 Time
1 hour.
2.6.6 Prerequisites
• Working knowledge of service terminal and installed software,
• Service terminal must be configured and software installed,
• Workstation configuration done,
• AEC option must be installed.
2.6.7 PROCEDURE
2.6.7.1 Development equipment
CHECK DEVELOPMENT EQUIPMENT

• Check that the automatic processor is available
• Check that solution concentrations and temperatures comply with the manufacturer's
specifications.
• Plot a sensitometrics curve to determine the gamma value of the film and to assess solution
quality.
• All the gray scale levels should be visible, and the base fog should not exceed 0.2 for the
development equipment to be correct.
Note: This procedure normally requires a sensitometer. If this is not available, proceed as follows:
• Run 2 exposures, using the same screen-film combination but with different mAs settings,
mAs(f1) and mAs(f2).
• Develop and measure the density d of each, d(f1) and d(f2). (Measured optical densities must
be between 1.0 and 2.0)
GE HEALTHCARE 
• Use the formula below to determine gamma:
Gamma = ( d(f2) - d(f1) ) / log10 (mAs(f2)/mAs (f1))
• If gamma is not between 2 and 3 change or renew the solution
2.6.7.2 Preliminary Remarks

1.) All calibrations must be performed with a source to image receptor distance between 0.8m
and 1.2m.
2.) Center the phantom over the middle pickup tube field.
3.) A calibration procedure has to be performed for each combination of ionization chamber and
screen-film.
4.) If the same screen-film combinations are used for several ionization chambers (e.g.
positionner and bucky), adjust the positionner chamber first, and adust KG only for the other
chambers.
For known screen-film combination or ionization chamber, KVEF, KT and KG could be entered with
MENU4 AEC (F5 key). Refer to 2.3 - Service Software User Guide.
2.6.7.3 Principle
The automation of this calibration is to use the optical density entered after one exposure or four
exposures to predict and propose the parameter for the next exposures. This leads to a reduction
in the number of exposures to run to find mAs, kV and reference AEC for a given optical density.
INIT
KVEF acquisition screen
Select ionization chamber
Select screen-film combination
Run kvef calibration
Select screen-film combination

If needed run
Ktime calibration
Run kvef calibration
If needed run If needed run

Format calibration Ktime calibration
Yes other screen-film ? Yes

other screen-film ?
(2more possible)
No
No
Other ionization chamber ?
(3 more possible) Yes
Select ionization chamber

No
Run grid calibration
Other ionization chamber ? Yes
No
END

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: If an error occurs during exposure, reset by pressing key Z - redo the exposure.
• To redo an exposure after entering the optical density, enter "o" for optical density and redo
the exposure.
• To clear optical density, press and hold down the CTRL key, press the H key and enter the
new optical density.
Note: You should back-up the database after all calibration have been done. Refer to 2.9 - Backup and
Restore Database Parameters.
2.6.7.4 KVEF Adjustment
INITIALIZATION
KVEF is the main compensation coefficient for film darkening : its value varies significantly with kV
The MENU4 F7 key of the laptop service enters the calibration menu.
AEC1 1 0,00V L 80kV 10m As 15cm OD= 0,00
Ionization Exposure AEC Focus Kilovolt m As Plexi or O ptical

Cham ber Num ber Reference W ater Density
Thickness
In this step, the available keys have the following function :

• <- or -> keys to select the ionization chamber to be calibrated
• F1/F2 keys to select the exposure number
• F3/F4 keys to select the focus (generally Large Focus)
• F5/F6 keys to select the kV
• F7/F8 keys to select the mAs in Renard scale
• F9/F10 keys to select plexi or water thickness
• 0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density (target or measured)
• A, B or C key to select screen film type(slow, medium, fast) (if only one screen-film, select A
key)
T key to select and modify target density
The first proposed exposure is 80kV, 10mAs, 15cm of plexi or water thickness. Exposure time is
calculated to be closest as possible from 100ms, according to the thermal status.
The selected screen/film key flicker.
KVEF PARAMETER ACQUISITION

Refer to the flow diagrams in Figure 3-5, Figure 3-6 and Figure 3-7.
Press Key F7 in Menu 4

Choose screen film to be calibrated with Key A, B or C
Key A, B or C flickers
Operator : Enter a targeted optical

density (generally 1), with key T
and validate with W key
Figure 3-5 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram

GE HEALTHCARE 
A
Software : first kV step 80kV or next kV step (selected by Key F5-F6
(steps are 80kV, 100kV, max kV, 40kV and 60kV)
Operator : Start a serie of exposures for this kV step
Keys a & B are flickering
Software : thickness proposal for the serie

Operator : Insert plexi thickness in the XRAY beam
Software : mAs proposal

(Operator : Can modify mAs according
to the sensitivity/mAs chart)
Operator : Insert casset (24x30) in spot film
Operator : Perform exposure
Operator : After having performed the

exposure, process the film and
measure the resultant optical density
Operator : Enter the resultant optical density
for each exposure and validate with W key
Software :Try to calculate mAs0 for targeted optical

density. When found, with previous exposure
recorded, V key flickers and screen film keylights ON
NO
Is V flickering ?
YES
Operator : Valid the kV step with V key when flickered
Operator : Display final values kvref, kV,

mAS, thickness, target optical density
NO YES
Screen key light on?
B
Figure 3-6 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram (Continued)

GE HEALTHCARE 
End of kvef calibration. If first screen-film See descriptions of time and grid
calibration , select, if needed, time calibrations below
next screen-film calibration
Figure 3-7 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram (Continued)
1.) Press T key and input Destination Density, then validates it with W key. Pressing T key
deselect Destination Density. Run the first exposures proposed by the software, develop the
films and measure the optical density. For each exposure, the software records the AEC signal
from the ionization chamber. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2 keys,
enters the associated read optical density with key pad, and validates it with W key.
Note: There is no Beep during the exposure! The laptop Icon will light during X-ray.
2.) When the optical densities have been entered, the software calculate the parameters for the
next exposure regarding the result of the previous ones (AEC signal from ionization chamber
and optical density).
3.) The operator should run the next exposure proposed by the software, develop the film and
measure the optical density. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2 keys
and enters the associated read optical density with the keypad, and validates it with the W key.
The software records the AEC signal from the ionization chamber. At each optical density
entered, the software evaluates if those values permit it to find the mAs0, which provides the
target density for this screen-film combination and the kV. When the mAs0 is found, the
software calculates the KVEF associated, then the V key starts to flicker to ask the operator to
validate the calibration by pressing the V keystroke.
4.) Select another kV and repeat the previous operation for all kV steps
Note: Don't forget to change the phantom thickness when changing kV settings!
When all kV values are calibrated, the software extend the result and calculates the equivalent mAs
(for an optical density equal to the target value) to the kV,mA plan.
At the end of the first screen-film KVEF calibration , the operator selects the KT time calibration with
the V key after the V key has been illuminated.
K TIME PARAMETER ACQUISITION (EXPOSURE TIME CORRECTION)
AEC1 1 0,00V L 80kV 10mAs 15cm OD= 0,00
Ionization Exposure AEC Focus Kilovolt mAs Plexi or Water Optical

Chamber Number Reference Thickness Density

• F1/F2 keys to select the exposure number
• 0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density (target or measured)
The operator could by-pass this calibration in depressing V key again.
The software uses the KVEF calibration to find the thickness for the first KTIME exposures : if the
mAs for 80kV, 15cm of plexi or water thickness are lower than 32mAs, the software calculates the
necessary plexi or water thickness to obtain more than 32 mAs. The calculated plexi or water
thickness is displayed.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.) Set the plexi or water thickness indicated on the Service Terminal display
2.) Run the proposed exposures (0.5s) develop the film and measure the optical density for each
image. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2/ keys, and enters the
associated read optical density with key pad, and validates it with W key. Repeat the operation
for the other proposed exposures (1s, 2s, 3.2s)
3.) If the mAs for 80kV, 15cm of plexi or water thickness is greater than 2.5mAs, the software
calculates the necessary plexi or water thickness to obtain less than 2.5 mAs. The calculated
plexi or water thickness is displayed..
4.) Set the the plexi or water thickness indicated on the Service Terminal display
5.) Run the proposed exposure (10ms), develop the film, measure the optical density, enter and
validate the value with W key.
The software calculate Ktime parameters.
6.) The operator validates the Ktime calibration with V key. For the first screen-film calibration, the
software then proposes the KF calibration. By_pass it with V key again.
KG PARAMETER ACQUISITION (GRID CORRECTION)

This KG procedure has to be followed if the same film/screen combination is used on the second
ionisation chamber.
If no second ionization chamber is present, press key R (end of calibration).
For a multiple ionization chamber, the operator runs the previous calibration (KVEF, KTIME for each
film screen combination for one ionization chamber) and runs the KG calibration for the other
ionization.
AEC2 0.00V L 80kV xx mAs 15cm OD = 0,00
Ionization AEC Focus Kilovolt mAs Plexi or Water Optical density

Chamber Reference Thickness

• 0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density.
STEP 1
• Select the ionization chamber with the arrow keys (AEC2).
• Set the SID at the same distance used for KVEF on AEC1. If not possible, go to STEP 3.
STEP 2
• Run the proposed exposure, develop the film, measure the optical density and enter the value
with keys 0 to 9.
• Repeat the same operations for the next proposed exposures until the V key flickers.
• When the V key flickers, press the V key (end of calibration).
• Press the R key.
STEP 3
• Hit key R and return to Application Mode.
• Put 15 cm plexiglass in front of Wall Stand (AEC2)
• Set 2 Point Mode
• Set KV to 80
• For mAs :
Calculate the mAs according to :
mAs = mAs0 * (SID)2
mAs0 => mAs at 80 kV for AEC1 found during Autocalibration

GE HEALTHCARE 
SID = new SID
Example: mAs0 = 5mAs SID = 1.4
mAs = 5 * (!.4)2 = 10 mAs
Set mAs to 16 for backup.
• Run exposure in AEC
• Develop the film and measure the density
• If the density is not equal to 1, go to MENU 4 AEC (F5)
• Select KG (Key F3)
• Select Grille 2 (Key F5/F6)
• Enter a KG parameter :
- If density is greater than 1, decrease KG value
- If density is smaller than 1, increase KG value
• Redo the same exposure and correct KG if density is not equal to 1.
CHECKSUM VALIDATION
The checksum must be validated at the end of the calibration. See 2.8 - Checksum Validation.
AEC REPETITION TEST

Make a series of 10 exposures in 2-point AEC (exposure time : aproximatively 10ms) and check
mAs accuracy (+/-10%) for each exposure.
SET KVEF, KT, KG
Call the AEC menu (setup mode, menu4, function key [F5]).
AEC KVEF KG KTIME KF
SET KVEF
• Use the function key F1 to select sub-routine KVEF.
AECV 40KV 1 a.bc
KV step screen-film KVEF

combination
1,2 or 3
• Select screen-film combination with A, B or C keys.

• Select kV step 40, 60, 80, 100, or kVmax with F3/F4 keys.
• Set KVEF to known value with key pad.
• Validate each new setting with W key.
• Press the R key when settings have been completed.
SET KT
• Use function key F5 to select sub-routine KG.

GE HEALTHCARE 
AEC T N = 0 T = 0.5 1 a.bc
Time step # Time screen-film KTIME

combination
1,2 or 3
• Use the following keys to select the screen-film combination : A for combination 1, B for
combination 2, C for combination3. The screen-film combination selected is displayed in
reverse video.
• Select time step number with F1/F2 keys. (N = 0 T = 10ms, N = 1 T = 100ms, N = 2 T = 500,
N = 3 T = 1s, N = 4 T = 2s, N = 5 T = 3.2s).
• If necessary, select time with F3/F4 keys.
• Set KTIME to the known value with F9/F10 keys.
• Validate each new setting with the W key.
• Press the R key when the settings have been completed.
SET KG
• Use the function key F3 to select sub-routine KG.
AEC G GRILLE 1 KG = a.b
grid no (from 1 to 4) KG 0.8 to 2
• Use the function keys F5/F6 to scroll grid (grid number corresponds to the ionization chamber
number). Set KG to the known value using F9/F10 keys
• Validate each new setting with the W key
• Press the R key when settings have been completed.
CHECKSUM VALIDATION
The checksum must be validated after settings have been completed; refer to 2.8 - Checksum
Validation.
2.7 CR AEC Calibration
2.7.1 Systems with CR Filming Only

Usually, a CR system does not require any compensation, so you can set all the values to 1.
2.7.1.1 Program Generator with Default CR Parameters

1.) Enter Generator service mode. Select MENU 4, AEC.
2.) Select the proper film - screen to calibrate.
Example:
A: SCR1 B: SCR2 C: SCR3
3.) Program the generator with the following default values for KVEF, KG, KTIME, and KF.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Menu 4 F5 AEC F1 KVEF
Default KVEF Values 40 kV 60 kV 80 kV 100 kV 125 kV Max kV
(how the film responds to kV) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Menu 4 F5 AEC F3 KG
Default KG Values Grille 1 Grille 2 Grille 3 Grille 4
(overall density adjustments) 1 1 1 1
(table) (chestand)
Menu 4 F5 AEC F5 KTIME
Default KVEF Values N0 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5
(how the film respoonds to 10 100 500 1000 2000 3200

Time)
1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Menu 4 F5 AEC F9 KF
Default KVEF Values 0 1 2 3 thru 16
(collimator size compensation) 1 1 1 1
4.) Go to MENU 5, select F7 and turn display ON using F1.

5.) Go to MENU 5 and run CHECKSUM.
6.) Exit service mode into applications by pressing "R" on the laptop several times.
7.) Perform the "CR Dose Adjustment" procedure below.
2.7.1.2 CR Dose Adjustment

Refer to the specific CR service manuals for specific details.
1.) Set up the system to measure dose to the CR cassette.
2.) Make an exposure and record the dose.
3.) Adjust the KG parameter to get the desired dose (the desired dose may need determined by
Operators or CR supplier).
2.7.2 System with Film and CR Filming Combined

If the system will be used with both Film and CR at the same time, then please keep the AEC
calibration data for Film.
If the dose for CR is not proper, the "+" and "-" button on the console can be used to increase or
decrease the dose.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.7.3 Final Adjustment
2.7.3.1 Disable Unused Film-Screen

Program the generator to disable all unused film-screen combinations.
Menu 3 F1 TECH
Example: If you calibrated SCREEN 2 only, disable SCREEN 1 and SCREEN 3.
If you calibrated Film and CR, disable the unused screen.
2.7.3.2 Perform Checksum

Refer to 2.8 - Checksum Validation:
Menu 5 F1 RAMS F1 and V at the same time
2.7.3.3 Save Memory

Back up the generator database.
First service screen F6 Save Memory
The file can be named, but it must be in the DOS format.
Default name: SV_VAR.MX
Acceptable name: xxxxxxxx.MX (8 characters max.MX)
Save the file on the laptop hard drive.
Copy the file to the site floppy.
2.8 Checksum Validation
2.8.1 Supplies
None.
2.8.2 Tools

Not applicable.
2.8.4 Prerequisites
Service terminal must be configured and software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide.
2.8.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.8.6 Time
5 minutes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.8.7 PROCEDURE
2.8.7.1 Preliminary Remarks
Checksums must be validated at end of generator setup or whenever a parameter is changed.

In the checksum validation process, the processor computes a number which is a function of all the
setup parameters. When the generator is powered up, this number is computed, i.e. the sum is
"checked".
If the two numbers differ, the generator displays an error code, indicating that one or more
parameters have been changed since the last time the sums were checked, or that a RAM-related
fault has occurred.
Note: X-ray generation is inhibited if there is a checksum error.
Note: The display Va.b on menu 5 is for the software version in the CPU board EPROMS.
2.8.7.2 Checksum Validation

Call RAMS (setup mode, menu 5, function key [F1].
Resulting display: eitconcepts@gmail.com
RAMS CKSM MCLR

Enter function key [F1] and [V] simultaneously.
A buzzer will sound, indicating that the sums have been checked and OK on display screen.
MCLR is used to erase all setup parameters. Function key [F3] corresponding to this function
should not be used.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters
2.9.1 Supplies
None.
2.9.2 Tools

Not applicable.
2.9.4 Prerequisites
1.) The service terminal must be configured and the software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service
Software User Guide).
2.) All calibrations must have been completed.
2.9.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.9.6 Time
15 minutes.
2.9.7 Applicability
Setup parameters must be logged after the setup procedure has been completed, or whenever
these parameters are changed. This enables service engineers to key in parameters rapidly, i.e.
when changing the KV Control Board in the event of a battery outage.
2.9.8 Procedure
2.9.8.1 CPU memory backup

The generator must be in application mode. The control console push buttons will be inactive during
the transfer.
• Connect service terminal to system console.
• Power up.
• Insert the calibration CD disk with write protection off.
• From Laptop Dos, A: (It can also be run from Service Laptop Hard Disk Drive but in DOS
mode).
• Type JEDI on the terminal.
• Hit [F6] to save memory.
The system asks for a file name. Default file name is A:\sv_var.mx.
• Type a file name or hit [ENTER].
During transfer, the number of frames sent is displayed.
When transfer ends, the message "Transfer successful" is displayed.
If any error is detected, the transfer stops and an error message is displayed.
See list of error messages in this section.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.9.8.2 CPU memory restore
All parameters stored in CPU NVRAM memory must have been saved previously on calibration CD
disk.
The procedure is the same as "Memory backup" except: Hit [F7] to restore memory.
This procedure is also used to down load new software (File type for Database or Software is
automaticaly recognised).
Note: Errors during memory restore may cause unpredictable results. A new transfer is required.
If generator is locked, cycle power and repeat the entire memory restore procedure.
2.9.8.3 Error messages
MESSAGE ERROR
Cannot open file - No CD disk.

- CD write protected during attempt to backup.
File contains data. The file already exists (backup).

Delete old (y,n): If you answer "y", the existing file will be erased.
Error time out - Generator OFF.

- Terminal not connected to generator..
Error communication Error during transfer. Try a new transfer from the beginning.
Note: Ensure ASIAN.exe software running under DOS and not
under WINDOWS.
2.10 Dosimetric Calibration
2.10.1 Dose/DAP accuracy check procedure

Before conducting this procedure, make sure following items have been calibrated:
- Generator
- Tube
- HVL
- Collimator
- Positioner
- mR/mAs
Procedure:
1.) Set the dosimeter probe with the small ion chamber sensor at 25 cm above the Tabletop/
Wallstand where the prediction algorithm is performed.
Ensure the center of the probe is at the center of x-ray beam.
2.) Cover the detector with lead or other material, or move it out of the FOV if possible, so that the
detector will not be damaged from over exposure.
3.) Set Exposure technique:
FIXED (NON-AEC) mode
Table or Wallstand mode

GE HEALTHCARE 
100kV, 50mA, 3.2mAs
20×20 cm FOV
100cm SID
4.) Take exposure.
5.) Read and take note of the results on dosimeter DoseRef. (unit in mR or μGy), the DAP value
on the DAP meter DAPviewer (μGy *m2).
6.) Convert dose unit if needed: 1 mR = 8.76μGy, 1μGy = 0.001 mGy
7.) Determine the reference field size (convert unit to m2 if needed) at the dosimeter position
Reference Field size = collimated FOV * (SOD/SID)2 where SOD is distance from tube focal
spot to dosimeter upper surface.
8.) Calculate the Reference Dose Area Product DAPRef. = DoseRef. * Reference Field size.
9.) Compare the DAPRef. with DAPviewer as following:
(DAPRef. - DAPviewer) / DAPRef.*100%
The acceptable error is less than ±30% when DAP ≥ 5μGy*m2
2.10.2 Dose/DAP accuracy maintenance

4.2In case the DAP error is larger than ±30% when DAP ≥ 5μGy*m2, check if the SID, FOV
calibration is good. If there is no problem, run Dose Prediction (mR/mAs) calibration then redo the
accuracy check.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 4 - Functional Checks
Section 1.0
Introduction
Functional Checks describes the procedures necessary to determine whether the XR 6000
system (Refer to Figure 4-1) is operating correctly and performing within specifications.
All the XR 6000 system functions should conform to safety regulations, local codes or other
applicable standards.
• Operational Checks
• Performance Checks
Operational Checks may be performed by the customer or trained personnel. These checks only
indicate that the unit is functioning correctly at an operational level. They do not indicate that the
unit is
performing within specifications.
Performance Checks must be performed by trained personnel only. These checks verify that
the unit is performing to specification. It is recommended to complete these checks during and
after installation, during periodic maintenance, and when the equipment is replaced or modified.
Before performing Functional Checks all System Configuration and Calibrations must be
completed. Refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration.
Chapter 4 - Functional Checks Page 165

GE HEALTHCARE 
10 3
2
9
4
8
7 6
Figure 4-1 XR 6000 System
1.) Tube Stand 2.) Tube Arm
3.) X-ray Tube 4.) Table Top
5.) Longitudinal Support 6.) Table Base
7.) Foot Pedal 8.) Cassette Tray
9.) Collimator 10.) Control Box
Section 2.0
Tools and Test Equipment
In addition to the standard service tool kit the following tools and test equipment will be necessary
to perform the functional checks described in this chapter:
• DVM
• Metric Tape Measure
• KEITHLEY 35080A kV peak meter (or equivalent)
• RADCAL MDH2025 dosimeter (or equivalent) with 20x5-60 probe
Page 166 Section 2.0 Tools and Test Equipment

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 3.0
Operational Checks
3.1 System Power Up
Power up the XR 6000 system, check that all the corresponding LEDs are displaying correctly.
Green
Red
Figure 4-2 LEDs
3.2 Tube Assembly Operation

This section is used to perform mechanical movement checks.

GE HEALTHCARE 
1 2
6 3 4 6
1.) Vertical Travel Control Switch.

2.) Longitudinal Travel Control Switch.
3.) Angulation Rotating Control Switch.
4.) All Moving Function Control Switch.
5.) Angular Indicator.
6.) Handle.
3.2.1 Tube Stand Longitudinal Movement
Pressing the longitudinal movement button moving the tube stand.
• Check the tube stand movement is operating smoothly and uniformly.
• Check that the operation of the tube stand along with the cassette tray moves smoothly all the
way to the end of the table.
3.2.2 Tube Stand Rotation

Hold the operation handle to drive the tube arm to the left or to the right for rotation, and check that
the tube stand can be rotated +/- 180 degree and can be stopped in anywhere.
3.2.3 Tube Arm Vertical Movement

1.) Press and hold the vertical button on the control box and check the tube arm can move
smoothly up and down.
2.) Release the button, it will stop in any position.
3.) Press the collimator lamp button.
4.) Move the tube from the lowest position to the highest position.
5.) Check the variance of the cross line, and make sure that it will be less than 5 mm, otherwise,
adjust the tube position.
3.2.4 X-Ray Tube Angulation

Press and hold the angulation button and check that the X-ray tube angulation range is from -120
degree to +120 degree. The detents are at 0, +/-90 and +/-120 degree, and 0 degree detent
position is the tube arm's horizontal axis.
Page 168 Section 3.0 Operational Checks

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.2.5 X-Ray Tube Tilting
Release the machine lock (two), and check the tube can be tilting from forward 20 degree to
backward 30 degree.
3.2.6 Table Top Movement Checks

1.) Double press the table foot pedals, check the tabletop is free for both Longitudinal and
transverse movement.
2.) Check that all movements are smooth.
3.) Release the table foot pedal, the table top will automatically lock at any position.
3.2.7 Cassette Tray Movement

The Cassette Tray is normally coupled with the tube stand..
1.) In coupled state:
The Cassette Tray should move together with the Tube Stand.
2.) Uncoupled state:
a.) Press the push button on the carriage. Check that the Cassette Tray can be moved
longitudinally without the tube stand.
b.) Release the push button, the Cassette Tray is locked in the position.
3.2.8 Collimator Rotation
1.) Loosen set screw.
2.) Rotate the collimator.
3.) Check the collimator can be rotated.
4.) Secure the set screw.
3.2.9 Collimator Light Timer

Press the collimator light button and check the light will be power off in more than 30 seconds.
3.2.10 Wall Stand Carriage Vertical Movement

Check that the carriage can be moved smoothly up and down and can be locked in any position.
Section 4.0
Performance Checks
4.1 Console
1.) Check the buttons functions.
a.) Power up.
b.) Press every button except power up and off button, a beep sound will be heard.
2.) Check the APR Save function.
a.) Change any parameter of the factory default APR database.
b.) Press the APR Save button for more than 3 seconds, and the system console will
give a beep sound to inform the operators.

GE HEALTHCARE 
c.) Power off.
d.) Power up.
e.) Check the technique parameters be saved.
3.) Check the APR Restore factory default function.
a.) Press the buttons together for more than 10 seconds. System console will
retrieve the factory default APR database. After the retrieve is done, system console will
give a beep sound to inform the operators.
b.) Power off.
c.) Power up.
d.) Check the technique parameters.
4.2 Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light Field Alignment
4.2.1 Requirements
The following image is gotten in a plane that is perpendicular to x-ray field. Verify below
requirements are met.
|a1| + |a2| <= 1.7% SID and |b1| + |b2| <= 1.7% SID.
Visually Defined Field

a1
b1
b2
a2
X-ray Field
4.2.2 Test Method

1.) Put the cassette onto the table top.
2.) Set SID to 1000 mm +/- 1 mm, and measure the distance by the ruler of the collimator.
3.) Darken the test bay (all light sources should be switched off).
4.) Adjust the blades to get x-ray FOV of 260 mm x 260 mm.
5.) Using metal indicators to indicate the four edges of the actual light field, so that the light field
Page 170 Section 4.0 Performance Checks

GE HEALTHCARE 
edges can be identified from the x-ray film.
6.) Make exposure at 40kV/2mAs with large focal spot.
Note: The mAs value may need change according to the development liquid condition.
7.) Adjust the blades to get x-ray FOV of 300 mm x 300 mm.
8.) Make exposure at 40kV/0.5mAs with large focal spot.
Note: The mAs value may need change according to the development liquid condition.
9.) Develop the film.
10.) Measure the variance between the light field edge and x-ray field edge of the second exposure.
For each edge, record the value into following table.
26×26 (cm) |a1| + |a2|
|b1| + |b2|
11.) Calculate accuracy between X-ray field and light field.

Note: If the accuracy meet the system requirements, please skip the following steps, and directly to
4.3 - Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor. If not meet, that is |a1|+|a2| >
1.7%SID, follow step 13) to 15).
If the test is after tube or collimator replacement, please make marks on the flange interface
between the tube and collimator what the below picture shows.
12.) Remove the collimator from the tube, and adjust the flange position to the opposite direction
to the shift direction of the x-ray filed to the light field. For example, the x-ray field is shifted to
the left of the light field, so move the flange to the right. Please refer the figure below for
reference.
Note: If the x-ray field is left shifted, move the flange right.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: If the x-ray field is right shifted, move the flange left.
13.) Re-install the collimator to the moved flange, re-test the misalignment value between x-ray
field and light field.
14.) If the requirement |a1| + |a2| <= 1.7% SID and |b1| + |b2| <= 1.7% SID has been met, make
marks on the flange, spacer, and tube as below.
Note: Please oriente the collimator flange by referring to the thin and thick lines.
Figure 4-3 Make Thin Marks Inside

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 4-4 Make Thick Marks Inside
Note: Please orient the collimator flange by referring to the marks outside.
Figure 4-5 Make Marks Outside
15.) If the misalignment is not within the system requirements, please repeat step 13) to 14) until
the accuracy is within the specification and then make marks when the accuracy finally meet
the requirements.
4.3 Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor
4.3.1 Requirements
Mis-alignment of centers of x-ray field and image receptor shall not exceed 1.7% SID. |d1| <= 0.017
SID.
4.3.2 Test Method

1.) Set SID to 945mm +/- 2mm from focal spot to table top mode measured by collimator ruler.
2.) Insert the cassette into the cassette tray.
3.) Darken the test bay (All light sources should be switch off ).
4.) Adjust the blades to get X-ray FOV less than the film size.
5.) Make exposure at 40kV,1.6mAs, large spot, and table mode.
6.) Develop the film.
7.) Using the diagonal method to find the center of X-ray field, and use halving method to find the
center of film field.

GE HEALTHCARE 
8.) Measure the distance between the two centers.
9.) Check whether it meets the requirement.
Center of X-Ray Field
d1
Center of Cassette Film
4.4 Image Quality

The Min resolution measured with following test method should be larger than 4lp/mm.
4.4.1 Test Method

1.) Set following exposure technique:
- 45kV;
- 4mAs;
- Small focus;
- SID = 100cm;
- 1cm thick plexiglass phantom;
- Resolution card.
2.) Put the resolution card onto the phantom, and put phantom on the center of the full FOV.
3.) Take exposure, develop the film.
4.) Put the film on a light box, maybe with the help of magnifying glass, read out the max resolution
of the film, verify the value is equal to or large than 4lp/mm.
After replace the tube or JEDI or some parts in JEDI, please do the tests below from 4.5 to 4.8.

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.5 Tube Voltage Accuracy
4.5.1 Tools
A calibrated non-invasive kV meter of 2% accuracy or better. KV meter calibration value must be
inside the spec and must be in period of validity Or invasive Dynalyzer or equivalent.
4.5.2 Requirements
Range: 40kVp ~ 150kVp;
Minimum adjusting step: 1kV;
Accuracy: less than or equial to +/-(3%+2 kV+kV meter accuracy)
Note: If measurement with non-invasive kV meter failed, turn to Dynlayzer for accurate measurement.
4.5.3 Procedure
1.) System power up, select radiography mA at 200mA to 630mA, set 100ms, Large focal spot,
select exposure kV as following table.
2.) Take exposure with large spot and record the data of console display. The variance should be
met the requirement as above.
Setting Value (kV) Test Data @ 200 mA Pass/Fail
40
80
150
4.6 Tube Current
4.6.1 Requirements
Range: 10mA~630mA separate adjustment, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0,
80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630.0;
Large Spot: 10~630mA;
Small Spot: 10~250mA;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-15%.
4.6.2 Procedure
1.) System power up, select three parameter mode (mA,kV,time) on system console. Manually
adjust exposure mA as following table, exposure at 150kV from 10 to 400mA, 80kV for 630mA,
set 100ms exposure time.
2.) Take exposure by handle switch with Large Spot, record the data of console display.
Note: The mA used shall be minimum as allowed and mSec > 20.
Setting Value (kV) Test Data @ 80 kV Test Data @ 150 kV Pass/Fail
10 mA
200 mA

GE HEALTHCARE 
Setting Value (kV) Test Data @ 80 kV Test Data @ 150 kV Pass/Fail
400 mA N/A
630 mA N/A
4.7 Exposure Time
4.7.1 Requirements
Range: 1.0ms~6300ms;
Separate adjustment: 1.0, 1.25, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.2, 4.0, 5.0, 6.3, 8.0, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0,
32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0, 80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630.0, 800,
1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000, 6300;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-(10%+1ms).
4.7.2 Procedure
System power up, select radiography exposure parameter 80kV, 100mA. Take exposure and
record the data of console display. The variance should be less than or equal to +/-(10%+1ms).
Setting Time (ms) 10 500 6300
Test Data (ms)
4.8 Exposure mAs
4.8.1 Requirements
Range: 0.5mAs~630mAs;
Separate adjustment: 0.5, 0.63, 0.8, 1.0, 1.25, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.2, 4.0, 5.0, 6.3, 8.0, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0,
20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0, 80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-(10%+0.2mAs).
4.8.2 Procedure
1.) System power up, select two-parameter exposure mode, and select the exposure mAs as
following table at 80kV.
2.) Take exposure and record the data of console display. The variance should be less than or
equal to +/-(10%+0.2mAs).
Setting Value @ 80kV (mAs) Test Data (mAs) Pass/Fail
10
40
63
400 (type test)
630 (type test)

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.9 Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) - Optional
If table AEC or wall stand AEC is ordered, enable them through configuration screen of the console.
4.9.1 Table AEC

1.) Adjust the SID to 100 cm.
2.) Open the collimator.
3.) Select the large focal spot.
4.) Set 80 kV, 20 mAs backup, table mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
5.) Check the exposure is terminated less than 5 mAs.
6.) Close the collimator.
8.) Set 80 kV, 600 mAs, table mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an exposure.
9.) Check that the exposure is interrupted after about 4 seconds, a buzzer will be heard, and the
inhibit indicator will light up.
10.) Check the exposure is terminated. The value is 600 mAs or less.
4.9.2 Wall Stand AEC

1.) Adjust the SID to 180 cm.
2.) Open the collimator.
4.) Set 80 kV, 20 mAs backup, wall stand mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
5.) Check the exposure is terminated less than 5 mAs.
6.) Close the collimator.
8.) Set 80 kV, 600 mAs, wall stand mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
9.) Check that the exposure is interrupted after about 4 seconds, a buzzer will be heard, and the
inhibit indicator will light up.
10.) Check the exposure is terminated. The value is 600 mAs or less.
Warm up or season the tube before exposures of high kV or mA can be taken appropriately.
4.10 Collimator Light Timer

Press the collimator light button and check that the light will go out automatically in more than 30
seconds.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 5.0
HHS Test
Installers must indicate that the combination of installed HHS Certified Components is compatible
on Form F3382 provided in Direction 46-013894, System Field-Test For HHS.
Figure 4-6 System HHS Compliance Compatibility List
PRODUCT CATEGORY PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MODEL NUMBER

X-RAY CONTROL SYSTEM CONSOLE 5183178
GEN. & PDU
X-RAY TUBE ASSEMBLY Toshiba E7843X 5308337
HOUSING (CASING)
BEAM LIMITING DEVICE Manual COLLIMATOR 5189248
CASSETTE TRAY CASSETTE TRAY
Page 178 Section 5.0 HHS Test

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Section 1.0
Theory
1.1 Glossary
Glossary of terms used in this document:
Term Definition
ABC Automatic Brightness Control. Regulation loop which makes the

measured brightness equal to brightness demand
AEC Automatic Exposure Control. Exposure cut off technique which uses the
brightness signal to cut the exposure
CAN Controller Area Network. A network used for localized control.
CPU Control Processor Unit. Microprocessor and peripherals which run the
software/firmware
EPLD Erasable Programmable Logic Device.
EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility. The EMC function prevents the generator
from polluting the power source.
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array. It is programmed by the CPU core after
the reset and handles all the exposure control logic including the system
interface real-time lines.
HV RIPPLE High voltage variations due to inverter current pulses. Typically a few
percent.
STATE Software or hardware function which handles the state of a system and
MACHINE authorize to go to the next state upon reception of specific events.
IGBT Insulated gate bipolar transistor. A type of power switch

Llp HV power inverter parallel resonant current; current in the parallel inductor
Llr HV power inverter serial resonant current; current in the serial inductor.
MOS Metal Oxide Semiconductor. A type of power switch

OGP On Gantry Processor. Unit which drives the generator in CT systems
PDU Power Distribution Unit

RMS Root Mean Square
Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Page 179

GE HEALTHCARE 
1.2 JEDI HIGH LEVEL BLOCK DIAGRAM
Figure 5-1 JEDI Generator / Functional Architecture
Page 180 Section 1.0 Theory

GE HEALTHCARE
Section 2.0
Theory Presentation
2.1 Introduction
Jedi is the engineering name for a family of compact high frequency X-Ray generators. This
generator family covers a wide range of applications from mobile equipment up to vascular
systems:
• JEDI 12-25 kW: Mobile applications
• JEDI 24-48 kW: CT applications
• JEDI 32-50 kW: RAD applications
• JEDI 50-65-80 kW: RF applications
• JEDI 100 kW: VASCULAR applications
2.2 Standard Features

Jedi is a family of 150 kV generators operating from 12 kW up to 100 kW for all the major
radiological, fluoroscopic and CT applications. The family handles 1 ms to continuous exposures
with tube currents ranging from 0mA up to 1000 mA.
The generators feature the very latest technology available:
• Constant potential independent of line voltage variations
• Power generation by a high-frequency converter (High voltage ripple: 40 kHz-140 kHz)
• Distributed micro-processor controlled functions (CAN bus)
Other features include:
• Single phase, three phase or battery power source
• Very low kV and mA ripple, excellent accuracies and dose reproducibility
• Compatible with a wide range of tubes, high speed or low speed, can supply up to 3 different
tubes. Thermal load interactive integrator ensuring optimum use of the heat protection curve
of the x-ray tube
• Available in various packaging configurations: gantry, under-table, cabinet
• Serviceability: high reliability, fast installation (no generator calibration), application error
codes ensure fast troubleshooting
• Meets CE marking (and in particular EMC), IEC, UL, CSA, MHW regulations (if required)
• Optional pulsed fluoroscopy
2.3 Applications
RAD Surgery RF Vascular/ CT

Cardiac
3 Points Mode X X X
2 Points Mode X X X
1 Point Mode X X X
0 Point Mode X X
AEC X X X

GE HEALTHCARE 
Tomography X X
AET X X
Continuous/Pulsed X X X
Fluoroscopy
Rad Exposures X
Cinema 30 fr/s X
Cinema 90 fr/s X
ABC X X
Variable mA Scans X
Low mA Fluoroscopy X
Legend:
• AEC - Automatic Exposure Control
• AET - Automatic Tomographic Exposure
• ABC - Automatic Brightness Control in fluoroscopy
2.4 Architecture
Refer to Illustration 19: Jedi Generator / Functional Architecture
The Jedi family is composed of 3 elements:
2.4.1 A Kernel
• High voltage chain composed of kV control, HV power inverter and HV tank
• Anode rotation function
• Tube filaments heater function
• Control bus for communication between the functions
• DC bus for power distribution to each function
• Input voltage to DC conversion: AC/DC function
• Low voltage power supply
• Application software, running on the kV control board
These functions are the Jedi core. They are present in all versions of the generator.
A function can be unique for all products, or can have several different releases based on product
specification.
Example: The anode rotation function is available in 2 releases:
• low speed rotation for applications where the tube has a max rotation of 3000 rpm
• high speed/low speed rotation for applications where at least one of the tubes can use 8000-
10000 rpm
The control bus is unique.
2.4.2 Options Depending on the Application

• A System Interface which can be:
- CT interface
- RAD interface (console interface, room interface, AEC management present or not)
- ATLAS interface
Page 182 Section 2.0 Theory Presentation

GE HEALTHCARE
• EMC function
• Grid function (RF, vascular)
• Bias function (RF, vascular)
• Tube management (2 tubes or 3 tubes option)
Figure 5-2 JEDI Generator / Functional Architecture

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.5 A Packaging Architecture
The packaging architecture consists in a set of boxes which can be put together in several ways to
make Jedi fit either in a cabinet, or a console foot, or a table foot. The boxes can also be split in 2
units distant of several meters (example: CT gantry). Refer to Illustration 20.
The boxes normally consist of the following:
2.5.1 Auxiliaries Box

• Rotation function
• Heater function
• Low voltage power supply (which can also be in the AC/DC box)
This box is always present.
2.5.2 Power Box

• HV tank
• HV power inverter
• kV control
• System interface (for the less complex system interface)
2.5.3 AC/DC Box
• MC filter (optional)
• AC/DC function
• Low voltage power supply (which can also be in the auxiliaries box)
2.5.4 System Interface Box

• RAD interface
• AEC interface
This box is present in the RAD product.
2.5.5 Optional Boxes

• Tube selection
• Grid/Bias control
Page 184 Section 2.0 Theory Presentation

GE HEALTHCARE
Inverter
Dual Snub LVPS Board
(for TIGER) AC/DC
Tube Board
HV
Gate
Board
+-
KV Measure HV Tank Rectifier

Block
CT
Inter KV Control
face Board EMC Filter
(Optional)
Power Box AC/DC Box
AEC
LVPS Board RAD
(for NP and Interface Interface
Emperor)
Heater Board
System Interface
Rotation Box for the rad
Board product
Tube Grid/Bias
Selection Control
Rotation Rotation
Capacitor Capacitor
(optional)
Auxiliaries Optional
Box Boxes
Figure 5-3 JEDI Generator / Packaging Architecture

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 3.0
Technique Factors Measurement Criteria
3.1 kV Accuracies
JEDI emperor: Generator 50kW
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and the peak kV during the exposure.
Radiography:
40kV~150kV range: +/- 3%+/-2kV
3.2 mA Accuracies
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and the real mean mA during the exposure
(characterized by real kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 10%+/-1mA
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-1mA
3.3 mAs Accuracies
Two accuracies have to be defined: one in 3 point Mode, one in 2 point Mode.
1/3 point Mode

Definition: accuracy between operator selection (mA and ms) and the real mAs during the exposure
(characterized by real kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 15%+/-0.1mAs
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 10%+/-0.1mAs
2/2 point Mode

Definition: accuracy between the internal mAs measure displayed after the exposures on the
operator console and the real mAs during the exposure (characterized by real kV>75% of the
operator selection).
Note: mAs measure is also called postdisplayed.
Radiography, manual mode:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-0.1mAs
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-0.1mAs
3.4 Exposure Time Accuracies

Time accuracy (3 point Mode)
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and real exposure time (characterized by real
kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
+/- 5%+/-0.5ms
Page 186 Section 3.0 Technique Factors Measurement Criteria

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error

Codes
Section 1.0
Exception Handling
JEDI software performs auto-test at power up and continuously monitors the correct operation of its
functions during application. Any malfunction is stored in the JEDI error log. Errors found can only
be reported if the generator is powered on and functional.
1.1 Diagnostics
There are different levels of diagnostics.
1.2 Power-On Diagnostic

At power-up the kV control performs its own initialisation, checks its memory integrity (checksum of
program and NVRAM) and starts the communication with its peripherals as well as the system.
Communication is permanently checked afterwards. It then initialises the Rotation board and
Heater board with their respective database parameters and loads kV control FPGA.
Eight LEDs (S7..S0) on the kV control board show the software status.
During power-on, the Heater board and the Rotation board CPUs are initialised and check their
memory integrity and hardware. If a problem is encountered, a PRD error is reported to the kV
control.
1.3 Live Diagnostics

1.) Under application faults will be reported through an error code on the Service Laptop. Some
are straightforward and convey the root cause. Refer to the recommended action in the error
list.
2.) Diagnostics run separately:
- heating function
- rotation function
- inverter gate command diagnostic
- inverter in short circuit diagnostic
- no load HV fucntion diagnostics
3.) Manual Diagnostics
Through a troubleshooting guide based on an error message or when the generator does not
reply.
1.4 Error Code Structure

The error code structure described in this chapter applies to JEDI error detection and logging. The
JEDI error log file can be accessed from the system through the system console or a laptop (JEDI
error log upload functionality).
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes Page 187

GE HEALTHCARE 
When an error is detected, it is logged in the JEDI error log file. The file contains a maximum of sixty
four error logs.
Each log shows the following structure:
Simplified Generator Error Error Data associated Number of Date &
error code Phase Class Code with the error code occurrences time
The fields are described in the following paragraphs.
1.5 Simplified Error Code Definition

The simplified error code is a grouping of the JEDI error codes. This field gives a rapid
understanding of which part of JEDI is faulty.
Simplified Description
Error Code
30 Tube spits errors
40 Rotation errors
50 Heater errors
60 Exposure errors (HV inverter + mA measure + exposure control
70 Power supply errors (low voltage + DC bus)Hardware errors (internal
communications + cables)
80 Hardware errors (internal communications + cables)
90 Application errors (saved RAM + software)
100 External communication errors
110 Thermal errors
120 Manipulation error
10 Rotation warnings (engineering use)
20 Heater warnings (engineering use)
25 LVPS warnings (engineering use)
27 Application warnings (mainly saved RAM battery change)
1.6 Generator Phase Definition

The generator phase field contains the state of the generator when the error occurred.
Generator Description
Phase
0 idle: entered in diagnostic mode
1 powered up; waiting for configuration
2 Stand by: configuration completed, waiting for a preparation command
3 Preparation in progress: JEDI gets ready to take X-rays
4 Ready for exposures (rotation at speed; filament; HV inverter drive ready; no
errors): waiting for an exposure command
5 High voltage on
6 Error detected and not yet cleared
1.7 Error Class Definition

There are five classes of errors that correspond to different levels of impact to the system. The class
of errors correspond to the seriousness of the errors.
Class Description
Page 188 Section 1.0 Exception Handling

GE HEALTHCARE
1 Errors which have no impact on the system operation.
Errors detected in background diagnostics during application. They are referred as "Warning"
errors,
to monitor drifts and used for engineering tracking.
The generator phase remains unchanged.
Errors are stored in the JEDI error log.
2 Errors which are detected by JEDI and that are recoverable automatically without noticeable
effect
on the system, such as error related to recovered tube spits.
The generator phase remains unchanged.
Errors which usually occur during exposure.
3 Errors detected by JEDI during exposure. They stop the exposure and revert the generator into
a safe state.
Error will be reset on Exposure Command release. It will require another Exposure Command to
restart the sequence.
The generator phase is set to "error" until the error is cleared.
4 Errors which are related to any hardware failures, software application or communication errors.
JEDI will revert to a safe state.
If preparation is in progress, it is stopped.
Errors are cleared either by a reset error action from the system (for system having a reset error
mechanism) or by a prep release or by a new prep command.
The generator phase is set to "error" until ther error is cleared.
Application cannot work if errors are persistent.
5 These codes may appear when the generator or tube temperature limits are reached.
The application waits until the thermal information disappears. The error information is
temporary.
The generator phase is set to "error" until the error is cleared.
1.8 Error Code Definition

Each error code comprises two fields (which cannot be generated and used separately);
• the first field describes the JEDI function which is faulty (referred to as the function code)
• the second field describes the error detected.
Example: error code 0306 means:
• 03: high voltage generation function;
• 06: no kV feedback on anode.
Function Codes List
Function Description
Code
01 Rotation
02 heater
03 High voltage generation
04 mA control
05 Power supplies
06 System interface
07 Software
08 Application
09 Tube control

GE HEALTHCARE 
10 Tube management
11 Grid
12 Bias
13 AEC
14 Hardware
1.9 Data Associated With The Error Code

The field "data associated with the error code" shows detailed information over the state of the
generator when the error occurred.
Example: Rotation high speed acceleration state, small focus preheat, tube number 1 selected.
1.10 Number Of Occurrences

The field "number of occurrences" is used to log the same error occurring several times
consecutively. Instead of filling the error log file with the same error which has occurred
consecutively several times, the first error is logged and successive errors are recorded through
increasing the "number of occurrences" field.
1.11 Date & Time

The field "date & time" stores the date and time when the error occurred. This is the JEDI internal
date and time which may be different from the system date and time. In the case of logging the same
error the date/time is of the most recent entry.
Section 2.0
Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting
2.1 Introduction
This diagnostics section is to introduce the JEDI generator with the following information:
• Power-On diagnostics LED indication.
• List all the potential error codes that can be issued by JEDI Generator.
• Provide error code explanation, potential cause and recommended action.
• List of diagnostics aids and explanation of diagnostics.
2.2 Power On Diagnostics

Refer to theory of operation for power-on sequence. This paragraph in this section is to provide
meaning of boards' LED status. The LED display status is offering useful information at a glance to
proceed to error code based troubleshooting. Whenever in doubt, a simple step is to watch the LED
status display on the kV control board, then the Rotation and Heater.
kV control LED status:
• During Power On Diagnostics
Page 190 Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

GE HEALTHCARE
kV control board
S0..................S7
_   oooo
S0.........................S7
The 8 LED's (S0...S7) are lit successively in both directions (Scrolling as indicated by the
arrows): the power up diagnostics are completed, kV control board is up and running.
S0.....................S7
o o o o
One out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.
S0.....................S7
 o oo
S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA downOne
out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.
• When an application error occurs (Not PRD)
  e.g: No communication
The simplified error code is displayed on the Leds. They blink; when the error is cleared (by a
return to the standby mode for example), the 8 LEDs are lit successively.
Heater board LED status: (See central listing)
After the power on diagnostics, heater board LEDs DS1 and DS2 are lit successively. Any
different status correspond to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error
code description.
Rotation board LED status: (See central listing)
After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status
correspond to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
2.3 Error Code List

The error code list and associated short description is presented below.
Simplified Description ErrorClass ErrorCode Description
Error Code
30 Tube Spits 2 0301H Tube spit (kV+ and kV- dropped)
2 0302H Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)

GE HEALTHCARE 
Simplified Description ErrorClass ErrorCode Description
Error Code
2 0303H Tube spit (kV- has dropped)
2 0304H Tube spit (kV regulation error)
2 0305H FPGA problem (restarting safety signal)
40 Rotation 4 0101H No CAN message received within 5 secs
Error
4 0102H Database not correct
4 0103H Rotation current overload
4 0104H Rotation Openload
4 0105H Rotation Phases unbalanced
4 0106H Rotation Phases error
4 0107H Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
4 0108H Rotation command error
4 0109H MAINS_DROP has failed
4 0110H PRD error
4 0111H F0 main frequency problem
4 0149H Unknown Rotation error
50 Heater Error 4 0201H No CAN message received within 5 secs
4 0203H Heater inverter permanent overcurrent
4 0204H Filament permanent open circuit
4 0205H Heater Inverter permanent short circuit
4 0206H Filament too high for Pre-heat
4 0207H Filament too high for Pre-heat
4 0208H Filament too high for Heat
4 0209H Heater command error
4 0210H Current under estimated fork
4 0211H Current over estimated fork
4 0212H MAINS_DROP detected
4 0213H PRD error
4 0214H Stay too long in Boost
4 0215H Filament selection error
4 0216H Measured current while inverter OFF
4 0221H Filament Database not correct
0222H
0223H
0224H
4 0248H Unknown Heater error
0249H
60 Exposure 3 0306H No kV Feedback on anode
errors
3 0307H No kV Feedback on cathode
3 0308H No kV Feedback on anode and cathode
3 0309H kV detected during kV diag
3 0310H kV max detected
3 0311H ILP current not OK
3 0312H ILR current not OK

GE HEALTHCARE
3 0313H ILR max current detected
3 0314H ILR current timeout
3 0316H Spit Max error
3 0317H Spit Ratio error
3 0318H kV did not reach 75% after 20ms
3 0319H kV unbalanced detected
3 0320H FPGA problem (safety signal)
3 0323H ILP and ILR currents not OK
3 0401H No mA feedback
3 0402H mA scale error
3 0403H mA accuracy exceeded 5%
3 0504H Inverter Gate Power Supply failed
3 0801H Exposure backup mAs exceeded
3 0802H Exposure backup time exceeded
3 0803H Exp cmd while gene not ready
3 1406H time counter error
3 1407H mAs counter error
3 1408H AEC counter error
3 1409H mAs meter saturated
3 1410H FPGA Locked
70 Power 4 0501H DC bus out of range
Supply
errors
4 0503H Inverter Gate Power Supply error
4 0505H Mains power supply has dropped during exposure
4 0506H DC bus 1 phase precharge error
4 0507H DC bus 1 phase discharge error
4 0549H Unknown LVPS error
4 0553H Detected +160V too high
4 0557H Detected +160V too low
4 0573H Detected -15V too strong
4 0577H Detected -15V too weak
80 Hardware 4 0180H Rotor board communication problem
error
4 0181H Rotor board has reset
4 0280H Heater board communication problem
4 0281H Heater board has reset
4 0321H kV conversion error
4 0322H kV ref ADC / DAC failed
4 0601H RTL error
4 0602H External CAN bus off
4 0902H tube Fan supply error
4 1402H Internal CAN bus off
4 1403H Connectic Fault
4 1404H FPGA configuration problem

GE HEALTHCARE 
4 1405H Tank sensor problem
90 Application 4 0701H Saved RAM checksum pb
errors
4 0702H Software problem
4 0703H Watchdog reset has just occurred
4 0704H Rotor/Heater hold too long
100 Communica 4 0603H Debug screen com error
tion errors
4 0604H Database download error
4 0605H TAV communication error
4 0606H MPC/Madrid communication error
4 1301H AEC communication error
110 Thermal 5 0804H Tank Thermal Error
error
5 0903H Tube exceeded 70degC
120 Manipulatio 5 1500H Tomo brightness error
n error
5 1501H Exposure switch released during exposure
5 1502H AEC cut off error
10 Rotor 1 0151H CAN Domain command number error
Warning
1 0152H CAN Domain request with no transfer init
1 0153H CAN Domain Toggle bit error
1 0154H CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
1 0155H CAN Domain Abort received & applied
1 0156H Bad index in config upload
1 0157H Tube switch while rotor not off
1 0158H Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
1 0159H Acceleration cmd while database not OK
1 0160H Database download while rotor speeding
1 0161H Acceleration command not OK
1 0162H Rotor acceleration while in error
1 0163H No CAN message received within 4 secs
1 0164H Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
1 0199H Unknown rotation warning
20 Heater 1 0251H Received command is not OK
Warning
1 0252H Heater command not OK
1 0253H No CAN message received within 4 secs
1 0254H Heater inverter overcurrent
(inverter1) (<3 times)
1 0255H Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
1 0256H Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
1 0257H Tube switch while filaments not OFF
1 0258H CAN Domain command number error
1 0259H CAN Domain request with no transfer init
1 0260H CAN Domain Toggle bit error

GE HEALTHCARE
1 0261H CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
1 0262H CAN Domain Abort received & applied
1 0263H Database download while heater not cut
1 0299H Unknown Heater warning
25 Low Voltage 1 0550H No more warn +160V too low or too gigh
Power
supply
Warnings
1 0560H No more warn +15V too low or too high
1 0570H No more warn -15V too low or too high
1 0571H Detected -15V too strong
1 0575H Detected -15V too weak
1 0599H Unknown LVPS warning
27 Application 1 1401H Saved RAM power supply limit reached
warnings
2.4 Error Reporting
The control console only displays the simplified error code from the Jedi generator.
Whenever a generator error is displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload
functionality is available to get more detailed information about the error .This function is performed
from the service laptop.
The simplified error code is used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
With this information, look at the Jedi trouble shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
2.5 Diagnostics
This chapter describes diagnostics tools based on error codes and specific diagnostics.
Before any manual intervention, ensure the main power is off. Apply lock out-tag out procedure for
your own safety when manipulating inside the equipment is required.
2.6 Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide

The table below provides guidelines to troubleshoot Generator problems based on error code.
For each code, there is:
• Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.
• List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.
• Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where
cases apply, such as to run some specific diagnostics.
Codes are sorted by ascending order both for simplified code and error code.
Refer to the theory of operation for error code structure.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset
whenever it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the central
listing or to Illustration 1.
Page 196
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 196
*
LEDs Neon's
DC bus, 400 ... 800 V Heater Board
*
DC bus, 400 ... 800 V
DS 1
DS 3
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
+ M -
*
F1
Thursday, October 30, 2014
INVERTER. & LLC. Circuit DS 1 - 15V DC bus, 160V

+ 15V
(120 to 200V)
1:28 PM
Gate Command Board

DS 300
*
LVPS
*
I/F AC/DC NE 1 DS 2
Console PUPT-
or
DS7-6
DS 1, 2
- 15 V
-15V, +15V + - DS 3, 2, 1
AEC + 15 V Rotor +5, -15, +15
kV ctrl Board
- 15 V "VCC": +5V DS 7
N1 (230 V)
*
* + 15 V
Figure 6-1 JEDI Visual Power Supply Distribution for XR 6000

EMC Flt.
3ph, 380 - 480 VAC
Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

CB1
PDU K1
XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1 Errors
2.6.1.1 Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30)

Class 2Error code Message/explanation Potential cause
30-0301H Tube spit (kV+ and kV- dropped) x-ray tube spit.
kV drop/spit detected
30-0302H Tube spit (kV+ has dropped) 1. Anode side Tube spit.
kV drop/spit detected on Anode side 2. Anode HV cable
3. HV tank
30-0303H Tube spit (kV- has dropped) 1. Cathode side Tube spit.
kV drop/spit detected on cathode side 2. Cathode HV cable
3. HV tank
30-0304H kV regulation error 1 smooth HV tube spits
This is a slow speed safety circuit in case of 2 kV control board (HV regulation problem)
"smooth" spits. 3 too much line impedance
4 half of AC/DC capacitors open
5 Inverter (parallel inductor or filtering
capacitors)
6 HV tank
30-0305H Re-starting safety. (unknown reason) 1. External unknown cause.
Error occurring on safety line, while No root 2. kV control board.
error present at the error inputs (Err 0301 to
0304). This is probably due to transient
interference (Spikes).
2.6.1.2 Anode Rotation errors (Code 40)

Class 4 Error code Message/explanation Potential cause
40-0101H No CAN message received within 5 sec's 1. kV Control main software lost
The rotation board has not received any 2. kV control or Rotation board driver failure
signal from the kV control main software for 3. Bad contact on one of the pin on the CAN
the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of bus line connector
communication
40-0102H Database not correct. 1. Wrong kV control Database. It can
The firmware of the rotation board has only happen at power up.
detected that the Database received from the
kV control board has wrong data.
40-0103H Rotation current overload 1. Rotation board
Rotation board has detected Main or auxiliary 2. Wrong Database (improbable)
rotation current too high compared to the
max. Tube motor current.
40-0104H Rotation current openload 1. Tube stator winding is open circuit: x-ray
Rotation board detected that no current is tube
flowing to the motor. 2. Incorrect wiring (Open)
3. No DC bus on Rotation board
4. Rotation board
40-0105H Rotation phases unbalanced 1. One rotation wire missing
The amplitude difference of the current 2. Rotation board
bwtween main and auxiliary is too large. 3. Wrong tube configuration database

GE HEALTHCARE 
40-0106H Rotation phase error 1. Rotation board
The rotation board has detected that the
current in the anode stator does not show the
correct phase shift between main and
auxiliary.
40-0107H Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent 1. Rotation board
An overcurrent has been detected and 3 2. Tube stator winding in short circuit -> x-ray
restart have been tried unsuccessfully within tube
a single rotation state 3. Wiring incorrect (shorted)
40-0108H Rotation command error. No hardware failure
Rotation board has informed kV control board
that the command was erroneous; this is a
DEBUG error.
40-0109H MAINS_DROP has failed 1. Interference (spikes)
The firmware of the rotation board has 2. Mains drop
detected the mains_drop signal activation 3. Cable or connector contact in DC bus
and transmitted error to kV control between power unit and auxiliary unit
4. Rotation board
40-0110H PRD error Rotation board
Firmware checksum, RAM test and EPLD
access are performed at power up or reset.
40-0111H F0 main frequency problem. Rotation board
EPLD has not applied the inverter start
command.
40-0149H Unknown Rotation error. Software problem
The main software received an error from
rotation board with no error code assocxiated.
Associated data structure:
PRD error:
component failure:
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
Rotation database error:
2 bytes data, each value points to a specific parameter found as being erroneous
Other errors:
rotation state:
0=inverter OFF
1=acceleration 0 to low speed
2=acceleration 0 to high speed
3=acceleration low speed to high
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
6=high speed to low speed brake
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC

GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.3 Filament Heater errors (Code 50)
Class4 Error code Message/explanation Potential cause
50-0201H No CAN message received within 5 sec's 1. kV Control main software lost
The Heater board has not received any 2. kV control or Heater board driver failure
command from the kV control main software 3. Bad contact on one of the pin on the CAN
for the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of bus line connector
communication
50-0203H Heater inverter permanent overcurrent. (SW 1. Heater board
limit)
Issued by the heater board when an
overcurrent has been detected and 3 restarts
have been tried without success within 100
ms
50-0204H Filament permanent open circuit. 1. X-ray tube filament open
Issued by the heater board when an open has 2. Heater to HV tank cable
been detected and 3 restarts have been tried 3. Cathode HV cable or pin contacts
without success within 100 ms 4. Open circuit in filament transformer inside
HV Tank.
50-0205H Heater Inverter permanent short circuit (HW 1. Heater board
limit)
Issued by the heater board when a short
circuit has been detected and 3 restarts have
been tried without success within 100 ms
50-0206H Filament current too high on inverter 1 for 1. Tube Database or calibration
"Pre-Heat" 2. Heater board
This is the result of an integrated value of the
RMS current measurement on Heater board
comparison with max. Tube value in
Database.
"Boost" 2. Heater board
Same as above
"Heat" 2. Heater board
Same as above
50-0209H Heater command error No hardware failure
Heater board has informed kV control board
that the command was erroneous; this is a
DEBUG error.
50-0210H Current under estimated fork/range Heater board
RMS filament current measurement (every
0.5 msec.) on heater board is too high
50-0211H Current under estimated fork range 1. Open circuit
RMS filament current measurement (every 2. Heater board
0.5 msec.) on heater board is too low
50-0212H MAINS_DROP detected. 1. Interference (spikes)
The firmware of the Heater board has 2. Mains drop
detected the mains_drop signal activation 3. Cable or connector contact in DC bus
and has transmitted error to kV control between AC/DC and auxiliary unit4
. Heater board

GE HEALTHCARE 
50-0213H PRD error 1. Heater board
Firmware checksum, RAM test and EPLD 2. No -15V on Heater board
access are performed at power up or reset.
50-0214H Boost too long on inverter 1. May be a loss of communication during boost.
Boost command stayed longer than 400 ms
50-0215H Filament selection error. Heater board
The relay on the Heater board selecting the
filament is in the wrong position with respect
to the selection
50-0216H Measured current while inverter OFF Heater board
Inverter current has been measured while the
inverter was not commanded
50- Filament Database not correct 1. Wrong kV control Database. It can only
0221H The firmware of the heater board has happen at power up.
0222H detected that the Received Database from kV
0223H control contains erroneous data for Tube 1, 2,
3, or 4.
0224H
50- Unknown heater error Software problem.
0248H The main software received an error from
0249H heater board with no error code associated.
Associated data structure:

PRD error:
component failure:
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
Filament database error:
2 bytes bitmap (LSByte=small focus, MSByte=large focus)
Each bit points to an erroneous parameter
Other errors:
1 byte bitmap with the following structure:
bit7 (MSB) bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0 (LSB)
focus selected tube selected small focus state large focus state
0=small focus selected 1=tube 1 selected 0=inverter OFF 0=inverter OFF
1=large focus selected 2=tube 2 1=preheat 1=preheat
3=tube 3 2=boost 2=boost
4=tube 4 3=heat 3=heat

GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.4 Exposure errors (Code 60)
Class 3 Error Message/explanation Potential cause
code
60-0306H No kV feedback on anode side 1. HV cable short circuit
kV measured <12 kV 0,5 ms after start of 2. HV tank
exposure on anode side only 3. kV control board (less probable)
60-0307H No kV feedback on cathode side 1. HV cable short circuit
kV measured <12kV 0,5ms after start of 2. HV tank
exposure on cathode side only 3. kV control board (less probable)
60-0308H No kV Feedback (on anode and cathode) 1. HV tank
kV measured <12 kV 0,5 ms after start of 2. kV control board
exposure on both anode and cathode.
60-0309H kV detected during kV diagnostics. Improper setup before the diagnostic is run.
KV measured during inverter diagnostics
while no kV must be generated.
60-0310H kV MAX detected kV control
kV reached 160 kV during exposure
60-0311H ILP current not OK. 1. Inverter LC resonant circuit (Inverter coil assy,
The current in the parallel resonant circuit of capa inverter assy.)
the inverter did not rise at the beginning of the 2. Inverter
exposure. 3. kV control
60-0312H ILR current not OK See above
The current in the serial resonant circuit of the
inverter did not rise at the beginning of the
exposure.
60-0313H Inverter max. ILR current detected. 1 HV tank
This is a hardware detection of maximum 2 kV control
current in serial resonant circuit.
60-0314H ILR Current time out. 1. kV control
The current resonant frequency is lower than 2. Inverter
expected 3. Current measurement circuit.
60-0316H Spit Max error. reasonably x-ray tube
kV control has detected the number of tube
spits during exposure has reached the limit
(see theory of operation, software section)
60-0318H kV did not reach 75% after 20 ms. 1. kV control
Indicates that there were no HV ON signal
generated for exposure time count-up
60-0319H kV unbalanced detected. HV tank
Detects that there is more than 12 kV
difference between kV+ and kV -
60-0320H FPGA problem; Safety hit with unknown 1. This may be due to transient interference
reason (Spikes).
No error at the inputs while checking for error 2. SW bug
source.
60-0323H ILP and ILR current not OK 1. Inverter LC resonant circuit. (Inverter coil assy,
No inverter current measures at the capa inverter assy, cabling)
beginning of the exposure 2. Inverter
3. kV control board

GE HEALTHCARE 
60-0401H No mA feedback 1. HV tank
mA measurement function: 2. kV control board
kV control has detected no mA feedback 20 3. x-ray tube (filament open)
ms after the beginning of the exposure.
60-0402H mA scale error 1. kV control board
mA has been measured to be either too low 2. default filament currents not correctly adjusted
or too high with respect to mA demand 20 ms 3. HV Tank (improbable)
after the beginning of the exposure
60-0403H mA accuracy exceeded 5% 1. tube spit
(Class 2 Measured mA every 50 msec exceeded 5%
error) of mA demand.This error is logged, but does
not stop the exposure.
60-0504H Inverter Gate Power Supply error 1. Inverter (gate command board)
gate supply voltage has dropped below the 2. kV control board
level required to drive the IGBTs properly 3. Generator input voltage too low or line
impedance too high
60-0801H Exposure backup mAs exceeded 1. Esposure command line stuck to the active
The exposure command last so long that the state
maximum mAs allowed has been reached. 2. kV control board
3. Heater board
60-0802H Exposure backup time exceeded. 1. System
The exposure command last longer than the 2. System-Generator cable
duration that was loaded by the system
3. I/F board: exposure line stuck to the active state
(Backup time + 5%.)
60-0803H Exp cmd while gene not ready. 1. Software bug/problem
generator received an exposure command 2. Cable / communication problem
while not in ready state 3. External cause (Spikes)
60-1406H Time counter error. kV control board
Error found in verifying the counter normal
operation.
60-1407H mAs counter error kV control board
Error found in verifying the counter normal
operation.
60-1408H AEC counter error 1. ION chamber
If there is no AEC feedback in AEC station 2. AEC cable, connection
exposure. 3. AEC board
4. kV control
60-1409H mAs meter saturated. 1. kV control
A check is done on mAs counter operation at
the beginning of exposure and found the mAs
meter with unrealistic value.
60-1410H FPGA locked. 1. Software problem
FPGA detected an error and did not allow 2 kV control
start exposure after exposure command
symbol was received

GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.5 Power supply (Code 70)
70-0501H DC bus out if range (<400 or >850) 1. mains problem (Too low or too high)
2. One phase missing at Generator input
70-0503H Inverter Gate Power Supply error (checked at 1. Mains
prep) 2. Cable pb
3. Gate command board (Inverter)
4. kV control
70-0505H Mains power supply has dropped During unknown
exposure
70-0549H Unknown LVPS error Software problem
The main software received an LVPS error
with no error code associated.
70-0553H Detected +160 V too high 1. LVPS
+160 V is higher than 225 V (measured on 2. Heater board
heater board)
70-0557H Detected 1. LVPS
+160 V too low+160 V is lower than 110 V 2. Heater board
(measured on heater board)
70-0563H Detected +15 V too high 1. LVPS open circuit
+15 V is higher than 17.3 V (measured on 2. Heater board
heater board)
70-0567H Detected +15 V too low 1. LVPS open circuit
+15 V is lower than 13 V (measured on heater 2. Heater board
board) 3. rotation (short circuit)kV control (short
circuit) (improbable)
70-0573H Detected -15 V too high 1. LVPS open circuit
-15 V is lower than -17.3 V (measured on 2. Heater board
heater board)
70-0577H Detected -15 V too low 1. LVPS (open circuit)
-15 V is higher than -13 V (measured on 2. Heater board
heater board) 3. rotation (short circuit)
4. kV control (short circuit) (improbable)
2.6.1.6 Hardware errors (Code 80)

80-0180H Rotation board communication problem. 1. Rotation board
kV control board communication Watch Dog 2. Control bus cable
with Rotation board popped up because it did 3. kV control
not get reply from Rotation board.
80-0181H Rotation board has reset. 1. Rotation board
kV control has detected the Rotation board 2. Interference (Spikes)
has reset. KV control will reload Rotation
Database.
80-0280H Heater board communication problem 1. Heater board
kV control board communication Watch Dog 2. Control bus cable
with Heater board popped up because it did 3. kV control
not get reply from Heater board.

GE HEALTHCARE 
80-0321H KV conversion error KV control board
KV feedback measured while no KV
generated
80-0322H kV ref ADC / DAC failed KV control board
kV control DAC and ADC capability are
permanently tested for coherency.
80-0601H RTL error (+ associated data to check which 1. system communication power supply (for
of the 4 RTL lines) isolated communications)
Real Time Lines show a wrong state. RTL's 2. system communication cable
are tested on a regular basis in stand by. 3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV control flat cable
5. kV control board
80-0602H External CAN bus off 1. system communication power supply (for
isolated communications)
2. system communication cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV control flat cable
5. kV control board
80-0902H Tube Fan supply error. 1. No 115 V tube cooling supply
Rotation board has detected that a wrong 2. Rotation board
voltage is applied to the tube fan
80-1402H Internal CAN bus off 1. kV control
Can device on kV control board detected 2. Control bus cable
abnormal level on it's 2 line and sent error to 3. Heater or Rotation
the CPU
80-1403H Connection Fault Multiple, but likely improbable.
One of the flat cable connector is not
connected in Generator.
80-1404H FPGA configuration problem. kV control board.
Detected during power up. The kV control
main software cannot load the FPGA.
80-1405H Tank temperature sensor problem. kV controlHV tank
Means that t?„ value of the HV tank is < 10?„C

GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.7 Application errors (Code 90)
90-0701H NV RAM checksum pb. 1. Database problem
Generator kV control board has detected 2. External cause (Spikes)
corruption in the NV Ram verification (After 3. kV control
power up)
90-0702H Software problem. 1. Software or Database problem.
2. kV control board failure.
90-0703H Watchdog reset has just occurred. 1. Software or Database problem.
This error is logged when the CPU of the kV 2. kV control board failure.
control board is reset by it's Watch Dog timer.
90-0704H Rotation/Heater hold too long. Software problem.
Will pop up if preparation command from the
system is maintained longer than 3 minutes.
2.6.1.8 Communication errors (code 100)

100-0603H Debug screen com. error Engineering use
100-0604H Database download error 1. Database file incorrect
Generator has detected a problem during 2. Transmission problem
Database download
100-0605H TAV communication error. 1. Software / laptop problem
Generator has detected a communication 2. Cable problem
problem between the I/F and the service
laptop (When generator is controlled by the
laptop)
100-0606H MPC/Madrid 1. Cable, connection problem between
Communication error. Generator and the console.
No reply from the console.(This error 2. Interface board
message can be seen using the service 3. kV control board
laptop) 4. Cabling between kV control board and IF
board
5. Console problem
100-1301H AEC communication error 1. AEC board
KV Control has detected a communication 2. I/F board
problem with AEC board. 3. kV control
4. Wiring
2.6.1.9 Thermal errors (code 110)

110-0804H Tank Thermal Error 1. HV tank too hot; normal error
HV tank temperature measurement has 2. HV tank
reached 60 degree C 3. kV control
110-0903H 70 degree C thermal safety error 1. X-ray tube too hot; normal error
70?„ loop detected open 2. Wiring problem
3. Sensor problem (Tube)
4. rotation board

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.6.1.10 Manipulation errors (code 120)
120-1500H Tomo brightness not good Technics (kV, mA) not set at the correct value.
The brightness signal is out of range (+/-20%)
120-1501H Exposure switch released Handswitch has been released before the end
of exposure
120-1502H AEC CUT off error Backup time or mAs too short; AEC did not cut
the exposure
2.7 Warning Errors

Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software
events or voltages exceeding thresholds.
Those errors are merely for engineering usage and do not indicate any hardware error failure.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of errors, they
are listed here to help error review. If many are seen when viewing error log, we recommend
reporting this with a CQA, since the equipment is still operating.
10 Rotation Warning 0151H CAN Domain command number error
0152H CAN Domain request with no transfer init
0153H CAN Domain Toggle bit error
0154H CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
0155H CAN Domain Abort received & applied
0156H Bad index in config upload
0157H Tube switch while rotor not off
0158H Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
0159H Acceleration cmd while database not OK
0160H Database download while rotor speeding
0161H Acceleration command not OK
0162H Rotor acceleration while in error
0163H No CAN message received within 4 secs
0164H Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
0199H Unknown rotation warning
20 Heater Warning 0251H Received command is not OK
0252H Heater command not OK
0253H No CAN message received within 4 secs
0254H Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3
times)
0255H Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
0256H Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1)
(<3times)
0257H Tube switch while filaments not OFF
0258H CAN Domain command number error
0259H CAN Domain request with no transfer init
0260H CAN Domain Toggle bit error
0261H CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
0262H CAN Domain Abort received & applied
0263H Database download while heater not cut

GE HEALTHCARE
0299H Unknown heater warning
25 Low Voltage Power 0550H No more warn +160V too low or too high
Supply Warnings
0555H Detected +160V too low
0560H No more warn +15V too low or too high
0561H Detected +15V too high
0565H Detected +15V too low
0570H No more warn -15V too low or too high
0571H Detected -15V too strong
0575H Detected -15V too weak
0599H Unknown LVPS warning
27 Application 1401H Saved RAM power supply limit reached
warnings This message is the result of a computation
that is made by the software based on the Date
for a period of approximately 7 years
2.8 Other Failures

Error code Message/explanation Potential cause
System GENERATOR does not reply to the system 1. No power on Generator
2. EMC filter
3. AC/DC- Diode bridge
4. Cable between AC/DC and LVPS
5. LVPS down
6. CAN cable problem
7. kV control
8. CT interface
9. Rotation board
10. Heater board
11. Inverter in short circuit
12. Generator to system cable
3 phases CB1 breaker trips in PDU 1. Short circuit on Generator :
IGBT in short circuit
ACDC or bridge rectifier in short circuit
EMC filter in short circuit
Software or Data base corrupt 1. After software download:
-Incorrect or uncompleted download
-Checksum problem
Error Message / Potential cause Recommended action Troubleshooting guide

code explanation
Console CONSOLE boot Console power supply is not Locate the Switch Power DSP1 on the back of
up error correct PDU, then adjust VR1 to make 5V terminal out put
5.50.05V.

GE HEALTHCARE 
System GENERATOR 1. No power on the Perform the troubleshooting in the following way:
does not reply to Generator 1/ kV control Leds S0-S7 are lit successively:
the system 2. EMC filter refer to system communication errors (code 06xx
3. AC/DC- Diode bridge H)
4. Cable between AC/DC 2/ Leds S0-S7 show a specific pattern: refer to
and LVPS PRD errors section
5. LVPS down 3/ Led RESET is lit: board is maintained in reset
6. CAN cable problem either by the system or by a system I/F failure or kV
control failure
7. kV control
4/ Led HALT is lit: replace kV control
8. RAD interface
5/ No Led is lit: verify that +5 V on kV control
9. AEC board
board (J6, pin 2).is present. If yes, replace kV
10. Rotation board control. If no:
11. Heater board 6/ Verify if +15 V/-15 V is present (Leds DS1/
12. Inverter in short circuit DS2).
13. Generator to system If yes:
cable Verify that mains_drop line is not stopping the kV
control software (mains_drop active):
6_1/Check if DS1 LED on LVPS board is lit. If yes,
replace LVPS board.
6_2/Disconnect Heater board control bus cable.
Check if kV control software starts. If yes, replace
Heater board.
6_3/Disconnect Rotation board control bus cable
and connect it directly to LVPS board. Check if kV
control software starts. If yes, replace rotation
board.
6_4/If AEC existing, disconnect AEC cable (J5)
from IF board (J3) cable. Check if kV control
software starts. If yes, disconnect AEC chambers
and connect AEC board to IF board. If kV control
starts, check AEC chambers, else replace AEC
board.
6_5/Disconnect IF board cable (J10). Check if kV
control software starts. If yes, replace IF board,
else: replace kV control board.
if no:
7/ Verify if +15 V/-15 V is present on rotation
board (DS1/DS2) and the 160 V is present on the
heater board (DS3). If yes: check the control bus
cable to the kV control board. If no error, change
the kV control board. If no:

GE HEALTHCARE
GENERATOR 8/ Verify if the LVPS DC input is right. If no, check
does not reply to AC/DC fuse and input line
the If yes:
system(Cond't) 9/ disconnect all output cables from the LVPS
board. Verify the +15 V/-15 V/160 V output. If right:
reconnect each board successively to find the one
stucking the 15V to ground. If wrong, replace LVPS
board
3 phases CB1 1. Short circuit on 1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between AC/DC
breaker trips in Generator: and inverter (on AC/DC side)
PDU - IGBT in short circuit 2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
- ACDC or bridge rectifier replace inverter
in short circuit if no,
- EMC filter in short circuit 3/ Remove ACDC board
4/ Check between outputs pins then between
inputs of ACDC board. If short circuit, replace AC/
DC FRU
if no:
5/ Check bridge rectifier, between outputs, if yes,
replace ACDC FRU (including rectifier bridge)
if no:
6/ Check bridge rectifier, between inputs, if yes,
replace ACDC FRU (including rectifier bridge)
if no:
7/ Disconnect AC line input from EMC board.
Check EMC for short circuit between phases. If
short circuit, replace EMC board.
Software or Data 1. After software download: Retry download
base corrupt - Incorrect or uncompleted
download
- Checksum problem
Console display Console power does not PDU DPS1:V1 output should be +5V. Adjust the
malfunction reach the specification potentiometer if needed.
2.9 Heating Function diagnostics

Purpose: The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes
connected to the Generator in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between
heater board, HV Tank and tube(s).
Pre-requisites: • kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink
• heater board alive and running: DS1 and DS2 Leds are lit successively
• heater DC supply present: DS3 Led is lit
Test type: No manual interaction
Sequence: Select the tube to run the test on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs on the small focus and then on the large focus:
• 5 seconds preheat
• 0,4 s boost
• 5 s heat (focal spot max current - 1Amp)
There is 10 s stop time between each focal spot run.
During the test, the heater safeties are checked the same way than in application mode.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Error codes reporting:
Refer to the troubleshooting table.
2.10 Rotation Function diagnostics

Purpose: The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application
supporting high speed mode) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the Generator in
order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection
between rotation board and tube.
Pre-requisites: • kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink
• rotation board alive and running: DS5 Led blinking
• rotation DC supply present: DS7 neon is lit
• cabling between rotation board and tube checked
Test type: No manual interaction, no loop on
Sequence: Select the tube to run the test on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode
allowed):
• acceleration (time depends on tube type)
• 2 s run
• brake (time depends on tube type)
There is 2 s stop time between each speed mode.
During the test, the rotation safeties are checked the same way than in application mode.
Error code Associated data Conclusion
0103H Associated data points only to high speed Power-off. Check if rotation board K2 relay is
0104H mode short circuiting the rotor capacitors. If yes
0105H replace the rotation board. If no replace the
rotation capacitors
0106H
0103H Associated data points to both high speed Replace the rotation board
0104H and low speed mode
0105H
0106H
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table.
2.11 Inverter in Short Circuit Function diagnostics

Purpose: The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is
commanded at a fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the
inverter currents are correctly set. At the same time verification is made that no High voltage is
measured. This test is performed without connecting the HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is
generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.
Pre-requisites: • Generator input line in an acceptable range (380 V-10% to 480 V+10% for 3-phase AC input)
• kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink
• inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present: DS300 neon is lit
• inverter dual snubber board DC supply present: DS1 neon is lit
• Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
Test type: Manual operation is required.

GE HEALTHCARE
Sequence: 1.) Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter.
Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with
the HV Tank primary cables.
Put the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit) between the two capacitors as shown:
Check that the parallel inductor cable do not remain unscrewed.
2.) Power on the Generator
3.) Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is lit
4.) Verify that the DS300 neon on inverter gate_cmd board is lit
5.) Start the diagnostic and verify that no error is reported on the operator console
6.) Press the exposure switch (500 ms exposure is taken)
7.) Release the exposure switch
8.) Verify error reported on the console
9.) After exiting the test, power off the Generator
10.) Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables (see HV Tank D/R job
card).
11.) Verify that the parallel inductor cable is connected.
Error reporting:
error Conclusion
DS1 neon off Check that DC bus cables between AC/DC and inverter
DS300 neon off Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
0301/0302/0303/0304/ Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed. If yes,
0309/0310/0319 (H) replace kV control board
0311 No Ilp current detected. See note 2
0312 No Ilr current detected. See note 3
0313 replace kV control board
0314 Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected. See note 4
0320 if problem persists, replace kV control board
0323 Both Ilr and Ilp currents not detected. See note 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
0501 kV control or inverter can be faulty
0505 Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check
inverter inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter
can be faulty
Note 1: Ilp and Ilr currents not detected
1.) Check the -15 V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see central listing). If it is not lit, refer to "other
failures" section. Else:
2.) Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off.
3.) Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly
connected. If yes:
4.) Check that the inverter inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
5.) Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected. If yes, replace the inverter
6.) Reconnect all the cables
Note 2: Ilp current not detected
2.) Check that the parallel inductor is correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Check that the parallel inductor impedance is 0 Ohms. If no: replace inverter. If yes:
4.) Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set.
Else:
5.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no: replace the capacitor set. Else:
connected. If yes:
7.) Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin 20 and
pin 21 of J2 of HV Tank is 3,3 Ohms. If no replace the inverter. If yes replace kV control board.
8.) Reconnect all the cables.
Note 3: Ilr current not detected
1.) Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2.) Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the serial current
transformer impedance is 0. If no: change capacitor set. Else:
4.) Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set.
Else:
connected. If yes:
6.) Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin 20 and
pin 21 of J2 of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no replace iverter. If yes replace kV control board.
Note 4: Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected
2.) Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Check that the inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes: replace the apacitor
set. Else:
4.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current

GE HEALTHCARE
transformer impedance is 0. If no: change the capacitor set. Else: replace kV control board.
2.12 AEC diagnostics

Purpose: The purpose of this test is to drive the AEC function in order to identify a faulty AEC, IF or kV control
board FRU or the wrong connection between the AEC board and ion chambers.
Pre-requisites: • application mode without AEC mode is running properly
• kV Control board alive and running: S0-S7 LEDs are lit successively or a combination of them
blink
• cabling between IF board, AEC board and ionization chambers checked.
Test type: Automated, with the use of Service Laptop
Sequence: Select AEC function in menu 1 on Service Laptop.
Press V to run the test.
AEC function is verified through a series of 7 tests as follows:
• AEC return measurement test:
A voltage reference is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex.
Nominal value of return voltage = 5.24 V
Test 1 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V
This test is also performed at lower frequency count up:
Test 2 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V.
• Switching Gain test (x10):
A voltage reference is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex and count up gain is
applied.
Nominal value of return volatge = 4.76 V
Test 3 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V.
• AEC ion chamber HV power supply test:
A portion of HV power supply is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex:
- No cell selected, Test 4 is OK if return voltage measurement is 0 V.
- Select respectively one of the three cells, left, right, middle.
Test 5, 6, 7 are OK if: 1 V < measured value < 3 V.
Error Code Associated Data Conclusion
1111111 (*) None Test OK
Any combination None Test KO = test failed; replace AEC board
0001000 None Communication error:
- Replace AEC board
- If same problem, apart from a DOA board, suspect
IF board then KV Control board.
(*) except for AEC board with serial number: 2184569-X: the resulting error code must be 0001111
(test is OK on this board the HV power supply test is not performed).
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table.
2.13 No Load HV diagnostics

Purpose: The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly.
The exposure is taken as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is
running. Verification is made that the inverter currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is
operating properly. As no filament drive is applied, no XRays are generated.

GE HEALTHCARE 
This test also allow to separate Generator from HV cable or x-ray tube problem by running it with
or without the HV cables plugged on the HV tank.
Pre-requisites: • Generator input line in an acceptable range (380 V -10% to 480 V +10% for 3-phase AC input)
blink
• inverter dual snubber board DC supply present: DS1 neon is lit
• Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
• Inverter in short circuit diagnostic passed without failure
• *) HV Receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.
Sequence: 1.) Power on the Generator
2.) Start the diagnostic and verify:
- error reported on the operator console
- inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS102, DS201, DS202 are lit: IGBTs gate drive
supply is working properly
3.) Select kV (default = 80 kV) and exposure time (default = 1 sec.).
4.) Press the exposure switch
5.) During the "exposure", verify:
7.) Power off the Generator
Error reporting:
See Troubleshooting Table.
2.14 Inverter Gate Command diagnostics

Purpose: The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs
gate drive supply and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no
inverter currents nor High voltage are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied
to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated
during this test.
Pre-requisites: • generator input line in an acceptable range (380V-10% to 480V+10% for 3-phase AC input)
blink
Sequence: 1.) Switch the system OFF. Ensure there is no voltage on AC/DC board
2.) FOR XR 6000:
- Remove DC BUS cable going to Inverter (refer to Chapter 8 - - Renewal Parts-3.4 -
Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
- Remove the EMC cover (refer to Chapter 8 - - Renewal Parts-3.4 - Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly).
- Refer to Central Listing to "GATE COMMAND BOARD" and to "DUAL SNUB BOARD" for
leds location.
3.) Power on the Generator
4.) Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is not lit
5.) Start the diagnostic and verify:

GE HEALTHCARE
- inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS102, DS201, DS202 are lit: IGBTs gate drive
supply is working properly
6.) Press the exposure switch (10 s exposure is taken after a 10 sec. delay)
7.) During the "exposure", verify:
- inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit: IGBTs gate drive is working
properly
9.) Power off the Generator
10.) Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see Central Listing).
Error reporting:
Error Conclusion
DS1 neon lit Check that DC bus cables have been removed
DS300 neon off Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
0301/0302/0303/0304/ Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
0309/0310/0311/0312/ If yes, replace kV control board
0313/0314/0319/0323
(H)
0320 if problem persists, replace Kv control board
0501 kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
one of DS101/DS102/ Replace inverter
DS201/DS202 LEDs off
while no error reported
DS100 and/or DS200 Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.
LEDs off If cabling is right, kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 3.0
Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes
3.1 Error Codes

Error Code Messages
C01-0001 System Error
C02-0001 Memory Error on Console Control Board
C02-1000 Membrane Button Error
C03-0001 JEDI Communication Error
C04-0001 APR Random or All
C04-0002 No AEC Config
C04-0003 Overlimit
C04-0004 Phase Missing
C05-0001 Generator Error
C06-0001 Exposure Error
3.2 Console Troubleshooting
3.2.1 System Error (C01-0001)
Adjust KV
No Connector of J4 on Yes
KV can be changed?
console is loosing?
Yes
No
8QSOXJ+6FRQQHFWRU
Press the button.
HS Pin1/2 and Pin3/4 can No

Replace handswitch
switch with pressing?
If connector of TAV board and Yes
Yes
connector J3 on Jedi is loosing?
Open PDU cover. Yes
Re-connect
J2 on Jedi is loosing? Re-connect
No
No
Power on console. Pull out TAV cable Power off console. Then
No
connector from Jedi J3 and J2. Then press HS. power on it after 15s, if the issue
still exists?
Yes
Is LED (DS4) lighting or Yes Jedi
Replace Power up 15s
flashing on TAV board? troubleshooting
console after power off
No
Replace TAV
board
Page 216 Section 3.0 Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes

GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.2 Memory Error on Console Control Board (C02-0001)
Power off console. Then

power on it after 15 sec.
Repeat this operation

for more 3 times.
If there is at least one No

time error code C02-0001 Replace console main
displaying. board
Yes
Make APR saving

Operation. Reset console.
Check if the APR has been Yes

As error issue report
changed to above setting?
No
Replace console main

board

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.2.3 Membrane Button Error (C02-1000)
Check if console can No

enter normal work
mode?
Yes
Operation each button.
Check and record which
button is invalid.
If all the button on a No

Replace console
line all are invalid?
Yes
Replace console
main board

GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.4 JEDI Communication Error (C03-0001)
Check if connector J4 Yes

of console is loosing?
No
Power off console, then
power on it after 15 sec
Check if the error No Power up 15s

disappears? after power off
Yes
Power off console. Open
PDU cover
Check if the connector

Yes
of TAV board and J3 connector Re-connect
of Jedi is loosing? Jedi
troubleshooting
No
No
Open TAV cover, Yes Yes
and power on console. Check if Check if DS3 is flashing? Check if DS2 is flashing?
LED DS1 is light?
No Yes
No Replace console
Replace TAV Replace console
or TAV board
board
3.2.5 APR Random or All (C04-0001)

APR parameters are invalid, its root cause is perhaps one or more parameters from local database
are over-limit. LCD screen will display zero.
3.2.6 No AEC Config (C04-0002)

AEC Operation will be regarded as an error, if there is not AEC configuration.
3.2.7 Overlimit (C04-0003)

Value is out of predefined range. Jedi can not accept.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.2.8 Phase Missing (C04-0004)
check if PDU misses Yes

phase?
No
Pull out J3 of Console. Test if Yes

PDU
Pin 5 is connected with Pin 6 of
troubleshooting
power cable connector?
No
Replace console
main board
3.2.9 Generator Error (C05-0001)

1.) It is a real time indication of Jedi error. Enter error code mode and get detail Jedi error code
information.
2.) Look up Service Manual of Jedi and enter Jedi trouble shooting.
3.2.10 Other Troubleshooting
3.2.10.1 LED Unlit Failure

Power off. Then power up after 15 seconds. Check if all LEDs light up in initialization.
Y: It’s OK.
N: Replace the console.
3.2.10.2 Buzzer Failure

Power up. Check if there a beep sound after button press operation. If there is not a beep, buzzer
circuit is failure. Replace the console main board.
3.2.10.3 LCD Display Failure

1.) Power off. Check if Power LED lights up.
N: Replace console main board;
Y: Go to step 2).
2.) Open console cover. Check if LCD connector J1 and J14 are loosing.
Y: Fix them well;
N: Replace the console.
3.2.10.4 LCD Display Faintness

Power off. Open console cover. Power up again. Adjust R133 on console main board. Check if the
LCD display can be changed to be clear enough for watching. Otherwise, replace the console.

GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.10.5 Power Un failure
Power off. Pull out J3 connector from console. Check if there is 24VDC between Pin1 and Pin2 of
Power cable. This is console 24V supplier from PDU. If it does not exist, check PDU. Otherwise,
replace the console main board.
Section 4.0
PDU Troubleshooting
4.1 PDU Troubleshooting
4.1.1 No Console Power
Check TM1 1,2,3 is

N Close BK or
No Console Power 380VAC and BK is
hostipital BK
close
Check DSP1 input is N Check T1 output is Y Replace F3 or

110 VAC or not 110VAC or not filter NF1
Y
N
Replace Console Y Check DSP1 output is

or Console Cable 24 V or not Check T1 input is Y Replace T1
380 VAC or not
N
N
Replace DSP1
Replace F1

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.1.2 No EM Lock Power or No Collimator Power
No EM lock power
Check LED1 is light or N Close BK or
or
not hostipital BK
No collimator power
Check DSP2 input is N Check T2 output is Y

Replace F4
110 VAC or not 110VAC or not
Y
N
Replace EM lock
Y Check DSP2 output is
or Check T2 input is Y
24 V or not Replace T2
Replace Collimator 380 VAC or not
N
N
Replace DSP2
Check CT2 is close or Y
Replace F2
not
Check K1 is close or Y
Replace CT2
not
Check TM3 1 vs 7 voltage Y

Replace Console Replace K1
is 24 VDC or not
Page 222 Section 4.0 PDU Troubleshooting

GE HEALTHCARE
4.1.3 No Generator Power
NO Generator Check TM1 1,2,3 is N Check hospital

Power 380VAC power
Check CT1 is close or Y

Replace CT1
not
Check K1 is close or Y Check CT2 is close or N

Replace CT2
not not
N
N
Y
Refer to No Console Power N Check DSP1 output is

Troubleshooting Chart 24 VDC or not Check T2 is output is N
Replace F2
110 VAC or not
Y
Y
N Check TM3 1 vs 7 voltage

Replace Console
is 24 VDC or not Replace K2
Y
Replace K1

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 224 Section 4.0 PDU Troubleshooting

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance

Section 1.0
Preventive Maintenance Action List
The following table lists the required planned maintenance activities and the associated Job Card
for each task.
OPERATION FREQUENCY SECTION DESCRIPTION
GENERAL
General cleaning and painting As required 2.1 Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips
Visual inspection 13 months 2.2 Check for debris that would indicate abnormal
wear
Functional checks 13 months 2.3 Perform the tasks described in Chapter 4 -
Functional Checks
TABLE BASE
Control pedals andmovement 13 months 2.4 Check condition and functioning; ensure pedals
inhibition buttons and buttons have free play without any obstruction
Electrical cables 13 months Check condition of cable sheathing and correct
routing
Power and ground 13 months Check condition and connections
connections
Connector panel and cable 13 months Check condition and connections
connectors
PATIENT SUPPORT
Surface finish 13 months 2.5 Check condition and clean
Bearings (longitudinal & 13 months Check condition and lubricate with grease
transversal)
Bearing tracks and rails 13 months Clean and wipe with light machine oil
(longitudinal & transversal)
CASSETTE TRAY AND CARRIAGE
Electrical connector and cable 13 months 2.6 Ensure connector is in good condition and making
good contact; check condition of cable sheathing
Cassette handle assembly, 13 months Ensure handle and push button have free play
push button & hand holder without any obstruction
Bearings and tracks (front and 13 months Check condition; clean and wipe with light machine
rear) oil and lubricate with grease
Tray 13 months Check general condition of the tray
Rubber bumper end stops 13 months Check condition of stops and tightness of
anchoring
Cassette size marker and 13 months Check condition; clean and wipe with light machine
locking assembly oil
TUBE STAND
Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance Page 225

GE HEALTHCARE
Check longitudinal bearings 13 months If the longitudinal bearing and rail mounting screws
and rail mounting screws are loose, below steps must be performed while
installation or replacement:
1. Apply Loctite 242 (or 243) to the screws.
2. Tighten M8 screws to 24 N-m (17.7lbs-ft) with
the torque wrench; Tighten M10 screws to 48 N-m
(35.4 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Counterweight chain 13 months 2.7 Inspect and grease length of chains; replace if
required
Carriage roller bearing 13 months Clean roller bearings and tracks
inspection
Vertical lock 13 months Clean and inspect
GENERATOR
Check generator functions 13 months 2.8 1. Test exposure, including AEC if present
2. Record last error codes
3. Record result on counters
4. Check technique factors
5. Tighten terminals and remove dust
Regrease HV cables and tube 13 months 2.9 Perform the tasks described in Chapter 2 -
cable sockets Physical Installation to regreasing HV cables and
tube cable sockets
Replace NonVolatile RAM on Every 8 Years 2.10 1. Upload database
the kV Control Board 2. Battery replacement
3. Download database
Collimator
Check the collimator 13 months Check the flange and stop plate, if mounting
mounting screws screws are loose, below steps must be performed
while installation or replacement:
2. Tighten screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with
the torque wrench.
Tube
Check the tube mounting 13 months Remove tube covers, Check tube fork and tube
screws arm, if mounting screws are loose, below steps
must be performed while installation or
replacement:
2. Tighten M6 screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft)
with the torque wrench; Tighten M8 screws to 24 N-
m (17.7lbs-ft) with the torque wrench;
WALL STAND (Optional)
General cleaning and painting As required 2.1 Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips
Visual inspection 13 months 2.2 Check for defects that would indicate abnormal
wear
Functional checks 13 months 2.3 Perform the tasks described in Chapter 4 -
Functional Checks
Page 226
GE HEALTHCARE
Counterweight chain 13 months 2.7 Inspect and grease length of chains; replace if
required
Carriage roller bearing 13 months Clean roller bearings and tracks
inspection
Vertical lock 13 months Clean and inspect
Section 2.0
Preventive Maintenance
The following pages list the preventive maintenance detailed activities.
2.1 General Cleaning and Painting
2.1.1 Supplies
Cleaning liquids and compounds.
Touch-up paint.
2.1.2 Tools
None.
Remove power from the system before beginning work.
Check that the power is off.
2.1.4 prerequisites
None.
2.1.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.1.6 Time
15 minutes.
2.1.7 Procedure
1.) Remove power from the system.
2.) Carefully clean all surfaces of the system. Note any paint damage as you clean the system.
3.) Apply touch-up paint to any paint-damage areas.
4.) Reapply power to the system.
2.2 Visual Inspection
2.2.1 Supplies
None.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.2.2 Tools
None.

2.2.4 Prerequisites
None.
2.2.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.2.6 Time
15 minutes.
2.2.7 Procedure
1.) Remove power from the system.
2.) Visually check around the moving parts of the system for any debris, wear or damage. This
includes tabletop, tube stand, XRT mount, collimator moving parts and the wall stand if
present.
3.) If any debris, wear or damage is observed, replace or repair the affected areas.
4.) Reapply power to the system.
2.3 Functional Checks
2.3.1 Supplies
None.
2.3.2 Tools
None.

No specific precautions.
2.3.4 Prerequisites
None.
2.3.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.3.6 Time
45 minutes.
Page 228 Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance

GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.7 Procedure
Follow the functional checks specified in Chapter 4 - Functional Checks of this Service Manual.
2.4 Table Base Maintenance
2.4.1 Supplies
None.
2.4.2 Tools
Measuring tape.

Remove power from the system before beginning work as indicated in the procedure steps.
2.4.4 Prerequisites
None.
2.4.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.4.6 Time
45 minutes.
2.4.7 Procedure
1.) Control Pedals and Movement Inhibition Buttons
a.) Confirm the control pedal unlocks the table top when depressed and locks the table top
in place when released. Adjust the locks as required if there is inappropriate table motion.
b.) Confirm that each of the 4 movement inhibit buttons on the control panel release the
appropriate lock when depressed and locks the relevant motion when released. Adjust
the locks as required if there is inappropriate motion.
2.) Electrical cables
a.) Remove power from system
b.) Check condition of all cables including cable sheathing, connectors and overall condition;
if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable
c.) Confirm that the cables are correctly routed
3.) Power and ground cables
a.) Check that power is removed from system
b.) Check condition of all power and ground cables including cable sheathing, connections
and overall condition; if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable
4.) Connector panel and cable connectors
a.) Check that power is removed from system
b.) Check condition of all interconnection cables including cable sheathing, connections and
overall condition; if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable

GE HEALTHCARE 
d.) Reapply power when complete
2.5 Patient Support Maintenance
2.5.1 Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.
2.5.2 Tools
None.

2.5.4 Prerequisites
None.
2.5.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.5.6 Time
45 minutes.
2.5.7 Procedure
1.) Surface finish.
Remove the dust from the table top and table topside rails.
2.) Bearings (longitudinal and transversal).
Remove the dust.
3.) Bearing tracks and rails (longitudinal and transversal).
Remove the dust from the bearing tracks and rails. Add the light machine oil on the tracks and
rails.
4.) Rubber bumper end stops (longitudinal and transversal).
Verify the bumper stops have no cracks and one fixed tightly.
2.6 Cassette Tray Carriage Maintenance
2.6.1 Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.
2.6.2 Tools
None.


GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.4 Prerequisites
None.
2.6.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.6.6 Time
45 minutes.
2.6.7 Procedure
1.) Electrical connector and cable
Confirm properly connected.
2.) Cassette handle assembly, push button and hand holder
Check the push button function. Check the movement with the handle functions.
3.) Bearings and tracks (front and rear)
Remove the dust and add grease or light machine oil.
4.) Rubber bumper and stops
Confirm the bumper and stops have no cracks and are fixed tightly.
5.) Tray
Confirm the pull-in and pull-out movement is smooth.
6.) Cassette size marker and locking assembly
Check the cassette size marker is firmly set and the cassette locking assembly is functional.
2.7 Tube Stand and Wall Stand Maintenance
2.7.1 Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.
2.7.2 Tools
None.

2.7.4 Prerequisites
None.
2.7.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.7.6 Time
45 minutes.
GE HEALTHCARE 
2.7.7 Procedure
1.) Counterweight chain (Tube stand)
Check the chain is fixed tightly.
2.) Carriage roller bearing inspection
Corresponding movement operates smoothly.
3.) Vertical lock
Confirm proper function.
2.8 Generator Functional Checks
2.8.1 Supplies
Film.
Error-code recording form.
X-ray counter recording form.
2.8.2 Tools
Laptop.

2.8.4 Prerequisites
None.
2.8.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.8.6 Time
60 minutes.
2.8.7 Procedure
2.8.7.1 Test exposure
Post display initialization:

Connect the service Laptop
Run the service software
Go to calibration mode by using keys “ALT and S”
Go to MENU 5 with arrow keys
Press (F7) to select DSPL
Press (F1) to select Display ON
Press Q to quit the program and return to application mode

GE HEALTHCARE
mA accuracy
Run the exposures in table below and check if the mA value on post display (Z key) is between
the min and max value.
If not , run the same exposure 10 times with exposure time set to 12.5ms and then check again.
Focus Parameter mA results (Post Display) min and max value

Small 40 kV 100mA 50ms 90-110
Small 80kV 100mA 50ms 90-110
Small 120kV 100mA 50ms 90-110
Large 40 kV 200mA 50ms 180-220
Large 80kV 200mA 50ms 180-220
Large 120kV 200mA 50ms 180-220
AEC functionality check (if existing)

Put 15cm of Plexiglas or a plastic bucket with 15 cm of water on the table top
Select Two point mode (mAs)
Set kV to 80 kV and mAs to 600
Run the exposure
Develop the film
Check that the density is 1 +/-10%.If not redo AEC calibration.
2.8.7.2 Record last error codes

Press (F3) to select LIST
Press (F5) to select the first error code
Fill the chart below with the error code number
Then use F5 key for following error code.
Refer to diagnostic section (Chapter 6) for fix if necessary.
Clear the Error Log after checking. (Use CTRL and H keys, then confirm with W key).
Simplified Error Code Generator Error Class Data associated Number of Date and
Error Code Phase with the Error Code occurrences Time
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

GE HEALTHCARE 
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
2.8.7.3 Record results on counters

Press (F5) to select NEXP(Number of EXPosures)
Press (F5) to select the first counter
Fill the chart below with the counter number
Then use F5 key for following counter.
Counter name Data Explanation
No WARM-UP Don't care Number of skipped warm-up (N/A)
RX GSF H Cumulated exposure time on Small Focus
RXGLF H Cumulated exposure time on Large Focus
RXSCOP Don't care Cumulated exposure time in Fluoro (N/A)
ROTANOD H Cumulated anode rotation time
NEXPSF Cumulated number of exposure on Small Focus
NEXPLF Cumulated number of exposure on Large Focus
N100%SF Don't care Cumulated number of exposure on Small Focus at

100% (N/A)
N100%LF Don't care Cumulated number of exposure on Large Focus

at 100% (N/A)
NAMOR Cumulated Number of spits
KJSF E Cumulated dissipated power on Small Focus
KJLF E Cumulated dissipated power on Large Focus

GE HEALTHCARE
TIME ON H Total Generator Power On (not erasable)
N EXP G Total generator number of exposure (not

erasable)
2.8.7.4 Check technique factors

Run the Accuracy checks in “Functional Check procedure” in Chapter 4.
Make a copy of illustrations 3, 4, 5, and 6 and fill it with the results you get.
2.8.7.5 Tighten terminals and remove dust

• Tighten the inputs connections on generator, located near the labels on AC/DC module (refer
to illustration in disassembly / reassembly section).
• Tighten the DC bus connections on generator located on the upper side of the generator (refer
to illustration in disassembly / reassembly section).
• Verify if all connectors are correctly plugged in.
• Remove dust by using a vacuum cleaner.
2.9 HV Cable and Sockets Regreasing
2.9.1 Supplies
None.
2.9.2 Tools
None.

2.9.4 Prerequisites
None.
2.9.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.9.6 Time
30 minutes.
2.9.7 Procedure
Follow the process specified from Step 7 to Step 11 in Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - 4.3 X-Ray
Tube of this Service Manual.
2.10 Replace Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAM
2.10.1 Supplies
None.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.10.2 Tools
5.5 nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.

To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.
2.10.4 Prerequisites
Upload the database that is stored in the RAM before starting the replacement procedure
Refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters.
2.10.5 Personnel
1 person.
2.10.6 Time
45 minutes.
2.10.7 Procedure
2.10.7.1 Remove and Replace the RAM
On the kV Control board, note the direction that the RAM faces. Insert the tip of a small screw driver
underneath left side of U32 and lever gently, then grasp it between your thumb and forefinger and
pull it directly away from its support on the board.
Insert the new Nonvolatile Parameters RAM in its place. Be careful to insert it facing in the same
direction.
Refer to Central Listing section for more details.
This NV RAM contains a LITHIUM CARBON MonoFlouride (LiCFx) battery, used to provide the
battery backup for the static RAM and the time keeper device.Electrical Characteristics: 3 V - 49
mAh type BR 1225.Resend the former component to your local GEMS representative for recycling.
2.10.7.2 Download Database

Reapply power.
Download the database (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore
Database Parameters.).

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts
Section 1.0
Renewal Parts List
Note: Refer to Section 2.0 for information regarding JEDI Generator Renewal Parts.
Item Part No. Description Quantity/
unit
1 5183178 Pioneer console assembly 1
2 5199452 Pioneer console E-board 1
3 5184620 Handswitch 1
4 5182285 TAV board 1
5 5195772 Relay DC24V 1
6 5195778 Power supply 150W 1
7 5195779 Power supply 320W 1
8 5181727 Long electromagnetism brake assembly C (tube stand 1
movement)
9 5182277 Line wheel 2
10 5195615 Circle electrical bracket A (up/down) 1
11 5191715 Tube stand top cover (50kW) 1
12 5181910 Pioneer tube support assembly (without clamps) 1
13 5181374 Tube fork clamps 1
14 5184986 Rotundity electricity brake assembly B (tube rotate) 1
15 5180983 Pioneer tube cover assembly (mechanical parts) 1
16 5215489 Table top 1
17 5184226 Long electricity brake assembly B (table top lognitudinal) 2
18 5184407 Table front cover 1
19 5184488 Long electricity brake assembly A (table top transverse) 3
20 5184750 Lock handle (table cassette tray) 1
21 5184895 Foot Pedal Tweak spring 2
22 5196542 Pioneer WS cassette tray spring kit (spring 5193827, twist 2
spring 5193856)
23 5184245 Wall Stand bottom cover 1
24 5184272 Wall Stand top cover 1
25 5195279 Switch VS10N051C2 1
26 5193099 MC3 MC4 cable 1
27 5193102 MC8 cable 1
28 5260909 Key switch 5
29 5195278 Foot pedal switch 1
30 5196543 Bearing kit 1 GB/T276 6001-2Z(021-0141) + 5181681 6
31 5196544 Bearing kit 2 GB/T276 6001-2Z (021-0141) + 5182435 4
32 021-0103 Bearing GB/T276 6200-2Z 12
33 021-0129 Bearing GB/T276 6203-2Z 2
34 021-0102 Bearing GB/T276 6000-2Z 19
35 021-0122 Bearing GB/T276 609-2Z 3
36 5184698 Bearing outer circle A 4
37 5184364 Nylon outer circle B 12
38 5183903 Pioneer console power cable 1
39 5182354 Pioneer generator console cable 1
40 5212348 Table 78L 10:1 100 cm grid 1
41 2259298-75 Table 60L 10:1 100 cm grid 1
42 5308337 Tube (50kW): Toshiba E7843X 1
43 5213401 Wall stand with 78L 10:1 180 cm grid 1
Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts Page 237

GE HEALTHCARE 
44 2226687 Wall stand with 60L 10:1 180 cm grid 1
45 5189248 Manual collimator 1
46 5136302 Collimator lamp 24V 1
47 5224261 Pioneer PDU breaker 1
48 5224263 Pioneer PDU contactor 50A 1
49 5224276 Pioneer PDU contactor 9A 1
50 5224272 Pioneer PDU Fuse kit 1
51 5224265 Relay MY2J 24VDC 1
52 5224548 NTC board assembly 1
53 5224274 Pioneer PDU transformer 550VA 2
54 5224275 Lose phase monitor 1
55 2259298-85 HV cables (8 m federal standard high voltage cable) 2
56 5167409-1 Table ion chamber (same as VR) 1
57 5167409-2 Wall stand ion chamber (same as VR) 1
58 5184391 Faceplate 1
59 5335073 Tabletop IF board 1
60 5184224 Photo drawer part assembly 1
61 5323823 Bucky Handle Assembly 1
62 5193838 Pioneer WS cassette tray support assembly 1
63 5184243 Table cassette tray 1
64 5184224 WS cassette tray 1
Note: If the part 5192454 needs replacement, please order tube 5308337.
Item 1 Item 2
Item 39
Item 38
Item 3
Page 238
GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 4
Item 7
Item 53
Item 49 Item 48
Item 47
Item 6
Item 50
(F1~F5)
Item 54
Item 52
Item 11
Item 51

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 31
Item 33 Item 33
Item 30 Item 8 Item 30
Item 31
Item 30
Item 40, 41, 43, 44
Page 240
GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 9
Item 10
Item 34
Item 46
Item 11
Item 42
Item 45
Item 16
Item 18

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 15
Item 28
Item 13
Item 14
Item 12
Two
Four Totally
Four Totally
Item 32
Page 242
GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 26
Item 27
Item 34, 37 Item 34, 37
Item 17
Item 34, 37
Item 55

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 34, 36
Item 34, 36
Item 19
Item 19
Item 35
Item 21 Item 29 Item 21
Item 19
Item 25
Page 244
GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 56
Item 57
Item 28
Item 20

GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 24
Item 34
Item 58
Item 23
Item 61
Page 246
GE HEALTHCARE 
Item 22 - 5193827 Item 22 - 5193856
Note: If any brake is replaced, please use electric iron to seal the cable.
1.1 Bearing kit 5196543, 5196544

1.) Power off.
2.) Demount the tube stand. Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 4.0
Integrated Table - 4.2 Tube Stand
3.) Replace the bearing.
4.) Put a standard slide between the idler wheel and the eccentric cam. Then ajust the position of
the eccentric cam to assure the clearance between idler wheel and the standard slide is 0.5-
1mm with clearance gauge. See the illustration below.、

GE HEALTHCARE 
Idler Wheel
Put the standard slide here
Eccentric Cam
5.) Reinstall the tube stand.Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 4.0
Integrated Table - 4.2 Tube Stand
1.2 X-Ray Tube (5192454) / Collimator (5189248) Replacement

Note: About disassembly/reassembly of the tube assembly or collimator, please refer to Chapter 2 -
Physical Installation - Section 4.0 Integrated Table - 4.3 X-Ray Tube ~ 4.4 Control Box and
Collimator.
Note: Accuracy of X-ray field and Light field alignment is required after tube or collimator replacement.
For details, please refer to Chapter 4 - Functional Checks - 4.2 Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light
Field Alignment.
1.3 Collimator Lamp (5136302) Replacement

1.) Power off.
2.) Loose the fix knob, and rotate the collimator to the location which is convenient for operation.
Page 248
GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Demount the back cover with four screws (two in the back cover, and two in side covers).
Another Screw
4.) Replace the collimator lamp.
Note: Note the former lamp’s location.
5.) Remount back cover, rotate collimator back, and tighten the fix knob.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Note: The collimator uses a special Collimator lamp.When the collimator lamp burns out it MUST be
replaced with the replacement lamp listed in the renewal parts section. Part number 5136302 MUST
be used as a replacement lamp. DO NOT use any other lamp as a replacement bulb as X-ray field
to Light field alignment may not meet HHS requirements.
1.4 Rotundity Electricity Brake Assembly (5184986) Replacement

Note: About disassembly/reassembly of the tube assembly, please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical
Installation - Section 4.0 Integrated Table - 4.3 X-Ray Tube ~ 4.4 Control Box and Collimator.
1.) Power off.
2.) Lower the tube assembly to the location which is convenient for operation.
3.) Disconnect all the cables of X-ray tube, collimator and control box.
4.) Rotate the tube to 180 degree, and let the X-ray window upturned.
5.) Uninstall the collimator.
6.) Uninstall the control box.
7.) Rotate the tube back.
8.) Uninstall the two upper clamps of the tube fork.
9.) Remove the tube, and put it away carefully.
10.) Loosen the three fix screws on the tube arm, and demount the tube fork.
11.) Demount the fix screw.
12.) Pull out the tube arm rotation shaft.

Note: Notice the ball bearing.
Page 250
GE HEALTHCARE 
13.) Demount the cable clamp, disconnect the cable, and take out the rotundity electricity brake
assembly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
14.) Replace the brake, seal the cable, and fix it with cable clamp.
15.) Refer to the above steps to re-install the parts.
Note: Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 6.0 Collimator Alignment to do alignment.
1.5 Wall Stand Cassette Tray Spring Kit (5196542) Replacement
1.) Power off.
2.) Take out wall stand cassette tray.
3.) Demount the two rear covers.
Page 252
GE HEALTHCARE 
4.) Replace the springs.
BE CAREFUL OF NOT BE SCRATCHED DURING REPLACING THE SPRINGS.
5.) Remount the covers and insert cassette tray back to wall stand.
1.6 Console Replacement

Note: Please ask customers to write down the APR parameters set by themselves.
1.) Power off.
2.) Disconnect all the cables connected to the console: power cable (J3), communication cable
(J4), and handswitch (J1).
Figure 8-1 Disconnect Console Cables
3.) Demount the handswitch socket off from the handswitch mounting plate.
4.) If console stand is ordered, please demount console off from the console stand. If not, please
skip this step.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 8-2 Console Uninstallation
5.) Install the handswitch socket which is demounted before to the mounting plate on the new
console.
6.) Connect the related cables.
7.) If console stand is ordered, mount the new console onto the console stand. If not, please skip
this step.
8.) Power up.
9.) Switch to configuration mode and set the site’s system configuration.
- 32kW or 50kW
- WS AEC or not
- Table AEC or not
- Have WS or not
- Dose display or not
10.) Retrieve factory default APR database.
11.) Exit configuration mode, and reset system.
1.7 Console Main Board Replacement

Note: Please ask customers to write down the APR parameters set by themselves.
1.) Power off.
2.) If console stand is ordered, please disconnect the power cable (J3) and communication cable
(J4), and demount console off from the console stand. If not, please skip this step.
Figure 8-3 Disconnect Console Cables
Page 254
GE HEALTHCARE 
Figure 8-4 Console Uninstallation
3.) Open the console cover with six screws.

4.) Disconnect all the cable connectors on the main board.
Note: J14 LCD cable blue side is upside in the socket.
5.) Demount the main board with 8 screws, and mount the new one.
6.) Connect all the cable connectors to the main board.
Note: J14 LCD cable blue side should be upside in the socket.
7.) Close the console cover with six screws.
8.) If console stand is ordered, mount the console onto the console stand, and connect the related
cables. If not, please skip this step.
9.) Power up.
10.) Switch to configuration mode and set the site’s system configuration.
- 32kW or 50kW
- WS AEC or not
- Table AEC or not
- Have WS or not
- Dose display or not
11.) Retrieve factory default APR database.
12.) Exit configuration mode, and reset system.
1.8 Hand Switch Replacement

1.) Power off.
2.) Disconnect the handswitch cable from J1.
3.) Connect the new handswitch cable to J1.
4.) Place the new handswitch handle onto handswitch socket.
1.9 TAV Board Replacement

1.) Power off.
2.) Open table front cover.
3.) Pull out the cabinet tray.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Pull Here
Figure 8-5 Pull Out Cabinet Tray
4.) Demount PDU cover.

5.) Demount TAV board cover.
6.) Disconnect the communication cable connector from TAV board J1.
7.) Demount TAV board, and install the new one.
8.) Connect the communication cable.
9.) Mount the TAV board cover.
10.) Mount PDU cover.
11.) Push back the cabinet tray under the table.
Push Here
Figure 8-6 Push Back Cabinet Tray
12.) Close table front cover.
Page 256
GE HEALTHCARE 
1.10 Table Top IF Board (5335073) Replacement
1.) The default setting for DIP switch S3 as
Table 8-1
DIP-Switch bit 1 2 3 4
XR6000 On On On On
2.) Set DIP switch as following before installing
Table 8-2
DIP-Switch bit 1 2 3 4
XR6000 On On On Off
Section 2.0
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts
2.1 Introduction
This Section provides information for the identification of Renewal Parts for the JEDI 50 R 1T
generator.
2.2 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts List
Part No. Description Quantity

/Unit
2212259-2 Generator (Jedi 50 R1T) 1
2409043 Rotation Board JEDI Program V3.02 1
5126988-2 LVPS 3PH V3 1
5126989 Mid Power Inverter Assy 1
5126994-3 Programmed kV Control Board P 3.2 1
5126997 AC/DC 3PH Board Assy 1
5126999 EMC Filter 1
2217057 First Aid Spare 1
2214527 HV Tank (ref: 2186730 FRU order is 2214527) 1
2184567-4 RAD I/F Board 1
5119911 AEC Board 1
2409047 Filament Board 1
99185290 Fuse 15A 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
2121569 Power bridge 1
2200700 Inverter Coils Mid Power Assy 1
2159419 Non-Volatile parameters RAM 1
2208000 Assy AEC cable 1
2198191 KV Measure - KV Control cable 1
2215903 ROT/LVPS/Heater cable 1
2214511 System cable 1
5133341 Capa Inverter Assy 2
2202419 I/F RAD - AEC cable (option) 1
2202418 KV control - I/F RAD cable 1
2221983 CAN cable 1
2198185 KV Measure - Gate Command cable 1
2.3 FRU Information

Information shown for each FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) is explained below.
Wherever possible, the FRU or its position is illustrated for easy identification.
FRU name
Inverter PW Assembly
2187001 Part number for
 Inverter Capa Assembly ordering
2203900
Notes. These may include:

Items shown in this way are Reference to an illustration with more information
included in the FRU shown Reference to a relevant Disassembly/Reassembly
immediately above, but may also be Job Card Items included with the FRU etc.
ordered separately.
Page 258 Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.4 Jedi 50 R 1T Structure
JEDI 50 R 1T
2212259-2
JEDI STD HV Tank

2214527
Power Unit HLB

2214447-2
Module Auxiliaries 50 R 1T
2215808
System cable
2214511
Module Power 50 R 1T
2229597
CAN Cable
2221983
Equipped AC/DC 50 R 1T
2221722
Service Tools
2228546
Interface Module 50 R 1T
2205629-2
First Aid Spares

2217057
AEC Board (option)

2204112-2
AEC I/F Cable

2202419

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.5 Renewal Parts
AC/DC Unit
Interface Unit
Power Unit
Auxiliary Unit
TOP VIEW
Interface
Unit
AC/DC Unit
Power Unit Auxiliary Unit
Jedi Standard
HV Tank
REAR VIEW
Figure 8-7 JEDI 50 R 1T Generator Location of Main Assemblies
Miscellaneous Items:
First aid spares: Services tools
1 short circuit cable Service software, 2227656
1 fuse 15 A 700 VDC RS232 Cable, 2207478
1 fuse 10 A 250 V
10 M4-8 mm screws
10 tie-wraps

GE HEALTHCARE 
AC/DC 3 Phase Mid Power

Assy (Board & Rectifier
+ 2 cables)
2214995
5126997
FRU: 1
EMC Filter Board
2209840 Job Card D/R JEDI 17-30
5126999
FRU: 1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-29
AC/DC Unit
RAD I/F Board V1 AEC Board V1

2184567-4 2184569-2
5119911
AEC Board V22222253
RAD I/F Board V2
2226456FRU: 1 FRU: 1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-25 Job Card D/R JEDI 17-36
Interface Unit
Rotor Board High Speed

2214605-3
2409043
FRU: 1
LV Power Supply 3 Ph Board

2212166
5126988-2
FRU: 1
Filament Board 1 Inv.
2214604 Job Card D/R JEDI 17-33
2409047
FRU: 1
Auxiliary Unit
Figure 8-8 JEDI 50 R 1T AC/DC Unit, Interface Unit & Auxiliary Unit

GE HEALTHCARE 
Inverter Coils Mid Power Assy Capa Inverter Assy

2200700 2229505
FRU: 2 5133341
FRU: 2
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-31 Job Card D/R JEDI 17-32
A
Non-Volatile parameters
RAM
2159419
FRU: 2
Job Card PM JEDI 15-2
Programmed kV Control
Board
2214606-2
5126994-3
FRU: 1
Inverter Mid Power Assy
2215814FRU: 1
5126989
Jedi Standard HV Tank

2214527
FRU: 1
Figure 8-9 JEDI 50 R 1T Power Unit

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.6 Cables
DC_BUS N to INVERTER
DC_BUS P to INVERTER
DC_BUS to Auxiliary
88 Unit (Rotation Board)
DC_BUS to
Power Unit
J1 J3
Not Used 9pts (Gate Command
J4 AEC Board DC_BUS+ Board)
DC_BUS- J1J2J3
PH3PH2PH1 DC_BUS M
Not Used 9
pts
J7 16
pts J5
Not Used PH1
9
pts
J5
Room Door PH2
Interface 9
pts J6 J2&TP2J1&TP1
W22 9pts 9pts PH3
9
pts
J8
EMC Board AC/DC Board
Service
Laptop
25
pts
J9
Console
I/F Board
1
1
64
J10 J3 pts
16
pts
22
AC/DC Unit
9
AEC1 pts
3
3
9
AEC2 pts THREE PHASES
Interface Unit + Ground from PDU
From
KV Control
board
Keyed
Connections
1 I/F RAD - AEC cable 5 KV Measure - Gate Command cable

2202419 2198185
2 Assy AEC cable 6 KV Measure - KV Control cable

2208000 2198191
3 KV control - I/F RAD cable 7 ROT / LVPS / Heater cable

2202418 2215903
4 CAN cable 8 System cable

2221983 2214511

GE HEALTHCARE 
8
8
DC_BUS N
DC_BUS P 70 o C
DC_BUS to ACDC Unit J1
to Tube
DC_BUS to ACDC Unit J3
to Tube Rotor
NP
anode cathode 1 1 1
11 9 6 5 4 3 1
Inverter Power Unit 1

- + L0 S
26 J2 1 -+ ACP F F
pts J1 J3
J2A
ILr ILp Rotation Board
blue grey High Speed
grey red HV Tank
1 J1A CF-N CF-P
26pts
1
J1
Gate J4 KV Measure
Command1 Board 26pts
J1
J3 J2
J2
LVPS
Board 34
pts
34
pts J2
CAN Board CF1 CF2
J3
1 CF3 CF4
50pts
26 pts
CAN 77
55 66 26pts
J1 CF1 CF2
44 Filament Board 1 Inv.

33
50pts
KV Control
J2
Board 1
26
J1 J3 pts
64 Auxiliary Unit
to IF Board pts
Keyed
Connections
1 I/F RAD - AEC cable 5 KV Measure - Gate Command cable

2202419 2198185
2 Assy AEC cable 6 KV Measure - KV Control cable

2208000 2198191
3 KV control - I/F RAD cable 7 ROT / LVPS / Heater cable

2202418 2215903
4 CAN cable 8 System cable

2221983 2214511
Section 3.0
JEDI Generator Disassembly/Reassembly
3.1 Introduction
This section provides information to dismount and remount FRU (Field Replaceable Unit).
3.2 Tools
Serviceability of Jedi Generator requires the following tools:

GE HEALTHCARE 
F I
C
E
a
D G
B H
Digital Multimeter (A)
Phillips Screwdriver (B)
Allen Key (C)
Screwdriver With Interchangeable Socket Head (D)
Long Extension for Ratchet Wrench (E)
Short Extension for Ratchet Wrench (F)
Cutting Pliers (G)
High Voltage Wrench (H)
Ratchet Wrench (I)
Socket Wrench (J)
Hexagonal Head Socket Set (K)
3.3 HV Tank, 1 Tube, 1-3 Phase
3.3.1 Supplies
None
3.3.2 Tools
• 5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
• 3 mm Allen wrench.
• 13 mm socket with ratchet.
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
3.3.4 Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Upload the database that is stored in the RAM before starting the replacement procedure (refer to
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.
3.3.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.3.6 Time
1 hour 30 minutes.
3.3.7 Disassembly
1.) To release the Power Unit, follow the instructions of Disassembly / Reassembly procedure of
3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Observe the Caution relating to dangerous voltages, and the Warning relating to the weight of
the generator!
Do not remove the two EMC panels from the top of the Power Unit.
2.) Disconnect the cable 1 connected to J3 on the KV Measure Board.
3.) Disconnect the short ribbon cable 2 connecting J2 on the Gate Command board (Inverter
Assembly) to J1 on the KV Measure Board (HV Tank).
4.) Disconnect the wider short ribbon cable 3 connecting J2 on the KV Control Board to J2 on
the KV Measure board (HV Tank).
5.) Using a 13 mm socket wrench, remove the three nuts 4 attaching the primary coil flat cables

GE HEALTHCARE 
to the round capacitors located on the shelf just above the KV Control Board.
6.) Remove the two screws 5 on the HV Tank rear side.
Take great care not to let screws fall into the HV connector receptacles. Cover them with
plastic caps.
6
7.) Remove the 5.5 mm screws: three at the front side 6 (two at right, one at left) and three at the
right side 7 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
8.) At the rear side, remove the eight 3 mm Allen screws 8 which secure the heat sink of the
Inverter Mid Power Assembly to the HV Tank.
9.) Take off the assembly constitued by five parts: EMC covers, Coils Inverter Assy, Capa Inverter
Assy, Mid Power Assy and KV Control Board. The HV Tank is now free 9 .
3.3.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble and replace the unit.
1.) Mount the flat cable J1 on the kV Measure Board of the new HV Tank (refer to (refer to
Disassembly section 2 ).
2.) Reassemble the HV Tank with the other elements of the Power Unit (refer to Disassembly
section 9 ).
3.) Mount the eight 3 mm Allen screws to secure the heat sink of the Inverter Mid Power Assembly
to the HV Tank. (refer to section Disassembly 8 ).

Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
4.) Put back the 3 front 5.5 mm hex head screws (refer to section Disassembly 6 ), one at the
left side,two at the right side.
Tighten them between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
5.) Reconnect the short ribbon cable from J1 on the KV Measure board to J2 on the Gate
Command board (refer to section Disassembly 2 ).
6.) Using the 13 mm socket wrench, connect the primary coil flat cables to the three capacitors 1

GE HEALTHCARE 
).
The two flat cables with white bands on them go both together on the middle capacitor
with the parallel resonant cable (refer to section Reassembly 2 ).
7.) Reconnect the cable to J3 on the KV Measure Board (refer to section Disassembly 1 ).
Tighten the nuts to 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
8.) Reconnect the wider short ribbon cable from J2 on the kV Control board to J2 on the kV
Measure Board (refer to section Disassembly 3 ).
9.) Mount the two 5.5 hex head screws securing the cover to the HV Tank on the HV outlet side
(refer to section Disassembly 5 ) and the three screws on the other side (refer to section
Disassembly 7 ).
Tighten the screws between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
10.) Mount the Power Unit on the support plate.
THE POWER UNIT WEIGHTS 30 KG (66 POUNDS).

11.) Refer to Disassembly / Reassembly procedure of 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly to
complete reassembly of the Unit.
12.) Put 5 cl of oil into the HV receptacles. Reconnect the HV cables.
3.3.9 Verify
Connect the service laptop (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 Service Software
User Guide) and proceed to "HV no load diagnostics" to ensure correct operation.
Skip steps "Gate Command and Inverter in Short Circuit" diagnostics.
3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly
3.4.1 Supplies
None

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.4.2 Tools
• C-clamp for HV connections.
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.THESE LEDS INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF DANGEROUS
VOLTAGE ON THE POWER SUPPLY CAPACITORS.
Look through the front of the power unit; observe leds ds 1 at the top of the dual snub board
and ds 300 at the right hand end of the gate command board. if either is lit, wait until both
are off before proceeding further.
3.4.4 Prerequisites
3.4.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.4.6 Time
2 hours.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.4.7 Disassembly
3
1
1
3
4
4 2 2
TOP VIEW
FRONT VIEW
1 AC/DC UNIT
1 5
2 POWER UNIT
4 3 INTERFACE UNIT
4 AUXILIARY UNIT
2 5 SUPPORT PLATE
3
TABLE
TABLE BUCKY
BUCKY
WALL
WALL BUCKY
BUCKY
DOOR
DOOR
LAPTOP
LAP TOP
CONSOLE
CONSOLE
AEC2
AEC2 AEC1
AEC1
Figure 8-10 JEDI 50 R 1T Generator General View

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.4.7.1 Remove the Auxiliary Unit
1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws holding the Auxiliary Unit on the support plate
2 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 , without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit and the
Interface Unit.
4.) Remove the Auxiliary Unit.
3.4.7.2 Remove the Interface Unit
2
1
3
1.) The Interface Unit appears after removing the Auxiliary Unit. Release the flat ribbon
cable 1 ,making it sliding along the cover panel 2 of the Interface Unit.
2.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws that retain the cover panel and remove this one 2 .
3.) On the I/F Rad Board, disconnect the flat wide ribbon cable J10 3 linked to the KV Control
Board.

GE HEALTHCARE 
THE POWER UNIT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT TRY TO LIFT IT
WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
4.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws securing the Interface Unit box to the Power box.
5.) Taking care of the flat wide ribbon cable 3 ,remove the Interface Unit box. The components
of the Power Unit appear: coils assembly, capacitors assembly, KV Control Board.
3.4.7.3 Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate
3
1 2
5 4
1.) On the top of the generator, the two connectors 1 are fixed mecanically on the support
plate. Unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 4 power cables 2 coming from
the Power Unit and the AC/DC Unit.
2.) Remove the screw securing the ground cable on the AC/DC Unit. Disconnect the cable 3
linking the AC/DC Unit and the Power Unit 4 .
3.) Remove the four screws 5 on the support plate in order to release the Power Unit. This one
is then free.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.4.7.4 Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly
1
1.) Remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws which secure the two EMC cover panels 1 at each
side of the Power Unit; remove the panels.
2.) With a 10 mm socket wrench with ratchet 2 ,remove the three hex head screws securing the

GE HEALTHCARE 
cables Q100C 3 , Q100E and Q200C on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly.
7
A
6
3.) Disconnect flat ribbon cables from J1 and J3 on the Gate Command Board 4 and
disconnnect J4 at the right hand side of the board.
4.) With 10 mm wrench, disconnect the parallel Coil connection from the Current Transformer
pass through 5 and with 13 mm wrench the other connection from the Capacitor
Assembly 6 .
5.) Remove the eight 3 mm Allen screws 7 which secure the Inverter Mid Power Assembly to
the HV Tank.

GE HEALTHCARE 
6.) Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly 8 .
3.4.8 Reassembly
1.) Present the new Inverter assembly. Put back the eight 3 mm Allen screws to secure the
Inverter Mid Power assembly to the HV Tank (refer to section 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly 7 ).
Tighten them firmly to torque 2 N.m (20 kg.cm).
2.) Remount all cables that were removed:
a.) Remount the three Coil cables on the Inverter IGBT's with three 5.5 mm screws.
Tighten them firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
RESPECT THE ORIENTATION OF THE CABLES TO THE IGBTS CONNECTIONS TO
AVOID CABLE CONTACT WITH TOP COVER.
b.) Reconnect the short flat cable between the HV Tank and the Gate Command board (J3),
and the inverter current feedback cable (J1) on the Gate Command board (refer to
section 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly 4 ).

c.) Reconnect the DC bus cable to J4 to the right hand side of the Gate Command board.
Top J4
+ -
d.) With the 10 mm screw and flat and lock washer, reconnect the shorter cable of the parallel
coil on the Inverter assembly onto the right hand side current transformer (Ti1/100) pass
through. A .
Tighten to 3 N.m (30 kg.cm) torque.

GE HEALTHCARE 
e.) With the 13 mm screw, with flat and lock washer, reconnect the longer cable of the coil
on the central capacitor (C3UF) of the Capacitor assembly, together with the two primary
HV Transformer flat wires (the two with a white ring). B

Tighten to 8 N.m (80 kg.cm) torque.
3.) Perform an overall inspection before proceeding. Use the following illustration to check the
connections are right.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Parallel Coil
Q100C Q200C
C C
Q100E
Inverter Assembly
E E
Coil Assembly
+ -
+ DC Ti1/40 Ti1/100 - DC
Capa Assembly
C3UF
HV Tank
4.) Remount the two EMC panels on the top of Power Unit with the 5.5 hex head screws.
Tighten all the cover screws to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm)
5.) Assemble the Power Unit with the AC/DC Unit on the support plate with 5.5 mm hex head
screws. Put back in place the disconnected cables: ground, DC bus (refer to section 3.4
Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
6.) Remount the Interface Unit on the support plate then the Auxiliary Unit. Follow the inverse
procedure indicated in the sections and .
7.) Remount the generator inside the table.
3.4.9 Verify
Run HV LOAD DIAGNOSTIC - "Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostics" and "Inverter Gate Command
Diagnostic" are not pre-requested.
Verify correct operation on the whole application range.
3.5 I/F Board RAD
3.5.1 Supplies
None

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.5.2 Tools
5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
3.5.4 Prerequisites
3.5.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.5.6 Time
15 minutes.
3.5.7 Disassembly
The I/F Board Rad is situed in the Interface Unit. To reach this Unit, the Auxiliary Unit has to be
released from the generator. Follow the instructions of 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
3.5.7.1 Remove the I/F Board Rad
1 4
1.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 1 and the two cables 2 , if existing, coming from the AEC
Board.
2.) Disconnect the flat wide ribbon cable J10 coming from the KV Control Board 3 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Remove the four screws of connectors J8 and J9 4 .
4.) Remove the ten 5.5 mm screws 5 securing the Interface Board Rad; remove the board.
3.5.8 Reassembly
1.) Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble the unit. Tighten screws to torque between
1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
2.) Power the system on and verify that the system functions properly.
3.6 KV Board RAD
3.6.1 Supplies
None
3.6.2 Tools
3.6.4 Prerequisites
The KV Control board contains a saved memory Database with essentially the following
parameters:
• Tube configuration parameters, AEC calibration parameters, and Room configuration
(workstation, AEC, screen film pairs).
• Filament aging variable
• Error Log
• Recorded parameter data
If it is possible, backup database first. Else, the diagram hereafter helps you to determine the action
to take for your situation.

GE HEALTHCARE 
First
Save Non KV Control

Configura*
tion
Calibration Volatile RAM Out of Order
Database
DB Is
Upload
Database Yes Upload No original DB No
Possible? saved?
(*)
Yes
Replace Replace Replace
KV Control KV Control KV Control
SW Download SW Yes SW
No Yes OK?
OK? Software OK?
Yes No No
Download Download
Software Software
Download Download Configura*
Database Original tion if
Database applicable
(*)
Calibrate if
applicable
Reset
Database:
* Date
* Time
* Clear Error
log
Operational
Checks
Save Non
Volatile RAM
Database
(*) or most recent END
3.6.5 Personnel
1 person.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.6.6 Time
45 minutes.
3.6.7 Disassembly
The KV Control board spare is pre-loaded with NP/NP+ software. 

It will be required to download the software that is on site.
DATABASE RESTORE IS MANDATORY.

Remove the Auxiliary Unit as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
3.6.7.2 Remove the Interface Unit

Remove the Interface Unit as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
3.6.7.3 Remove the kV Control Board
1.) Disconnect the cables from J1, J2 and J3 on the kV Control Board 1 .
2.) Remove the seven 5.5 mm hex head screws which secure the kV Control Board; remove the
board 2 .
3.6.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the KV Control board and the Interface Unit.
Tighten 5.5 mm screws to torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
3.6.9 Verify
1.) Connect the Service Laptop (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 Service
2.) Reapply power and verify that the 8 LEDs on KV Control board are scrolling.
3.) Verify software version (service floppy, menu 5)
- If it corresponds to the software version on the floppy delivered with the equipment (or
upgraded by FMI), proceed to Database Restore (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton &
Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).
- If not, download the software and proceed to Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards - Section
1.0 Software Download / Upgrade.
4.) Restore Database (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore
Database Parameters).
GE HEALTHCARE 
- Up-to-date database if available
- Most recent or originally saved Data Base if available
- Default one from the floppy delivered with the equipment in the Service Tool set.
Alternately, you may try to swap the NVRAM chip (U32) from the former to the new KV Control
board to keep all the parameters. Refer to Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance - 2.10 Replace
Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAM“Replace Non Volatile Parameters RAM” JobCard. If this
chip is not involved in the failure or the cause for replacement, it will allow to keep up-to-date data.
5.) Calibrate:
- Perform several exposures on both focus in several workstation, with exposure time
longer than 12.5 ms.
If default database was restored, it is necessary to resume room set up and AEC calibration (if
present) (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.6 Automatic AEC Calibration). Then
perform the checksum (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.8 Checksum Validation).
6.) Save Database on the service floppy delivered with the equipment (refer to Chapter 3 -
Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).
3.7 EMC Board 3 Phases
3.7.1 Supplies
None.
3.7.2 Tools
3.7.4 Prerequisites
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
3.7.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.7.6 Time
45 minutes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.7.7 Disassembly
3.7.7.1 Remove the AC/DC Unit
1.) On the top of the generator, disconnect the connectors J1 and J2 1 .
2.) On the support plate, unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 2 power cables
coming from the AC/DC Unit 2 .
3.) Disconnect the ground cable 3 .
4.) Remove the four 5.5 mm screws securing the AC/DC Unit to the support plate 4 . The AC/
DC Unit is now free 5 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.7.7.2 Remove the EMC Board
1.) Remove ten 5.5 mm hex head screws which retain the cover. Remove that one.
2.) Remove the three nuts 1 securing the phase cables and three screws 2 retaining the EMC
board to the rectifier block.
3.) Unscrew nine 5.5 mm hex head screws 3 and remove the EMC Board 4 .
3.7.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the EMC board.
Tighten 5.5 mm screws to torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Ensure that U1 screw is tighten to the torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm). Refer
to Disassembly 5 .
Remount the generator inside the table.
3.7.9 Verify
Reapply power and verify the presence of 3 phases.
Verify that the system functions correctly.
3.8 AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly
3.8.1 Supplies
None.
3.8.2 Tools
• 5.5 mm socket, with ratchet if possible (to remove cover and board)
• 10 mm socket with ratchet (to remove DC and rectifier cables)
GE HEALTHCARE 
• Large Philips screw driver (to remove cables from the rectifier block).
1.) Insure that the neon (orange) indicator light on the board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on this board; some become very hot.
3.) To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.
3.8.4 Prerequisites
3.8.5 Disassembly
Note: The AC/DC 3 Phases Mid Power Assembly is made up of two main elements: AC/DC Board 3
Phases and Rectifier Block 3 Phases.
3.8.5.1 Remove the AC/DC Unit
1.) On the top of the generator, disconnect the connectors J1 and J2 1 .

2.) On the support plate, unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 2 power cables
coming from the AC/DC Unit 2 .
3.) Disconnect the ground cable 3 .
4.) Remove the four 5.5 mm screws securing the AC/DC Unit to the support plate 4 . The AC/
DC Unit is now free 5 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.8.5.2 Remove the AC/DC Board
1.) Remove fourteen 5.5 mm hex head screws which retain the cover. Remove that one.
2.) Remove the two DC cables fastened with 10 mm nuts on the board 1 .
3.) Remove two screws retaining the AC/DC board to the rectifier block 2 .
4.) Remove seven 5.5 mm hex head screws 3 and lift out the AC/DC Board 4 .
3.8.5.3 Remove the Rectifier Block
1.) The Rectifier Block 1 appears after removing the EMC Board (refer to 3.7 EMC Board 3
Phases) and the AC/DC Board.
2.) With the Allen key 3 mm, unscrew the 2 screws 2 holding the rectifier to the chassis and
remove the block.
3.8.6 Reassembly
1.) Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly and the

GE HEALTHCARE 
EMC Board.
2.) Tighten the 10 mm cable retaining nuts to 3 N.m (30 kg.cm), and the 5.5 mm hex head screws
to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Ensure cable terminals are repositioned as noticed before.
Verify that the + and - DC Bus cables are not reversed to prevent damage to the Inverter
(Refer to section Disassembly 1 .
The Rectifier Block has to be placed with the two poles in regard of the AC/DC Board
(Refer to section Disassembly 1 .
Be careful to preserve the special grease that is spread between the Rectifier Block and
the chassis. This grease, called: Conductive Surface Compound, provides both thermal
and electrical conductivity that is important in reducing failure of the rectifier.
3.) Remount the generator inside the table.
3.8.7 Verify
Reapply power and verify that the system functions correctly.
3.9 Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly
3.9.1 Supplies
None.
3.9.2 Tools
3.9.4 Prerequisites
3.9.5 Personnel
1 person.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.9.6 Time
2 hours.
3.9.7 Disassembly
RESPECT THE CAUTION RELATING TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE.
3.9.7.1 Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit

Remove these Units as described in Disassembly / Reassembly procedure for 3.4 Inverter Mid-
Power Assembly.
3.9.7.2 Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
THE POWER UNIT IS NOW FREE BUT IT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT
TRY TO LIFT IT WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
3.9.7.3 Remove the Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly
1
1.) On the Power Unit, remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws 1 which secure the L-shaped EMC
cover panel 2 ; remove this one.
2.) With a 10 mm socket wrench with ratchet 3 , remove the three hex head screws 4 securing

GE HEALTHCARE 
the cables Q100C, Q100E and Q200C on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly.
7 7
6 6
3.) Remove the 10 mm screw 5 on the left current transformer Ti1/40 pass through, top of the
Capacitor assembly. Retain the washers and release the cable.
4.) Disconnect the two cables linking coils to capacitors at right and left 6 Use a socket wrench
to remove screws.
5.) On each side 7 , remove one 5.5 mm screw holding the coils support.
6.) Remove the Inverter Coil assembly 8 .
3.9.8 Reassembly
1.) Present the new Inverter Coil assembly and mount one 5.5 mm hex head screw on each side
of the frame to hold the Coil assembly (refer to 3.9 Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly
removed 7 .
Tighten to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm)
2.) Remount all cables that were removed.
a.) Remount the three Coil cables on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly (IGBTS) with three

GE HEALTHCARE 
screws 1 . There is a locking washer between the screws and the cable.
Tighten firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
RESPECT THE ORIENTATION OF THE CABLES TO THE IGBTS CONNECTIONS TO
AVOID CABLE CONTACT WITH TOP COVER.
b.) With the 10 mm screw, with flat and lock washer, remount the remaining cable from the
right coil (of the Coil assembly) onto the upper left current transformer Ti1/40 pass
through 2 (refer to section Disassembly 5 .
Tighten firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
c.) Using a socket wrench, connect the two cables linking coils to capacitors at right and left
(refer to section Disassembly 6 .
Tighten to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
3.) Refer to Disassembly / Reassembly procedure for 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.9.9 Verify
It is recommended to perform the “No load HV“ diagnostics test. “INVERTER GATE” and
“INVERTER in Short Circuit ” diagnostics are not pre-requested.
Verify correct operation on the whole application range.
3.10 Capacitor Inverter Assembly
3.10.1 Supplies
None.
3.10.2 Tools
• 10 mm allen wrench.
ENSURE THERE IS NO VOLTAGE ON THE DC BUS CABLE.
3.10.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.10.6 Time
3 hours.
3.10.7 Disassembly
RESPECT THE CAUTION RELATING TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE.
3.10.7.1 Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit

Remove these Units as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
3.10.7.2 Remove the AC/DC Unit and the Support Plate

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate together as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly.

GE HEALTHCARE 
THE POWER UNIT IS NOW FREE BUT IT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT
TRY TO LIFT IT WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
3.10.7.3 Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly
1
2
1.) On the Power Unit, remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws 1 which secure the L-shaped EMC
cover panel 2 ; ; remove this one.
3
2.) Remove the cable from connector J1 3 on the Gate Command Board.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Disconnect the Filament cable J3 4 from the HV Tank.
6 5 6
8 8
4.) Remove the 10 mm 5 and 13 mm screws 6 on the top side , and the 13 mm screws 7 on
the lower side of the Capacitor assembly. Release the cables.
5.) Remove the four left and right 5.5 mm screws 8 holding the Capacitor assembly.
6.) Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly 9 .
3.10.8 Reassembly
1.) Present the new capacitor assembly.
2.) Mount two 5.5 mm hex head screws to hold the Capacitor assembly (refer to section
Disassembly 8 ) ).

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.) Reconnect the cable J1 on the Gate Command Board (refer to section Disassembly 3 ).
4.) Attach the shorter cable (parallel coil) on the upper right current transformer (Ti1/100)
pass through with a 10 mm screw 1 and its washers (refer to section Disassembly 5 .
Tighten to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
5.) Remount the DC+ cable and the corresponding serial coil cable together on the upper left
side of the capacitor assembly with a 13 mm screw and its washers (refer to section
Disassembly 6 . Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
6.) Remount the DC- cable and the corresponding serial coil cable together on the upper
right side of the capacitor assembly with a 13 mm screw and its washers (refer to section
Disassembly 6 . Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
7.) Remount the remaining serial coil cable to the upper left current transformer (Ti1/40) pass
through with a 10 mm screw 1 and its washers (refer to section Disassembly 5 . Tighten
to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
8.) Run the ”INVERTER IN SHORT CIRCUIT” diagnostic:
HV TANK PRIMARY CABLES ARE DISCONNECTED AND ISOLATED.

Note: Connect the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit) between the left capacitor and the
central capacitor (see picture in ”Inverter In Short Circuit diagnostics”).
a.) Tighten one extremity of the short circuit on the left capacitor with a 13 mm screw and
its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
b.) Mount the longer wire (Parallel Coil) and the other extremity of the short circuit on the
central capacitor (C3UF) with a 13 mm screw and its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m
(80 kg.cm),

GE HEALTHCARE 
Use the illustration below to check the connections are right:
Parallel Coil
Q100C Q200C
C C
Q100E
E Inverter Assembly
E
Coil Assembly
+ -
+ DC Ti1/40 Ti1/100 - DC
Capa Assembly
SHORT CIRCUIT C3UF
c.) Reassemble the Power Unit with AC/DC Unit, Interface Unit and Auxiliary Unit (refer to
3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
d.) Run “inverter short circuit diagnostics”.
9.) After ”INVERTER SHORT CIRCUIT” diagnostics, disassemble the Auxiliary Unit and the
Interface Unit (see section Disassembly). Remove the short circuit cable.
10.) On the central capacitor (C3UF), attach together the two flat wires of the primary coils of the
HV transformer that have a white ring 2 and the longer wire of Parallel Coil with a 13 mm
screw and its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
3 3
11.) Mount the two remaining flat cables 3 from the HV Tank with 13 mm screws and their

GE HEALTHCARE 
washers underneath the capacitor assembly, one on the left side, one on the right side.
12.) Reconnect the Filament cable J3 on the HV Tank (refer to section Disassembly 4 .
13.) Mount the two last remaining 5.5 mm hex head screws on the left and right side of the frame
(refer to section Disassembly).
Tighten to torque 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
14.) Reassemble the Power Unit. Mount it with the AC/DC Unit, the Interface Unit and the Auxiliary
Unit on the support plate (Refer to 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
3.10.9 Verify
It is recommended to perform the “No load HV“ diagnostics test. Verify correct operation on the
whole application range.
3.11 LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board
3.11.1 Supplies
None.
3.11.2 Tools
5.5 mm hex nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
1.) Insure that the Neon N1 (orange) indicator light on the LVPS Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the LVPS Board. Some become very hot.
3.11.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.11.6 Time
15 minutes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.11.7 Disassembly
1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and the ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws 2 olding the Auxiliary Unit 4 on the support
plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4 and the
Interface Unit 6 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.11.7.2 Remove the LV Power Supply Board
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 hex head screws and remove its cover.
2.) Disconnect the 3 cables 1 , 2 , 3 from the LV Power Supply 3 Phases board 4 .
3.) Unscrew the six 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board
4 .
3.11.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedures to reinstall the LV Power Supply 3 Phases Board.
Verify that the following cables are not reversed before power ON (refer to section 3.11.7.2
Remove the LV Power Supply Board:
1.) Cables CF2 (+DC BUS) and CF1 (- DC BUS) 2 .
2.) Cables CF4 (160 V) and CF3 (0 V) 3 .

Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the cover. Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the auxiliary unit on the generator support plate.
3.11.9 Verify

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.12 Filament Board 1 INV
3.12.1 Supplies
None.
3.12.2 Tools
1.) Insure that the Neon DS3 (green) indicator light on the Filament Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the Filament Board . Some become very hot.
3.12.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.12.6 Time
15 minutes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.12.7 Disassembly
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws 2 holding the Auxiliary Unit 4 on the
support plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 , without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4 and the
Interface Unit 6 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.12.7.2 Remove the Filament Board
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove its cover.
2.) Disconnect the ribbon cable 1 between the Filament Board 4 and the LVPS Board 5
. Disconnect 2 and the connector J2 3 .
3.) Unscrew the six 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the Filament Board 1 INV 4 .
3.12.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedures to reinstall the Filament Board 1 INV.
Verify that cables CF4 (160 V) and CF3 (0 V) 2 are not reversed before power ON (refer to
section 3.12.7.2 Remove the Filament Board).
3.12.9 Verify
Run Heater Function Diagnostics.
3.13 Rotor Board High Speed
3.13.1 Supplies
None.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.13.1.1 Tools
1.) Insure that the Neon DS7 (orange) indicator light on the Rotor Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the Rotor Board. Some become very hot.
3.13.4 Personnel
1 person.
3.13.5 Time
15 minutes.
3.13.6 Disassembly
support plate 5 .

GE HEALTHCARE 
Interface Unit 6 .
3.13.6.2 Remove the Rotor Board
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove its cover.
2.) Disconnect the ribbon cable 1 between the Rotor Board High Speed 4 and the LVPS
Board 5 Disconnect cables CF1 and CF2 2 .
3.) Unscrew two 5.5 mm hex head screws that are in holes 3 below the surface of the board
and that secure an IGBT.
4.) Unscrew the eight 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the Rotor Board High Speed 4 .
Be careful to preserve the special grease that is spread between the IGBT and a heat sink
under the Rotation Board. This grease, called "Conductive Surface Compound", provides
both thermal and electrical conductivity that are important in reducing failure of the IGBT.
3.13.7 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the Rotor Board High Speed.
Ensure that cables are correctly connected. Ensure that marks on the cables match the
marks on the board.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.13.8 Verify
Run Heater Function Diagnostics.
3.14 AEC Board
3.14.1 Supplies
None.
3.14.2 Tools
3.14.5 Personnel
1 person.
3.14.6 Time
10 minutes.

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.14.7 Disassembly
support plate 5 .
Interface Unit 6 .
3.14.7.2 Remove the AEC Board
1.) After removing the Auxiliary Unit, the Interface Unit appears. Release the flat ribbon cable

GE HEALTHCARE 
1 , making it sliding along the cover panel 2 of the Interface Unit.
2.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws that retain the cover panel and remove this one 2 .
4 6
8
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable from J5 3 between the I/F Board RAD 7 and the AEC
Board 8 .
4.) Disconnect the connectors J2 4 and J1 5 and Test Points TP1 and TP2 6 on the AEC
Board.
5.) Remove the six 5.5 mm screws securing the AEC Board 8 .
3.14.8 Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble the unit. Tighten screws to torque between 1.5
and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
3.14.9 Verify
Reapply power. Proceed to ”AEC diagnostics” to ensure correct operation.

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards
Section 1.0
Software Download / Upgrade
1.1 Supplies
None.
1.2 Tools
1.3 Safety Precautions

Not applicable.
1.4 Prerequisites
1.5 Personnel
1 person.
1.6 Time
15 minutes.
1.7 Procedure
1.7.1 Load Software File on Service Laptop

1.) To load the software on to the hard drive(windows 2000 or under):It can operate under DOS
or Windows;
2.) Power ON the computer, Under Windows, run the File Manager (Explorer);
3.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\;
4.) Insert the ”JEDI Software” floppy delivered with the equipment into the floppy drive;
5.) Copy all the files from the floppy to your hard drive.
1.7.2 Unzip software file

The CD drive supplied with the equipment (or the upgrade kit) contains “Auto-zipped” files.
Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards Page 309

GE HEALTHCARE 
It is necessary to load those files on the hard disk drive and run them; they will unzip and create
other files that you will use.
• Double click on the JEDP424B.exe file, and verify that the new file is created.
1.7.3 Software download

1.) Connect console R232 cable Part No. 5194292 to console connecter J2;
2.) System power up;
3.) Press button together more than 5 seconds to enter the HUB model;
4.) Restart the computer in DOS mode (for software download or database backup, it is required
to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid communication problem).
With the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART COMPUTER UNDER DOS
MODE.
5.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
* Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program:
* C: [enter]
* key in: “ASIAN” [enter]
6.) From the laptop software main screen, type “F7: restore memory”.
7.) Type “appl.mx”, then enter (or C:\JEDI\appl.mx).
Wait for the count to start. It may take 20 seconds before starting. The software code transfer
will take about 20 minutes. Download is complete when all the LEDs on kV Control board are
ON and laptop indicates download is complete.
Normally, the kV Control board will reset at the end of transfer and all the LEDs will scroll.
8.) Verify the software version is P3.2, behind “RAM” text (or P3.X in case of new software);
Page 310 Section 1.0 Software Download / Upgrade

GE HEALTHCARE
9.) Select menu 2 with the arrows, select LIST, and clear generator error log. (^H, then W);
10.) To exit program, press Q, or R to return then ESC, or ESC twice.
Section 2.0
Tube Replacement Software Procedure
2.1 Supplies
None.
2.2 Tools
2.3 Safety Precautions

Not applicable.
2.4 Prerequisites
Knowledge of Service Software (refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 - Service
2.5 Personnel
1 person.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.6 Time
15 minutes.
2.7 Procedure
2.7.1 Perform a Database backup

Refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 - Backup and Restore Database Parameters
1.) Connect console R232 cable Part No. 5194292 to console connecter J2;
2.) System power up;
3.) Press button together more than 5 seconds to enter the HUB model;
4.) Restart the computer in DOS mode (for software download or database backup, it is required
to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid communication problem).
With the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART COMPUTER UNDER DOS
MODE.
5.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
* Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program:
* C: [enter]
* key in: “ASIAN” [enter]
6.) Save memory

From the laptop software main screen, type “F6: save memory”.
2.7.2 Reset Tube Data tracking counter and error log.

1.) Type ALT-S to jump to Service Menu.
2.) Select menu 2 with the arrows.
3.) Type F5 to select “NEXP”.
Page 312 Section 2.0 Tube Replacement Software Procedure

GE HEALTHCARE
Note: Before resetting all the memory, it is advised to record them on table 2.7.4 - Generator Counter
Reading Record, found at the end of this Job Card.
4.) Enter ^H, press W to confirm.
All the tube related Data will be erased; only Generator related Data will be kept.
The filament ageing parameter will be reset to default value.

GE HEALTHCARE 
5.) Type Q to go back to main screen.
2.7.3 Verify new tube operation, clear error log

1.) Press F1 to jump to application screen.
2.) Run a dozen of exposures from low kv, mA, to high kV, mA in direct workstation.
3.) Verify correct operation of the system.
4.) Go in menu 2, LIST (F3); Clear the Error log.
5.) Exit from laptop service software.
6.) Run exposures from the Operating console.
7.) Take necessary steps to ship the replaced tube. Include filled out table with tube
information.
2.7.4 Generator Counter Reading Record
GENERATOR COUNTER READING RECORD
Date of reading: Date of putting into service:
Address of Generator identification:

installation:
Serial number:
Software version:
Options: (AEC)
X-Ray system
description:
Counter name Tube data Explanation
NO WARMUP Number of skipped Warm-up (N/A on Tiger)

GE HEALTHCARE
RXGSF H Cumulated exposure time on small focus
RXGLF H Cumulated exposure time on large focus
RXSCOP H Cumulated exposure time in fluoro (N/A on RAD.)
ROTANOD H Cumulated Anode rotation time
NEXPSF Cumulated Number of exposure on small focus
NEXPLF Cumulated Number of exposure on large focus
N100%SF Cumulated Number of exposure on small focus at

100 % Power (N/A on Tiger)
N100%LF Cumulated Number of exposure on large focus (N/

A on Tiger)
NAMOR Cumulated Number of spits
KJSF E Cumulated dissipated power on Small focus
KJLF E Cumulated dissipated power on Large focus
TIME_ON H Total generator Power On time (Not erasable)
N_EXP_G H Total generator number of exposure (Not erasable)
2.7.5 Tube Database Download
The service tool software can operate under Windows (Windows 2000 or lower version) or DOS.
1.) Use the RS232 Service Cable (5194292) to connect the console connector J2 with computer.
2.) Power up the computer, insert the CD (5212186). Under Windows, run the File Manager
(Explorer).
3.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\.
4.) Copy all the files from the CD to your new directory.
5.) Double click the file "ASIAN.EXE" to run service tool software.
6.) System power up.
7.) On the application screen, press button together for more than 5 seconds to
enter the HUB mode.

8.) Press function key F7 to Load Software according to the tube installed.
- 50 kW tube: type E7843X File : E7843_R?.mx (? means the current revision)
9.) When the successful installation message display, press Esc button on the computer.
10.) Press the function key F1 into the Jedi application interface.
11.) Press Alt and S key together to enter service interface.
12.) Set Date&Time.
- Call Menu 2 using the arrows on the keyboard.
- Call DATE by pressing F7.
- Enter date (MM DD YYYY) via numeric keypad.
- Hit W to confirm.
- Hit F1.
GE HEALTHCARE 
- Enter time (HH MM) via numeric keypad.
- Hit W to confirm.
13.) Checksums
Checksums must be validated at the end of the generator setup or whenever a parameter is
changed.
- Call Menu 5 using the arrows on the keyboard.
- Press function key F1.
- Press function key [F1] and [V] simultaneously.
- A buzzer will sound, which indicating that the sums have been checked and OK on display
screen.
14.) Press "R" key to return to the application mode.
15.) Press Esc key to exit the JEDI software.


Page 317
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
XR 6000 Fixed Grid Configuration Block
Grounding
Grounding
B B
Tube Stand
System Cabinet
Power Supply Tube
P1 P1 24 VDC Console
PDU
P2 TM2
C Hospital Power P2
24 VDC C
P3 P3 Terminal
Supply GND
Grounding
P1 P2 P3
GND
Stud
3 Phase Stud
Chapter 10 - Schematics
TM3 Ele-Magnetic
Brakes
Rotor/Tube fan/Pressure SW
P1 P2 P3 J2/J3 Tube
HV +
HV + HV +
HV -
D HV - HV -
D
24 VDC
Xray-On Light J6 Collimator
Generator
Door Interlock J6 DAP Meter
Jedi
Table
Switches
E 24 VDC
E
AEC2
AEC1
EM Brakes
J8
J9
TM1
5166493
RS232
Ion-Chamber
RTL
RS485/
RS232
5166654
Ion-Chamber
F Wallstand F
1:28 PM
Serial RS485 / RTL

24VDC/PSW
AC Power Line
J3 J4 Handswtich
DC Power Line
G HV Line G
Serial / RTL
Grounding Line
Others System Console
J1
H TITLE
REV H
Section 1.0
Pioneer System Architecture
FIRST MADE FOR: Pioneer
3
GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS 51888818 BLK SHT/CONT ON
1/4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GE HEALTHCARE
MIS Map
Page 317
PioneerSM_ENG.book

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A XR 6000 Fixed Grid Configuration Interconnect Cable Diagram A
Service Laptop
Handswtich 5194292/
J1
Console J2 5241079 Serial port
5194507
B B
J4 J3
5184620
5182354
5183903
C Hospital Main Power 380 PDU C
3 phase
TM3
5183465/ 5193110 GND
GND AEC2
Stud
5220653 Stud
LU 5197678 5193105
LV TM1 GND
LW J1 TAV Stud
5197679 5182285
GND GND J1 J1 5193607
Stud Stud GND
TM1 Stud
TM2 Wallstand
5194508
D D
5196643
Section 1.0 MIS Map

5182354
5196454
Table
UVW
laptop
console
GND
E Stud GND 5183561 E
Stud
TM1
Stud
GND
TM1
DOOR Interlock AEC1
5166493
AEC1
Room Light Door
F F
5193106
5193103
Jedi R1T 50
1:28 PM
2212259-2/4
J2
XP105
Stud
GND
5195936 Rotation
J3 Anode
HV +
2269002-5
HV +
G 2269002-5 Tube Stand G
HV - HV -
5183392/
5184093
5166654
AEC2
H TITLE
Pioneer 500 System Architecture
REV H
FIRST MADE FOR: Pioneer 500
2
2/4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 318
GE HEALTHCARE
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 318

Page 319
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
XR 6000 Oscillating Bucky Configuration Block
Grounding
Grounding
B B
Tube Stand
System Cabinet
Power Supply Tube
P1 P1 24 VDC Console
PDU
P2 TM2
C Hospital Power P2
24 VDC C
P3 P3 Terminal
Supply GND
Grounding
P1 P2 P3
GND
Stud
3 Phase Stud
TM3 J4 J1 Ele-Magnetic
Brakes
Rotor/Tube fan/Pressure SW
110 VAC
P1 P2 P3 J2/J3 Tube
HV +
HV +
HV +
HV -
D J4
HV - HV -
D
Xray-On Light J6 24 VDC
Collimator
Generator
Door Interlock J6
Jedi
DAP Meter
Table
Table Bucky
Switches
E E
WS Bucky
24 VDC
AEC2
AEC1
EM Brakes
J8
J9
TM1
5166493
RS232
Ion-Chamber
RTL
Table Bucky Control
RS485/
Bucky
RS232
F 5166654
Wallstand F
Ion-Chamber
Serial RS485 / RTL

Wall-stand Bucky Control
Bucky
24VDC/PSW
TM1
24 VDC
Switches
AC Power Line EM Brakes
J3 J4
1:28 PM
DC Power Line
G HV Line G
Serial / RTL
Handswtich
Grounding Line
Others System Console J1
H TITLE
Pioneer System Architecture
REV H
FIRST MADE FOR: Pioneer
3
3/4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 319
PioneerSM_ENG.book

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
XR 6000 Oscillating Bucky Configuration Interconnect Cable
A A
Diagram
Service Laptop
Handswtich 5194292/
J1
Console J2 5241079 Serial port
5194507
B B
J4 J3
5184620
5182354
5183903
C Hospital Main Power 380 GND 5193110 GND C
3 phase PDU TM3 Stud Stud
5193105
5220653 GND
Stud
AEC2
LU 5197678 5193607
LV TM1
J1 TAV
TM2 Wallstand
LW
5197679 5182285 5315864 5316773
GND GND J1
J1 J4 TM1
Stud Stud GND
J1 TM1 Stud
Bucky
D D
5196643
5196454
5313870
5182354
Section 1.0 MIS Map

GND
Table
UVW
J4 GND WS Stud
laptop
console
E Stud Bucky 5315834
TM1 5316772 E
5313869
Table Bucky
Bucky
Stud
GND
TM1
DOOR Interlock AEC1
5166493
AEC1
Room Light Door
F F
5193106
5193103
Jedi R1T 50
2212259-2
J2
1:28 PM
XP105
Stud
GND
5195936 Rotation
J3 Anode
HV +
2269002-5
HV +
G 2269002-5 Tube Stand G
HV - HV -
5183392
5166654
AEC2
H TITLE
Pioneer 500 System Architecture
REV H
FIRST MADE FOR: Pioneer 500
3
4/4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 320
GE HEALTHCARE
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 320
GE HEALTHCARE 
1.1 Jedi 50 R 1T Cabling
Chapter 10 - Schematics Page 321

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 322 Section 1.0 MIS Map

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0
Central Listings
2.1 kV Measure Board
This board forms part of the oil seal of the High Voltage Tank. It can only be removed at the
factory. The Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) is the complete HV Tank.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.2 Filament Board 1 Inv.
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS3 GOES OUT.
DC
160v LF Common
SF
DS3 - Green - +160v

DC present
160v DS4 - Yellow - Inverter
DC Output Running
0
SF_LF - Yellow - Small ON - Yellow - Inverter

Focus / Large Focus Command ON
Relay Feedback
RST - Red - Board being
reset or powered up
DS2 - Yellow - Status

LED
DS1 - Yellow - Status

LED
Page 324 Section 2.0 Central Listings

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.3 Rotation Board High Speed
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS6 AND DS7 (NEON-
ORANGE) GO OUT.
Auxiliary
DC bus Common
Main
DS6
DC bus

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.3.1 Indicators
INDICATOR COLOR INDICATES:

RESET RED BOARD BEING RESET OR POWERED UP
INV_ON YELLOW THE INVERTER IS RUNNING
DS1 GREEN PRESENCE OF +15 V SUPPLY
DS2 GREEN PRESENCE OF -15 V SUPPLY
DS3 GREEN PRESENCE OF +5 V SUPPLY
DS4-DS5 YELLOW BOARD STATUS
DS6 NEON (ORANGE) FAN VAC POWER SUPPLY PRESENT
DS7 NEON (ORANGE) DC BUS PRESENT
2.3.2 J2 Wiring
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
115V
sense
Fan, 115V AC
Line input
Fan*, 115V AC X-ray tube
Line output
Thermal safety
* used in application with fan cooling

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.4 LV Power Supply 3 PH Board
HIGH VOLTAGE AND HOT SURFACE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL INDICATOR NE1
(NEON - ORANGE) GOES OUT.
NE1 - Orange - indicates presence of DC Bus
+ 400
DC bus
- 400
160V
DC
0
DS2 - Green - 160 VDC
DS1 - Red - Mains

Drop

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.5 Gate Command Board
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL DS300 ON THIS BOARD AND DS1 ON
DUAL SNUB BOARD ARE OUT.
Hot surface on transformer T300 and heat sink.

DS300
DC bus
DS300 - Neon (Orange) -
Presence of voltage on DC
bus for Flyback Converter to
create power supplies for
both Gate Commands
DS200 - Yellow - High

IGBT* (Q200) Gate DS200
Command running
DS201 - Green - Presence

of +20 V Supply on high DS201 DS202
IGBT* Gate Command
DS202 - Green - Pres
ence of -10 V Supply on
high IGBT* Gate Com-
mand
Inverter
current ILP
feedback
ILR
DS100 -Yellow-Low IGBT*

(Q100) Gate Command run ning
DS100
DS102
DS101 - Green - Presence of DS101 DS102 - Green - Presence

+20 V Supply on low IGBT* of -10 V Supply on low
Gate Command IGBT* Gate Command
* Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistor

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.6 Dual Snub Board
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS1 (NEON - ORANGE)
GOES OUT.
DS1 - Neon (Orange) - Indicates presence of voltage on DC Bus

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.7 kV Control Board

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.7.1 Switches and Jumpers
SWITCH OR JUMPER FUNCTION

RST RESET PUSH BUTTON
2.7.2 Indicators
INDICATOR COLOR INDICATES:

CONF RED FIELD PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAY (FPGA)
CONFIGURATION NOT ACCOMPLISHED
OK YELLOW INVERTER GATE POWER SUPPLY OK
TX_TAV YELLOW TRANSMIT TO SERVICE LAPTOP
RX_TAV YELLOW RECEIVE FROM SERVICE LAPTOP
TX_CONS YELLOW TRANSMIT TO CONSOLE (IF EXISTING)
RX_CONS YELLOW RECEIVE FROM CONSOLE (IF EXISTING)
T_CAN_X YELLOW SYSTEM CAN BUS TRANSMIT
R_CAN_X YELLOW SYSTEM CAN BUS RECEIVE
HALT RED MICROPROCESSOR HALTED
RESET RED BOARD BEING RESET
S0 TO S7 YELLOW STATUS LED
IN APPLICATION MODE THESE LEDS FLASH IN
SEQUENCE CONTINUOUSLY
DS1 GREEN -15V SUPPLY
DS2 GREEN +15V SUPPLY
2.7.3 Non Volatile RAM
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
U32 NON VOLATILE PARAMETERS RAM (BATTERY
INCLUDED)

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.8 AC/DC 3 Phase board
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL DS1 (NEON - ORANGE) GOES OUT.
Some components on this board can become very hot.

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.9 I/F Board RAD V1
N1 - Orange (neon) -
Indicates presence of 100 ON & VAC
VAC for the
Pin 9
Table Bucky
Pin 1
Pin 9
Wall Bucky
Pin 1
Pin 9
Room Door & Light
Pin 1
Service Laptop
TUBE
Console Presence of strap
PUPT - Yellow -
Data being sent to the console
Serial Link Configuration

(RS422)

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.10 I/F Board RAD V2
ON & VAC N1 - Orange (neon) -
Indicates presence of
Pin 9 100 VAC for the Bucky
Table Bucky
Pin 1
Pin 9
Wall Bucky
Pin 1
To AEC board
Pin 9
Room Door & Light I/F
Pin 1
DS4: CAN TRANSMIT
(yellow)
Service Laptop
DS5: EXT.CAN
TRANSMIT (yellow)
DS6: Receive Data
from console (yellow)
Console
OPTIONAL
DS7: DATA being sent to

console (TRANSMIT) No strap (engineering
(yellow) use)
Presence of strap -
TUBE 1
DS3: Reset led (red)
DS1, DS2: Status micro

processor (yellow)

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.11 AEC Board
2.11.1 Test Points
Testpoint Measurement
SIGNAL RANGE
TP1 230 VDC 230 VDC _5%

TP2 230 VDC 230 VDC _5%
TP3 230 VDC 230 VDC _5%
TP4 230 VDC 230 VDC _5%

R10V 10 VDC (reference) 10 VDC _1%

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.12 AEC Board V2
AEC4 AEC3 AEC1 AEC2 N1 - Orange (neon) -
Presence of 230 VDC
2.13 Test Points
TESTPOINT MEASUREMENT
SIGNAL RANGE
TP1 230 VDC 230 VDC _5%
TP2 230 VDC 230 VDC _5%
TP3 230 VDC 230 VDC _5%
TP4 230 VDC 230 VDC _5%
TP5 AEC assignment reference 0 to 10 V
TP6 10 VDC (reference) 10 VDC _1%
TP7 AEC return voltage
TP8 AEC1 return voltage

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 3.0
Schematics
3.1 PDU Connection Diagram



͑·ۜ ٗ‫؟‬ઝఘ ٗ‫؟‬რ ఐ୙

5HY 'HVFULSWLRQ 0DGH E\ 'DWH
$ $
6
'&9
% 5 0& ' 0& ' 0& ' 0& ' 0& ' %
/' 6
ଫ඙۸຿ ҕੋᆚ຿ ҕੋ۸຿
6
& '&9 &
S1 Foot pedal switch
6
S2 Cassette)RRG
tray-columnVZLWFK
coupling switch
Section 2.0 Central Listings

0& ' 0& 0& ' S3 Cassette tray lock switch
66 7DEOHswitchWUD\ VZLWFK
S4 Tube movement
S5 Tube stand longitudinal movement switch
S6 Tube arm vertical travel switch
ोᅘഃ଼ ۸Τ౨ຏ ௏‫ڕ‬༨ᅧ 6 7XEHswitchVWDQG VZLWFKDOO
S7 Tube rotation
' 6 6 6 '
6
MC1,MC2 EM 7XEH VWDQG
lock - Table VZLWFKഃ
top lateral movement
MC3,MC4 EM lock - Table top longitudinal movement
଼
6
MC5 EM lock - Tube stand longitudinal travel movement
6
MC6 EM lock7XEH VWDQG
- Tube arm VZLWFK౨ ຏ
vetical travel
MC7 EM lock - Tube rotation
Table Electrical Schematics
6
MC8 EM lock7XEH VWDQG
- Cassette tray VZLWFK༨ ᅧ
1:28 PM
( DC24V
$&9
ൎပࢗ‫࢈ڑ‬นШΞ҈Ԥ (
Ѥӊ٤Еᄗವ Αै6FDOH ϫॸ 0DWHULDO ζੋ҉स )LQLVK ϠѩΩۜ
7ROHUDQFH
&ROOLPDWRU
ಁ‫ޙ‬ఐ୙ ໎ճఐ୙ ಌଛఐ୙ ੠ы 7LWOH
'HVLJQ'DWH &KHFN'DWH $SSURYDO'DWH 3LRQHHU7DEOH(OHFWULFDO

$&9
DC24V ૥ଫҕԨ୷ၐस෍
7KHRU\'UDZLQJ
ำߑफι ෍ۜ 3DUW 1R ͑·ۜ ྚۜ
) ඹဈԨ୷‫ܟ‬৞ྤ९ಁ΁ပຫ٤ഓ 'RF7\SH 5HY 3DJH )
5199500SCH
6&+
*(+/ 0(',&$/ 6<67(06 6&+ 2
12

Page 338
GE HEALTHCARE
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 338
3.2


Page 339
&74 7DEOH ͑·ۜ ٗ‫؟‬ઝఘ ٗ‫؟‬რ ఐ୙
5HY 'HVFULSWLRQ 0DGH E\ 'DWH
3(
'LPHQVLRQ
;3
;6
3 ๲ࡴ㒓㓚㸼 ϕᖫ⇥

$ &74 ৓
$

इ
&74

‫܃‬
3(

۱

͂
‫܃‬ ‫܃‬

௏‫ڕ‬౨ຏၮՎԨҨත 0&

:
;3
;6
۱ ۱
;3
;6
۱ /'

‫܃‬ ܻ 1& 1&

6

ᠭܻ 12 6 12

& &

:
% ௏‫ڕ‬༨ᅧၮՎԨҨත 0& %
;6
;3
: 1& 1&

‫܃‬ 12 6 6 12
& &

۱
‫܃‬ ‫܃‬ ࠄ̟૆ࣅᄥۧᆦߑ
ोᅘഃ଼ၮՎԨҨත 0&

:

۱ ۱
ࣅᄥۧ
;3
;6
ᠭܻ
‫܃‬
۱
& &
͂
इ
৓
ܻ
:
;6
3(
:
3(
;3 :
৓ ᠭܻ
‫܃‬
۱
۱
‫܃‬
इ
ܻ
ोᅘ70ᆦߑ
ोᅘ :
‫܃‬ ‫܃‬
:
' : :
'
0& 0& ҕੋ۸຿ၮՎԨҨත
‫܃‬
۱
3(
‫܃‬
۱
1& ۱ ۱
: ‫܃‬ ۱
&20 6
‫܃‬
‫܃‬
۱
12 ‫܃‬ ‫܃‬ ‫܃‬

‫܃‬
۱
‫܃‬ :
&20 1&
۱ 3( 0& 0& ҕੋᆚ຿ၮՎԨҨත
৓ᠭܻ
3(
6
‫܃‬
۱
۱
इ
ܻ
ଫ̟ۧ૆
3(
3( 70 ۱ ۱ ۱
( :
ଫۧԨҨත
ଫඞ ҕ඘ (
ᠭܻ
‫܃‬
۱
:
ܻ
͂
0&
इ
৓
ҕ඘70ᆦߑ
1:28 PM
Ѥӊ٤Еᄗವ Αै6FDOH ϫॸ 0DWHULDO ζੋ҉स )LQLVK ϠѩΩۜ
3(
3(
: : : 7ROHUDQFH
‫܃‬
۱
ಁ‫ޙ‬ఐ୙ ໎ճఐ୙ ಌଛఐ୙ ੠ы 7LWOH

‫܃‬
۱
&20 1& 'HVLJQ'DWH &KHFN'DWH $SSURYDO'DWH
6 ߶Ⴃࢗ‫ڑ‬
3( 3( ૥ଫҕԨ୷ࠄຬ෍
Pioneer Table Cables Assembly
3(
ܻ
ᠭܻ
৓
इ
͂
۱
‫܃‬
‫ޏ‬೬ྑௐġ ำߑफι ෍ۜ 3DUW 1R ͑·ۜ ྚۜ
) 3(
ඹဈԨ୷‫ܟ‬৞ྤ९ಁ΁ပຫ٤ഓ 'RF7\SH 5HY 3DJH )
c̟෍ᄜྑௐၽອ࿫ԅॕࠄ୶౨Ⴔඬճ࿫ԅॕࠄ୶γஆd 5197241ADW
3'870ᆦߑ 3'870 *(+/ 0(',&$/ 6<67(06 $': 3
cၽॕࠄْࢗ‫ڑ‬ನē࿫ᅟ࿉ْࢗ‫ڑ‬ԅࠄԤူຬऍ౨ԅຬۜճ࿫‫ڑ‬ຂd

GE HEALTHCARE
Page 339
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE 

PioneerSM_ENG.book
3.3
Page 341
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I1 I8
I5
LPC2294 MEMORY
A POWER
ARM_JTAG<5..0> DATA<31..0>
ARM_IO<30..0>
CPLD_JTAG<3..0> ADDR<23..0>
CPLD_CLK
ARM_RESET ARM_IO<30..0>
1:28 PM
ARM_CON<9..0> FEED_DOG
B
I3
EPM570
I4
CPLD_JTAG<3..0> DATA<31..0> INTERFACE
ADDR<23..0>
CPLD_CLK ARM_IO<30..0>
ISP_ENTER ISP_ENTER
ARM_RESET
ARM_IO<30..0> CPLD_IO<33..0>
ARM_CON<9..0> CPLD_IO<33..0> LED<6..1>
LED<6..1> ARM_RESET
FEED_DOG
HCLK
I7
LCD I6
JTAG
DATA<31..0>
ARM_RESET ARM_JTAG<5..0>
ADDR<23..0>
CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
ARM_CON<9..0> ARM_IO<30..0>
HCLK ARM_RESET
A61001C Console Control Board Circuit Diagram
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Block Path Block Sheet Dwg No Rev Sheet
Fri Feb 16 15:30:36 2007 totallogic 2 of 2 5176556SCH 2 2 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 341

Page 342
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 342
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5C6> ARM_RESET
A
ARM_IO<30..0> 4D3>
IO
U13
74LVC-LCX14
R1 3V3 1V8
CPLD_CLK 12 B A 13
OUT
33.2
U1
0.125W
VCC=3V3;GND=GND LPC2292FBD144
1%
V18(1..0)
3V3 143 V18A
1:28 PM
V3(9..0)
Y1 U13 14 V3A
74LVC-LCX14
FL3 ARM_RESET 135 RESET_N TD1 22 CAN1_TX 26
BLM31A601S C4
1 2 4 VCC VOUT 3 9 A B 8 CPU_CLK 142 XTAL1
141 XTAL2
600 OHM 1 2 100P
R2 ENABLE GND 50V 0 PO0_TXD0 42 91 CS0 0
C1 C2 C3 P0_0_TXD0_PWM1 P1_0_CS0
50V 5% 1 PO1_RXD0 49 90 OE 9
1U 10N 1K VCC=3V3;GND=GND P0_1_RXD0_PWM3_EINT0 P1_1_OE
16V 50V 0.1U 0.125W 10MHZ 2 PO2_SCL 50 P0_2_SCL_CAP0_0 ARM_CON<9..0> 4C7>
OUT
B 10% 10% 10% 1% 3 PO3_SDA 58 P0_3_SDA_MAT0_0_EINT1 P1_16_TRACEPKT0 34
4 PO4_SCK0 59 P0_4_SCK0_CAP0_1 P1_17_TRACEPKT1 24
5 PO5_MISO0 61 P0_5_MISO0_MAT0_1 P1_18_TRACEPKT2 15
6 PO6_MOSI0 68 P0_6_MOSI0_CAP0_2 P1_19_TRACEPKT3 7
7 PO7_SSEL 69 P0_7_SSEL0_PWM2_EINT2 P1_20_TRACESYNC 102
GND 8 PO8_TXD1 75 P0_8_TXD1_PWM4 P1_21_PIPESTAT0 95
9 PO9_RXD1 76 P0_9_RXD1_PWM6_EINT3 P1_22_PIPESTAT1 86
10 PO10_RTS1 78 P0_10_RTS1_CAP1_0 P1_23_PIPESTAT2 82
11 PO11_CTS1 83 P0_11_CTS1_CAP1_1 P1_24_TRACECLK 70
12 PO12_DSR1 84 P0_12_DSR1_MAT1_0 P1_25_EXTIN0 60
GND 13 PO13_DTR1 85 P0_13_DTR1_MAT1_1 P1_26_RTCK 52 ARM_RTCK 0
14 PO14_DCD1 92 P0_14_DCD1_EINT1 P1_27_TDO 144 ARM_TDO 1
15 PO15_EINT2 99 P0_15_RI1_EINT2 P1_28_TDI 140 ARM_TDI 2
16 PO16_EINT0 100 P0_16_EINT0_MAT0_2_CAP0_2 P1_29_TCK 126 ARM_TCK 3
17 PO17_SCK1 101 P0_17_CAP1_2_SCK1_MAT1_2 P1_30_TMS 113 ARM_TMS 4
18 PO18_MISO1 121 P0_18_CAP1_3_MISO1_MAT1_3 P1_31_TRST 43 ARM_TRST 5
19 PO19_MOSI1 122 P0_19_MAT1_2_MOSI1_CAP1_2
20 PO20_SSEL1 123 P0_20_MAT1_3_SSEL1_EINT3
21 PO21_PWM5 4

P0_21_PWM5_CAP1_3
22 PO22 5 P0_22_CAP0_0_MAT0_0 ARM_JTAG<5..0>
IO
23 CAN2_RX 6 P0_23_RD2
24 CAN2_TX 8 P0_24_TD2
25 CAN1_RX 21 P0_25_RD1
C 27 AIN0 23 P0_27_AIN0_CAP0_1_MAT0_1
28 AIN1 25 P0_28_AIN1_CAP0_2_MAT0_2 VSS(11..0)
29 AIN2 32 P0_29_AIN2_CAP0_3_MAT0_3 VSSA_PLL 138
30 AIN3 33 P0_30_AIN3_EINT3_CAP0_0 VSSA 139
SYM 1 OF 2
R7
0
0.125W 0%
A
R3 AGND GND
17 PO17_SCK1 CPLD_TCK 1
0
0.125W 0%
R4
18 PO18_MISO1 CPLD_TDO 0
0
0.125W 0%
R5
19 PO19_MOSI1 CPLD_TDI 3
0
0.125W 0%
D
R6
20 PO20_SSEL1 CPLD_TMS 2 CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
IO
0
0.125W 0%
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Mon Mar 12 13:17:28 2007 lpc2294 1 of 3 5176556SCH 2 3 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 343
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
DATA<31..0> ADDR<23..0>
IO OUT
U1
LPC2292FBD144
0 DATA<0> 98 P2_0_D0 P3_0_A0 89 ADDR<0> 0

1:28 PM
1 DATA<1> 105 P2_1_D1 P3_1_A1 88 ADDR<1> 1

2 DATA<2> 106 P2_2_D2 P3_2_A2 87 ADDR<2> 2
3 DATA<3> 108 P2_3_D3 P3_3_A3 81 ADDR<3> 3
4 DATA<4> 109 P2_4_D4 P3_4_A4 80 ADDR<4> 4
5 DATA<5> 114 P2_5_D5 P3_5_A5 74 ADDR<5> 5
6 DATA<6> 115 P2_6_D6 P3_6_A6 73 ADDR<6> 6
7 DATA<7> 116 P2_7_D7 P3_7_A7 72 ADDR<7> 7
8 DATA<8> 117 P2_8_D8 P3_8_A8 71 ADDR<8> 8
9 DATA<9> 118 P2_9_D9 P3_9_A9 66 ADDR<9> 9
VOLTAGE MONITOR 10 DATA<10> 120 P2_10_D10 P3_10_A10 65 ADDR<10> 10
11 DATA<11> 124 P2_11_D11 P3_11_A11 64 ADDR<11> 11
12 DATA<12> 125 P2_12_D12 P3_12_A12 63 ADDR<12> 12
13 DATA<13> 127 P2_13_D13 P3_13_A13 62 ADDR<13> 13
14 DATA<14> 129 P2_14_D14 P3_14_A14 56 ADDR<14> 14
B VCC R8 15 DATA<15> 130 P2_15_D15 P3_15_A15 55 ADDR<15> 15
27 16 DATA<16> 131 P2_16_D16 P3_16_A16 53 ADDR<16> 16
17 DATA<17> 132 P2_17_D17 P3_17_A17 48 ADDR<17> 17
10K R13 18 DATA<18> 133 47 ADDR<18> 18
C5 P2_18_D18 P3_18_A18
0.1W 19 DATA<19> 134 46 ADDR<19> 19
10K 0.1U P2_19_D19 P3_19_A19
0.1% 20 DATA<20> 136 45 ADDR<20> 20
0.1W 50V P2_20_D20 P3_20_A20
0.1% 10% 21 DATA<21> 137 P2_21_D21 P3_21_A21 44 ADDR<21> 21
22 DATA<22> 1 P2_22_D22 P3_22_A22 41 ADDR<22> 22
23 DATA<23> 10 P2_23_D23 P3_23_A23_XCLK 40 ADDR<23> 23
24 DATA<24> 11 P2_24_D24 P3_24_CS3 36 CS3 3
A 25 DATA<25> 12 35 CS2 2
P2_25_D25 P3_25_CS2
AGND 26 DATA<26> 13 P2_26_D26_BOOT0 P3_26_CS1 30 CS1 1
27 DATA<27> 16 P2_27_D27_BOOT1 P3_27_WE 29 WE 4
28 DATA<28> 17 P2_28_D28 P3_28_BLS3_AIN7 28 BLS<3> 8
29 DATA<29> 18 P2_29_D29 P3_29_BLS2_AIN6 27 BLS<2> 7
3V3 R17 30 DATA<30> 19 P2_30_D30_AIN4 P3_30_BLS1 97 BLS<1> 6
28 31 DATA<31> 20 P2_31_D31_AIN5 P3_31_BLS0 96 BLS<0> 5
10K R14 SYM 2 OF 2
C6
0.1W
10K 0.1U
0.1% 3V3 ARM_CON<9..0>
0.1W 50V OUT 3B8>
0.1% 10%
C R19 3V3 3V3
10K
R16
0.1W
A
0.1% 10K
AGND 0.1W
BOOT1 DATA<27> 27 0.1%
1V8 R10
29 26 DATA<26> BOOT0
10K
C9 C11 C13 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19
0.1W R15
C7 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
0.1%
10K 0.1U 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V
0.1W 50V 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
0.1% 10%
A
BOOT 1:0 = 11 INTERNAL BOOTUP
AGND
12V R11 C10 C12 C14
30 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
1V8 50V 50V 50V
10K
0.1W 10% 10% 10%
R12 C8
0.1% 2K GND
0.1U
0.125W 50V
D 1% 10%
A
AGND
ARM_IO<30..0> 3A8<>
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Thu Mar 01 14:31:59 2007 lpc2294 2 of 3 5176556SCH 2 4 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 343

Page 344
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 344
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
ARM RESET & WATCH DOG
1:28 PM
VCC
VCC
R9
10K
0.125W
1%
3V3
J3
B
FEED_DOG 1 2 C23
IN R21
0.1U
10K U24 50V
R20
1%
JUMPER 0.125W MAX6301 10%
R22
1%
2.49K
0.125W
20K
S1 1%
0.125W
KT11B1JM
8 VCC
1 1 3 3 1 RESET_IN
6 WDI
2 2 4 4 5 WDS RESET_N 7 ARM_RESET 3A4<
OUT
3 SRT
4 SWT GND 2
EXTENDED MODE
R18
C20 C21 C22
5V
1K 2.2U 47N 4.7N

0.125W 10V 50V 50V TRP=2.67*CRST=125.5MS
1% 10% 10% 10%
C TWD=2.67*CSW*500=6.3S
GND GND
GND
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Thu Mar 01 14:32:02 2007 lpc2294 3 of 3 5176556SCH 2 5 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 345
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R24 R28
7 3
NLED<6..1>
10K 10K
3
1
2
4
5
6
0.125W 0.125W
CPLD_IO<33..0> 1% 1%
IO
R25 R29
3
1
9
0
2
4
5
6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
6 2
20
21
22
23
10K 10K
A 0.125W 0.125W
1% 1%
R26 3V3 R30 3V3

5 1
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
84
85
86
87
88
93
94
95
96
97
98
3V3 3V3
10K 10K
0.125W 0.125W
1% 1%
GND R27 R31
IO_73
IO_74
IO_75
IO_76
IO_77
IO_78
IO_79
IO_80
IO_81
IO_84
IO_85
IO_86
IO_87
IO_88
IO_93
IO_94
IO_95
IO_96
IO_97
IO_98
IO_101
IO_102
IO_103
IO_104
IO_105
IO_106
IO_107
IO_108
4 0
1:28 PM
R23
10K 10K 10K
VCCINT<3..0>
0.125W 0.125W 0.125W
VCCIO1<3..0>
1% 1% 1%
VCCIO2<3..0> S2
CHS_04TB
CPLD_CLK 18 IO_18_GCLK0 IO_109 109 7 7 1 I1 O1 8

IN
HCLK 20 IO_20_GCLK1 IO_110 110 8
IN
89 IO_89_GCLK2 IO_111 111 9 6 2 I2 O2 7
91 IO_91_GCLK3 IO_112 112 10
60 IO_60_DEV_OE IO_113 113 11 5 3 I3 O3 6
ARM_RESET 61 IO_61_DEV_NCLR IO_114 114 12
IN
IO_117 117 13 4 4 I4 O4 5
CPLD_JTAG<3..0> 3 CPLD_TDI 34 TDI IO_118 118 14
IO
B 2 CPLD_TMS 33 TMS IO_119 119 15 3
1 CPLD_TCK 35 TCK IO_120 120 16 S3
DATA<31..0> 0 CPLD_TDO 36 TDO IO_121 121 17 2 CHS_04TB
IO
IO_122 122 18
0 DATA<0> 1 IO_1 IO_123 123 19 1
3V3 1 DATA<1> 2 U6 124 20 1 8
IO_2 IO_124 I1 O1
2 DATA<2> 3 EPM570T144C5 125 21 0
IO_3 IO_125
3 DATA<3> 4 IO_4 IO_127 127 22 2 I2 O2 7
4 DATA<4> 5 IO_5 IO_129 129 23 SWITCH<7..0>
5 DATA<5> 6 IO_6 IO_130 130 24 3 I3 O3 6
6 DATA<6> 7 IO_7 IO_131 131 25
0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 7 DATA<7> 8 IO_8 IO_132 132 26 4 I4 O4 5
DATA<8> 11 133
C24
C26
C28
C30
50V 50V 50V 50V 8 IO_11 IO_133 27
OUT
10% 10% 10% 10% 9 DATA<9> 12 IO_12 IO_134 134 28
10 DATA<10> 13 IO_13 IO_137 137 29 IN
11 DATA<11> 14 IO_14 IO_138 138 30
12 DATA<12> 15 IO_15 IO_139 139 31 GND
13 DATA<13> 16 IO_16 IO_140 140 32 U16
14 DATA<14> 21 IO_21 IO_141 141 33 74ABT244 VCC
15 DATA<15> 22 IO_22 IO_142 142 PO22
0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0 23 IO_23 IO_143 143 FEED_DOG
24 144 ISP_ENTER 1
C25
C27
C29
C31
50V 50V 50V 50V 1 IO_24 IO_144 OE_N C32
10% 10% 10% 10% 2 27 IO_27 0.1U
C 3 28 IO_28 GNDI0<7..0> 6 2 A1 Y1 18 6 50V
4 29 IO_29 GNDINT<3..0> 5 4 A2 Y2 16 5 10%
5 30 IO_30 4 6 A3 Y3 14 4
6 31 IO_31 3 8 A4 Y4 12 3
7 32 IO_32
GND
GND SWITCH<7..0> VCC=VCC;GND=GND
U16
IO_37
IO_38
IO_39
IO_40
IO_41
IO_42
IO_43
IO_44
IO_45
IO_48
IO_49
IO_50
IO_51
IO_52
IO_53
IO_55
IO_57
IO_58
IO_59
IO_62
IO_63
IO_66
IO_67
IO_68
IO_69
IO_70
IO_71
IO_72
74ABT244
VCC
GND
37
38
39
70
71
72
40
41
42
43
44
45
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
57
58
59
62
63
66
67
68
69
19 OE_N HEART BEAT

2 11 9 2 DS2
A1 Y1
NLED<6..1> 1 13 7 1 HSMS-C650
A2 Y2 332
R32
15 A3 Y3 5 0.125W
PO21_PWM5 17 A4 Y4 3 1 2 1%
RED
1
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
7
0
2
4
5
6
8
9
ARM_CON<9..0>
IN
LED<6..1>
OUT
10
11
12
13
4
5
6
23
24
ARM_IO<30..0>
IO
D GND
22
21
3
1
7
0
2
4
5
6
8
ADDR<23..0>
IN
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Fri Feb 16 15:28:51 2007 epm570 1 of 1 5176556SCH 2 6 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 345

Page 346
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 346
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PDU24V
POWER CONNECTOR
R33
3 J6
15K
0.125W
10C6> XRAY_ON_LIGHT 4 4 1 1
1% 5 2 PSW
5 2 7B5>
6 6 3 3 DOORIN TERLOCK 7C1<
C D1 12V
A R36
2 B LSM340J K1
Q1 40V
AZ742-2C-24D 24V_IN PIN

4.99K MMBT3904 GND
E RIGHT_ANGLE
CR1
0.125W
U14 WIRE_TO_BOARD
R47
1%
SMBJ5.0 1% 1 FL7
20K
COIL1 MC1489A SHIELD
6.7V 2 BLM31P500S
0.125W
COIL2 R46
9B3< OVER_CURRENT 3 1 1 2
4 3
COM<1> CLOSED<1> O IN
15K 50 OHM
OPEN<1> 5
7 0.125W
2
RESP_CTRL
PDUGND PDUGND COM<0> CLOSED<0> 6
VCC=VCC;GND=GND 1%
OPEN<0> 8 C38
R37 0.1U
1 50V
10%
15K
1:28 PM
J4 PDU24V
0.125W
F1 D3
1% D2 MURS320T3
LSM340J K2 K3 GND 3 3 1 1
C 40V 4 2
R38 G6B_2114P_US24VDC G6B_2114P_US24VDC 4 2 2A
0 B 200V
Q2
4.99K MMBT3904 8 8
E COILP COILP PIN
0.125W 1 1
COILN COILN RIGHT_ANGLE
CR2 1%
WIRE_TO_BOARD
SMBJ5.0 3 OPEN1 OPEN2 4 3 OPEN1 OPEN2 4 PSW 7A8<
6.7V 6 5 6 5
B CLOSED1 CLOSED2 CLOSED1 CLOSED2
PDUGND
PDUGND
PDUGND
ON/OFF_KEY<3..0> 11D3<> J7
FL5
BLM31P500S
1 2 1 1
VCC 7D1< PREP 2 2
3V3 50 OHM 3 3
7D1< EXP 4 4
C36 C37 GND

0.1U 0.1U PIN
50V 50V RIGHT_ANGLE
10% 10% WIRE_TO_BOARD
VCC
HANDLE CONNECTOR
C
12V GND
C35 GND U8
0.1U 74LVC_LCX244 R45
50V 10K
10% 0.125W MH1 MH5
U14 19 OE_N 1% MHP4_50TB10_00 MHP4_50TB10_00
R39
1%
1
1
FL4
20K
MC1489A
BLM31P500S 11 9 X_RAY_LIGHT
0.125W
R44 A1 Y1 10D4<
7A8> DOORIN TERLOCK 1 2 13 11 13 A2 Y2 7 CPLD_IO<0> 0 CPLD_INTERLOCK MH6
IN O 15 A3 Y3 5 CPLD_IO<1> 1 CPLD_PREP MHP4_50TB10_00
50 OHM 15K
1
12V 17 A4 Y4 3 CPLD_IO<2> 2 CPLD_EXP MH2

0.125W RESP_CTRL
12
MHP4_50TB10_00
1% VCC=VCC;GND=GND
1
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
U14
R40
1%
CPLD_IO<3> 3
20K
MC1489A
0.125W
R42 MH3 MH7 C39 R48
7C7> PREP 10 8 MHP4_50TB10_00 MHP4_50TB10_00 22N 1MEG
1
1
IN O 250V 0.125W
12V 15K 20% 1%
C33
0.125W RESP_CTRL
9
0.1U GND
1% VCC=VCC;GND=GND
50V MH4 MH8
10% MHP4_50TB10_00 MHP4_50TB10_00
1
1
U14
R41
1%
GND
20K
MC1489A
GND
0.125W
D R43
7C7> EXP 4 6
IN O
15K
C34 11C8<> 10B1<> 9B3<> CPLD_IO<33..0> SHIELD
0.125W RESP_CTRL IO
5
0.1U
1% VCC=VCC;GND=GND
50V
10%
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
GND
Mon Mar 12 13:53:07 2007 interface 1 of 5 5176556SCH 2 7 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 347
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
TP2
1:28 PM
TIN
VCC R53 R54
10K 1K ARM_IO<30..0> 9B1<>
IO
U2 0.125W 0.125W
DCR010505U 1% 1% CAN_VCC
1 VS1 VOUT 14 VCC

2 VS2
ERROR_N 17
C40 28 SYNCIN VREC 12 C50
0.47U 26 0VIN1 ENABLE 16 CAN_VCC 0.1U
16V 27 0VIN2 0VOUT 13 C44 C45 50V
B 10% C43 47U 0.47U 10%
1U 10V 16V
5V 16V 10% 10% C49 U5
10% U3 0.1U TJA1050
TIN
HCPL0720-060 50V GND
VCC 10%
TP1
5 VREF
1 VDD1 VDD2 8 8 S 7 CAN_H 10C6<>
CANH
CAN_GND
26 CAN1_TX 2 VI VO 6 1 TXD
GND 3V3
R49 C42 C46 4 5 4 RXD CANL 6 CAN_L 10C8<>
U12 0.1U GND1 GND2
74VHC123A 3V3 50V
20K 1U 10% VCC=CAN_VCC;GND=CAN_GND
0.125W 16V
1% 10% 6
CEXT R55 CAN_GND
R57
1%
DS1
121
7 REXT_CEXT Q 5 332
HSMY-C650 0.125W
0.125W
9 A_N 1%
10 B Q_N 12 1 2 GND U4
9C8< ARM_RESET 11 RD HCPL0720-060
IN
YELLOW VCC
C
R52 VCC=3V3;GND=GND 8 VDD2 VDD1 1
R50 0 R56
3V3 10K 0.125W 25 CAN1_RX 6 VO VI 2
0.125W 0%
1% CAN1_TX 26 C47 5 4 C48 332
CAN1_RX 25 0.125W
0.1U GND2 GND1 0.1U
C41 50V 50V 1%
0.1U R51 10% 10%
50V 10K
10% 0.125W
1%
CAN_GND
GND
GND
GND
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Fri Dec 15 15:41:33 2006 interface 2 of 5 5176556SCH 2 8 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 347

Page 348
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 348
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VCC
3V3
C57
0.1U
50V C60
10% 0.1U
50V
VCC 10%
A 3V3
3V3
VCC GND
C53 RS485_TX+ 10C8< R64 C58 GND
0.1U U12 3V3
50V R58 U18 74VHC123A
10% 4.99K 20K 1U
MAX488E R60
0.125W 110 0.125W 16V R72

1% 0.1W 1% 10% 14 332
CEXT
1 0.1% 15 13 DS5 0.125W
VCC REXT_CEXT Q
Y 5 HSMY-C650 1%
U8
GND 74LVC_LCX244 DATA_OUT 3 DI 1 A_N
Z 6 RS485_TX- 10C6< 2 B Q_N 4 1 2
10C6> RS485_RX+ 8 A 3 RD
OE_N 1 RO 2 DATA_IN YELLOW
1:28 PM
R59 7 B
DATA_OUT 18 Y1 A1 2 PO8_TXD1 8 110 GND 4 R65 VCC=3V3;GND=GND
9 PO9_RXD1 16 Y2 A2 4 DATA_IN 0.1W 10K R69
14 Y3 A3 6 0.1% 0.125W 0
12 Y4 A4 8 OVER_CURRENT 7A5> 1% 0.125W
10C8> RS485_RX- 0%
VCC=3V3;GND=GND PO8_TXD1
PO9_RXD1
GND
B R67
8B6<> ARM_IO<30..0> GND 10K
0.125W
1%
24
CPLD_IO<33..0> 7D4<> 10B1<> 11C8<>
GND
ISP_ENTER
OUT
3V3
3V3 3V3

R62
1%
15K
DTR
0.125W
C56 R63 D6
C C52 C55 1U PMBD914
R68
1%
20K
0.1U 0.1U U17 16V 85V

0
0.125W
GND 50V 50V MAX3232C 10%

10% 10% 0.125W C
R71
+0.05 B ARM_RESET 8C1<
R66
1%
16 Q3
20K
VCC
MMBT3904 0
0.125W
2 VP E 0.125W
6 VN D4
ISP_TXD 0 C +0.05
PMBD914
1 C1P 85V B C59
3 Q4
C1M 0.1U
4 MMBT3904 50V
C2P
R61
E
1%
5 10%
20K
C2M D5
0.125W
PMBD914
C51 C54 0 PO0_TXD0 11 T1IN T1OUT 14 85V
0.1U 0.1U 10 T2IN T2OUT 7 GND
50V 50V 1 ISP_RXD 13 R1IN R1OUT 12 PO1_RXD0 1
10% 10% 8 R2IN R2OUT 9 RTS GND
GND 15 14 GND GND

PO14_DCD1
3
GND RS232<3..0> 11D6<>
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 349
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VCC VCC
VCC
C65 VCC C66 VCC

C61 VCC 0.1U 0.1U
0.1U 50V 50V
A 50V 10% U21 RESET+ 10C6< 10% U22 XRAY_CMD+ 10C6<
10% U19 EXPOSURE_ENABLE+ 10C8< MAX488E MAX488E
MAX488E R80 R86

R73 4.99K R85 4.99K R89
4.99K R76 GND 0.125W 1 VCC 110 GND 0.125W 1 VCC 110
GND 0.125W 1 VCC 110 1% Y 5 0.1W 1% Y 5 0.1W
1% Y 5 0.1W RESET 3 DI 0.1% XRAY_CMD 3 DI 0.1%
EXPOSURE_ENABLE 3 DI 0.1% Z 6 RESET- 10C8< Z 6 XRAY_CMD- 10C8<
Z 6 EXPOSURE_ENABLE- 10C6< 10C8> XRAY_ON/OFF+ 8 A 8 A
8 A RO 2 XRAY_ON/OFF 10B2< RO 2
RO 2 7 B 7 B
1:28 PM
R81 R87
R74 7 B 110 GND 4 110 GND 4
110 GND 4 0.1W 0.1W
0.1W 0.1% 0.1%
0.1%
3V3 10C6> XRAY_ON/OFF-
C63 GND GND

GND 0.1U
50V
10%
11C8<>
7D4<> CPLD_IO<33..0> U7 24V
9B3<> 74LVC_LCX244
GND
B 19 OE_N
4 CPLD_IO<4> 11 A1 Y1 9 EXPOSURE_ENABLE P1
1%
1%
332
332
5 CPLD_IO<5> 13 A2 Y2 7 RESET I150
R83
R84
0.125W
0.125W
10A6> XRAY_ON/OFF 15 A3 Y3 5
6 CPLD_IO<6> 17 A4 Y4 3 XRAY_CMD BUZZER
1
VCC=3V3;GND=GND BUZ 2
GND 12V
7 CPLD_IO<7> FL6
VCC BLM31P500S
8 CPLD_IO<8> EXPOSURE 1 2
J11
50 OHM
9 CPLD_IO<9> PREPARE C64
GND
0.1U
50V 3V3 1 1 2 2
10% 3 3 4 4 BUZ_CMD 10C1<
GND 10A8> XRAY_CMD+ 5 5 6 6 XRAY_ON/OFF+ 10A3<
10A6> RESET+ 7 7 8 8 EXPOSURE_ENABLE+ 10A3>
U13 U13 R78 R79 R82 9B3< RS485_RX+ 9 9 10 10 RS485_TX+ 9A5>
74LVC-LCX14 74LVC-LCX14 GND 10K 10K 10K 11 11 12 12
C 0.125W 0.125W 0.125W 8B8<> CAN_H 13 13 14 14 EXPOSURE_SW 10C6>
U7 1% 1% 1% 2111738 10C6> PREPARE_SW 15 15 16 16
1 2 11 10 74LVC_LCX244 18PIN 17 17 18 18 XRAY_CMD- 10A8>
A B A B
Q6 10B3< XRAY_ON/OFF- 19 19 20 20 RESET- 10A6>
ULN2803 10A3> EXPOSURE_ENABLE- 21 21 22 22 RS485_RX- 9B3<
12V 1 OE_N 9A5> RS485_TX- 23 23 24 24 CAN_L 8C8<>
VCC=3V3;GND=GND VCC=3V3;GND=GND 25 25 26 26
2 A1 Y1 18 1 I1 O1 18 EXPOSURE_SW 10C8<
4 A2 Y2 16 2 I2 O2 17 PREPARE_SW 10C6<
U20 6 A3 Y3 14 CPLD_IO<10> 10 3 I3 O3 16 XRAY_ON_LIGHT 7A7< PIN
R70
1%
8 12 4 15 BUZ
20K
MC1489A A4 Y4 I4 O4 RIGHT_ANGLE
5 14
0.125W
R75 I5 O5 RIBBON_CABLE_STANDARD
10C8< BUZ_CMD 1 3 6 I6 O6 13
IN O VCC=3V3;GND=GND 7 I7 O7 12 24V GENERATOR CONNECTOR
15K
8 I8 O8 11
0.125W
2
RESP_CTRL 10
1% VCC=VCC;GND=GND
COMMON CAN_GND
11 CPLD_IO<11> GND 9
GND 7C5> X_RAY_LIGHT

C62 R77
0.1U 10K
50V 0.125W
10% 1% GND
D
GND
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 349

Page 350
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 350
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R90 R101 R103

VCC
D7
10K 10K 10K
MMSD4148
0.125W 0.125W 0.125W C68
3V3
1% 1% 1%
A 0.1U
R91 R102 R104 100V 50V
D8 10%
C67 R97 MMSD4148
10K 10K 10K
0.1U U23
50V
0.125W 0.125W 0.125W
74ABT244
10%
1% 10K 1% 1% GND
100V
0.125W
R92 R105 D9
1% 1
U26 MMSD4148 OE_N
74LVC_LCX244 R98
GND
10K 10K 18 2 CPLD_IO<23> 23
Y1 A1
0.125W 0.125W 16 4 CPLD_IO<22> 22
100V Y2 A2
1 1% 10K 1% 14 6 CPLD_IO<21> 21
OE_N D10 Y3 A3
0.125W 12 8 CPLD_IO<20> 20
R94 R106 MMSD4148 Y4 A4
12 CPLD_IO<12> 18 2 1%
Y1 A1
1:28 PM
13 CPLD_IO<13> 16 Y2 A2 4
14 CPLD_IO<14> 14 6 10K 10K
Y3 A3 KEYBOARD CONNECTOR 100V VCC=VCC;GND=GND
15 CPLD_IO<15> 12 8 0.125W 0.125W
Y4 A4 J12 D11 U23
1% GND GND 1%
MMSD4148 74ABT244
1 1 2 2
VCC=3V3;GND=GND 3 3 4 4
U26 5 5 6 6 100V OE_N 19
74LVC_LCX244 7 7 8 8 D12
9 9 10 10 MMSD4148 9 Y1 A1 11 CPLD_IO<19> 19
11 11 12 12 7 Y2 A2 13 CPLD_IO<18> 18
OE_N 19 XRAY ON R99 13 13 14 14 5 Y3 A3 15
B 15 15 16 16 100V 3 Y4 A4 17
VCC DS3 16 CPLD_IO<16> 9 11 VCC 17 18
Y1 A1 17 18
HSMG-C650 17 CPLD_IO<17> 7 13 150 19 20
Y2 A2 19 20
5 15 0.125W 21 22
R34 Y3 A3 21 22 VCC=VCC;GND=GND
2 1 3 17 1% 23 24
Y4 A4 READY R93 23 24
25 25 26 26
332 27 28
GREEN 27 28
0.125W PDU24V 150 29 30
VCC=3V3;GND=GND 29 30
1% 0.125W 31 32
31 32
DS4 1% GND
POWER ON R100
HSMY-C650
R35 PIN
2 1 1.21K
RIGHT_ANGLE
GND 0.125W
DUAL_ROW_HEADER
332 1%
YELLOW TUBE WARM R95
0.125W
1%
332
0.125W

1%
INHIBIT R96 PDUGND
332
C 0.125W
3
1
6
5
4
2
LED<6..1> 1%
IN
CPLD_IO<33..0> 9B3<>
7D4<>
10B1<>
3
ON
2
1
OFF
7B2<> ON/OFF_KEY<3..0> 0
RS232<3..0> 9D7<>
J8
3
1
0
2
1 1 2 2 ISP_RXD
ISP_TXD 3 3 4 4
5 5 6 6 RTS
DTR 7 7 8 8
D 9 9 10 10
PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE
RIBBON_CABLE_LOW_PROFILE
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
GND
Wed Feb 28 16:00:42 2007 interface 5 of 5 5176556SCH 2 11 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 351
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TP7
POWER SUPPLY TIN
5V TO 3.3V
R116
1K
VCC 0.125W D15 TP9
A TP3 24V TO 5V 1% BAS116
VCC TIN
TIN R107
75V 3V3
R120
5.11K
2
R109 U9 VR2 1K
24V_IN 0.125W 3.16K LM2676 DS6 LT1529-3.3 0.125W
1% 0.1W
FL1 HSMG-C650 1%
ZJYS51R5-2P 0.1% GREEN
1:28 PM
1 4 2 INPUT SWIT_OUT 1 C75 L1 5 VIN VOUT 1
1
6 FEEDBACK BOOST 3 4 SHDN_N SENSE 2
CR3 7 ON_OFF 33U
SM6T27A C69 C71 R110 GND 4 10N 20% R113 GND1 3 C83
27V 2 3 100U 0.1U 1K TAB_GND 8 50V D13 5A CR4 499 C78 C80 GND2 6 100U
50V 10% LSM340J SMBJ5.0
35V
10%
0.125W 0.125W
C85
22U
50V 10U 0.1U 16V
200 OHM 20% 10% 1% 40V 6.7V 1% 16V 50V 10%
+80%-20% 10% 3.3V
PDUGND TP5
GND TIN GND GND

GND
B
TP4 24V TO 12V 1V8
12V
TIN R108 5V TO 1.8V R117
TIN
TP8
5.11K 1K
R111
0.125W 0.125W
2
9.09K U10
24V_IN 1% 0.1W VCC 1%
LM2676 DS7 D16
FL2 0.1% HSMG-C650 BAS116
ZJYS51R5-2P GREEN
1 4 2 INPUT SWIT_OUT 1 C76 L2
R118
1
6 FEEDBACK BOOST 3 75V
7 ON_OFF 33U 1.4K
C70 C72 R112 GND 4 10N 20% R114 VR1 0.1W
50V
2 3 100U 0.1U 1K TAB_GND 8 D14 5A CR5 1K LT1963EQ 1%
50V 10% LSM340J P6SMB18A
35V
10%
0.125W 0.125W
C86
22U
50V
200 OHM 20% 10% 1% 40V 18V 1%
R115 2 VIN VOUT 4 10U
1 5
C84
PDUGND SHDN_N SENSE_ADJ 16V

TP6 +80%-20%
1K
GND<1-0>
GND 0.125W
C TIN 1%
1.21V TO 20V 2.87K
R119
0.1W
1%
0.1U
C77
50V 10U
TP10
C79
10% 16V
+80%-20%
12V TO LCD TIN
U25 J1
FL8
12V ZJYS51R5-2P GND
1 4 1 1 3 3 1 1 G1 G1
2 2 G2 G2 24V_IN
4 4 FL9 24V
ZJYS51R5-2P
2 3 2 2 5 5 1 4
PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE C81 C82
200 OHM CXA-L10L
GND C73 C74 WIRE_TO_BOARD 100U
OUTPUT HV 0.1U
4.7U 0.1U 2 3 50V 50V
50V 50V TWO PARTS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE 10% 20%
10% 10% SHIELD 200 OHM
D
PDUGND
GND
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Fri Dec 15 15:41:36 2006 1 of 1 5176556SCH 2 12 of 15

B Size
power
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 351

Page 352
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 352
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ARM_JTAG<5..0>
IO
3V3
A
R121 R122 R124 R126 R128

10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 0.1U
0.125W 0.125W 0.125W 0.125W 0.125W
C88
50V
1% 1% 1% 1% 1% J5 10%
1 1 2 2
5 ARM_TRST 3 3 4 4
2 ARM_TDI 5 5 6 6
4 ARM_TMS 7 7 8 8
3 ARM_TCK 9 9 10 10
1:28 PM
0 ARM_RTCK 11 11 12 12
1 ARM_TDO 13 13 14 14
ARM_RESET 15 15 16 16
IN
17 17 18 18
R123 19 19 20 20
10K
0.125W
1% PIN
STRAIGHT
DUAL_ROW_HEADER_BREAK
B GND GND
3V3
R127 R129 R130 R131

GND 10K 10K 10K 10K
0.125W 0.125W 0.125W 0.125W

1% 1% 1% 1%
C
3V3
J2
2 2 1 1 CPLD_TCK 1
4 4 3 3 CPLD_TDO 0
6 6 5 5 CPLD_TMS 2
8 8 7 7
0.1U 10 10 9 9 CPLD_TDI 3
C87
50V
10%
PIN
STRAIGHT
DUAL_ROW_HEADER_BREAK
GND
CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
IO
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Fri Dec 15 15:41:38 2006 jtag 1 of 1 5176556SCH 2 13 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 353
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3V3 U15
S1D13700F02
ARM_CON<9..0>
IN
COREVDD<2..0>
HIOVDD<2..0>
NIOVDD<1..0>
A
ADDR<23..0> 3 CS3 43 CS_N
IN
9 OE 41 RD_N ARM_IO<30..0>
IO
4 WE 42 WR_N
61 54 PO16_EINT0 DATA<31..0>
16
AS_N WAIT_N IO
0 ADDR<0> 16 A0 D0 52 DATA<0> 0
1 ADDR<1> 15 A1 D1 51 DATA<1> 1
2 ADDR<2> 14 A2 D2 50 DATA<2> 2
3 ADDR<3> 13 A3 D3 49 DATA<3> 3
4 ADDR<4> 11 A4 D4 47 DATA<4> 4
ADDR<5> 10 46 DATA<5>
1:28 PM
5 A5 D5 5
6 ADDR<6> 9 A6 D6 45 DATA<6> 6
7 ADDR<7> 8 A7 D7 44 DATA<7> 7
8 ADDR<8> 6 A8 CYCLE TIME
9 ADDR<9> 5 A9
10 ADDR<10> 4 A10 FPDAT0 21 FPD<0> 14D4<
11 ADDR<11> 3 A11 FPDAT1 20 FPD<1> 14D4< FPSHIFT:CLOCK INPUT = 16 : 1
U13 12 ADDR<12> 2 A12 FPDAT2 19 FPD<2> 14D4<
74LVC-LCX14 13 ADDR<13> 64 A13 FPDAT3 18 FPD<3> 14D4<
14 ADDR<14> 63 A14
R134 15 ADDR<15> 62 A15
HCLK 6 B A 5 FPSHIFT 23 CP 14C4<
OUT
ARM_RESET 36 RESET_N XECL 24
33.2 IN
YSCL 29
0.125W 56 26 LOAD
VCC=3V3;GND=GND CNF0 FPLINE 14C4<
1% 57 30 FRM
B CNF1 FPFRAME 14C4<
Y2 U13 58 CNF2 MOD_OUT 27
3V3 74LVC-LCX14 59 CNF3 YDIS 31 DISP 14C4<
FL10 60 CNF4
BLM31A601S R135
1 2 4 VCC VOUT 3 3 A B 4 39 CLKI
600 OHM 1 2 33.2 35 XCG1
ENABLE GND 0.125W 34
VCC=3V3;GND=GND XCD1
C89 C90 C91 1%
R132
1U 10N 0.1U 1K 40MHZ 37 SCANEN
16V 50V 50V 0.125W 38 TSTEN VSS<4..0>
10% 10% 10% 1%
GND
GND
GND
3V3
C 3V3
J14
3V3 TP_LCDV C92 C93 C94 C95 C96

14B7> FRM 1 1 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
TIN 14B7> LOAD 2 2 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V
14B7> CP 3 3 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
14B7> DISP 4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
1%
R125
10K
8 8
9 GND
0.125W
9
10 10
R133 11 11
CW FPD<3> 12
14B7> 12
14B7> FPD<2> 13 13
10K 14B7> FPD<1> 14 14
500MW 14B7> FPD<0> 15 15
10% 16 16
TP_LCDGND 17 17
18 18
1%
R136
15K
TIN 19 19 G1 G1
0.125W
20 20 G2 G2
D SOCKET
RIGHT_ANGLE
FLEX_CABLE_ZIF_BOTTOM
GND
GND SHIELD
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Mon Mar 12 13:27:29 2007 lcd 1 of 1 5176556SCH 2 14 of 15

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 353

Page 354
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 354
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
1:28 PM
3V3
3V3
C97
0.1U
B 50V
U11 10%
24C256
R137 R138
10K 10K
0.125W 7 WP 0.125W GND
1% 1%
2 PO2_SCL 6 SCL
1 A0 SDA 5
2 A1
3 A2
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
GND

ARM_IO<30..0> 3 PO3_SDA
IO
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Fri Dec 15 15:41:41 2006 1 of 1 5176556SCH 2 15 of 15

B Size
memory
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PioneerSM_ENG.book
3.4
Page 355
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
POWER SUPPLY
A TP1 12V TO 5V A
VCC
TIN
12V_IN
12V
R1
3.16K VARIOUS
0.125W U2
1% LM2676 R4
F1 FL1 511
FAST_ACTION ZJYS51R5-2P 0.125W
1 4 2 INPUT SWIT_OUT 1 C7 L1 1%
1:28 PM
6 FEEDBACK BOOST 3
1A 7 ON_OFF 33U
63V 4 10N
GND 20%
2 3 TAB_GND 8 50V 5A
10%
2
C3 C4 R2
200 OHM 100U 0.1U 1K C9 DS1
35V 50V 0.125W D1 10U D2 HLMP-1790
20% 10% 1% LSM340J 35V MMSZ5235B GREEN
TP2 40V 10%
6.8V
TIN
1 POWER GOOD
B B
P
12V_GND
GND
Jedi Generator TAV Interface Board
ISOLATED 5V
TP3
VCC RS232_VCC
C R3 TIN
C
U1 10K
DCR010505U 0.125W
1%
1 VS1 VOUT 14
2 VS2
ERROR_N 17
28 SYNCIN VREC 12
26 0VIN1 ENABLE 16
C1 C2 27 0VIN2 0VOUT 13
10U 0.47U C6 C8
35V 16V 47U 0.47U
10% 10% 5V C5 35V 16V
1U 10% 10%
25V TP4
10%
TIN
REVISION ECR/ECO DATE SIGN OFF

CHANGE TO 16V
A 03-JULY-06 WANG ZY
GND RS232_GND 1 29-DEC-06 WANG ZY

D D
REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Fri Dec 29 16:04:03 2006 jedi_tav 1 of 4 5182285SCH 1 1 of 4

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 355

Page 356
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 356
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RS485 - RS232 CONVERTOR

A RS232_VCC A
VCC
VCC
RS232<1..2>
CONSOLE_RX+ 1
RS232_VCC U5 U7
C30 HCPL0720-060 MAX488E
0.1U C32 R17
U3 50V 0.1U 110

C11 C13 MAX3221E 10% 1 VDD1 VDD2 8 50V 1 VCC 0.1W
0.1U 0.1U 10% Y 5 0.1%
50V 50V RXD 2 VI VO 6 RS485_TX 3 DI
10% 10% 15 VCC Z 6 CONSOLE_RX- 3
3 VP 4 5 2 CONSOLE_TX+ 8 A
7 VN GND1 GND2 RO 2 RS485_RX
7 B
1:28 PM
2 C1P R16 GND 4

4 C1N 110
5 C2P GND 0.1W
6 C2N 0.1%
C10 C12 RS232_GND
0.1U 0.1U TXD 11 T1IN T1OUT 13 RS232_TX 1 4 CONSOLE_TX-
50V 50V RS232_RX 8 R1IN R1OUT 9 RXD
10% 10% RS232_VCC VCC
1 EN_N INVALID_N 10
B 12 FORCEON FORCEOFF_N 16 B
GND
GND 14 C29
0.1U U6
50V HCPL0720-060 C31
10% 0.1U
2 RS232_RX 50V RS485<1..4>
8 VDD2 VDD1 1 10%
TXD 6 VO VI 2 RS485_RX
R6 R8 5 4
RS232_VCC 20K 0 GND2 GND1
0.125W 0.125W
1% +0.05
GND
RS232_GND RS232_GND RS232_GND

VCC VCC
C VCC VCC C
R7 C14 R14 C15
U4 R11 U4
20K 1U 511 20K 1U
74HC123 74HC123 R18
0.125W 16V 0.125W 0.125W 16V 511
R5 R13
1K 1% 10% 1% 1K 1% 10% 0.125W
0.125W 14 CEXT 0.125W 6 CEXT 1%
1% 15 13 DS2 1% 7 5 DS3
REXT_CEXT Q REXT_CEXT Q
HLMP-1719 HLMP-1719
1 A_N 9 A_N
2 B Q_N 4 1 2 10 B Q_N 12 1 2
3 RD 11 RD
YELLOW YELLOW
VCC=VCC;GND=GND VCC=VCC;GND=GND
TX LED RX LED
D D
REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Wed Sep 13 14:29:56 2006 jedi_tav 2 of 4 5182285SCH 1 2 of 4

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 357
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INTERFACE AND CONNECTORS

A A
CONSOLE_JEDI<1..7>
RS485<1..4>
12V_IN
1:28 PM
J1
1 1
1 CONSOLE_RX+ 2 2 14 14EXPOSURE_SW 2
2 CONSOLE_TX+ 3 3 15 15PREPARE_SW 3
4 4 16 16ON_SW 4
5 5 17 17CONSOLE_RX- 3
1 EXT_CAN_H 6 6 18 18CONSOLE_TX- 4
7 7 19 19EXT_CAN_L 5
1 JEDI_TX+ 8 8 20 20JEDI_TX- 3
2 JEDI_RX+ 9 9 21 21JEDI_RX- 4
B 4 JEDI_ON_SW 10 10 22 22JEDI_EXP_SW 6 B
7 JEDI_PREP_SW 11 11 23 23
5 EXT_CAN_L 12 12 24 24 EXT_CAN_H 1
2 RS232_RX 13 13 25 25 RS232_TX
G1 G1
G2
1
G2
RS232<1..2>
SOCKET
RIGHT_ANGLE
STD_DENSITY
12V_GND RS232_GND SHIELD
RS232_GND
C C
MH1 MH3
VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC MHP4_50TB10_00 MHP4_50TB10_00
1
1
U8
74ACT00
1 A
Y 3
2 B C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C23 C24
0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U C22
50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 22N
VCC=VCC;GND=GND 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 250V
20%
R19 MH2 MH4
20K MHP4_50TB10_00 MHP4_50TB10_00
1
1
0.125W
1% GND SHIELD
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND
GND
D D
REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Page 357

Page 358
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 358
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CONSOLE_JEDI<1..7>
A 12V 12V A
K1 K2
G6RN_1_12VDC G6RN_1_12VDC
1 COIL1 1 COIL1
5 COIL2 5 COIL2
CLOSED 4 CLOSED 4
2 COM OPN 3 JEDI_EXP_SW 6 2 COM OPN 3 JEDI_PREP_SW 7

R21 D3 R25 D4
20K BAS116 20K BAS116
0.125W 75V 0.125W 75V
1% 1%
2 EXPOSURE_SW 3 PREPARE_SW
1:28 PM
RS232_GND RS232_GND
U10
MC1489A
R24
U10 U8 4 6
B MC1489A 74ACT00 IN O B
15K
R22
0.125W RESP_CTRL
5
1 3 12 A C28
11 1% VCC=VCC;GND=GND
IN O Y 0.1U
15K 13 50V
B
0.125W RESP_CTRL
2
10%
1% C26 VCC=VCC;GND=GND
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
GND VCC
VCC

R23 C27
VCC U8
C DS4 C
U9 U8 74ACT00
200K 1U HLMP-1700
74HC123 74ACT00
0.125W 16V 9 A R26
1% 10% 4 8 1 2
A Y
6 CEXT Y 6 10 B
7 5 5 511
REXT_CEXT Q B RED
R20
1%
0.125W
392K
VCC=VCC;GND=GND 1%
0.125W
9 A_N
10 12 VCC=VCC;GND=GND
B Q_N
11 RD
C25
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
1U U9
16V 74HC123
10% GND
14 CEXT
15 REXT_CEXT Q 13
1 A_N
2 B Q_N 4
3 RD
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
PREPARE,EXPORSURE AND INDICATOR
D D
GND
REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted

B Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.5 I/F Board RAD Electrical

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.6 I/F Board RAD V2 Electrical

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.7 Rotor board

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.8 Heater board

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

PioneerSM_ENG.book
3.9
Page 385
GE HEALTHCARE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LVPS board
HIGH VOLTAGE FROM LINE

V160DC
DCBUS_SW 0.75AMP
0.25AMP C26 R34
220P 330
CR19
2KV 1W
SSTA206S
5%
A 600V 10% A
CR9 ISLOCALPART=TRUE
+400_LINE
SMCJ43A CR20 CR3
50.3V SSTA206S DSEI12-12A
ZENERS_CHAIN 600V
0.25AMP V160DC
0.25AMP 1200V 0.75AMP
CR4 MID_ZD
2
SMCJ43A 11A
1:28 PM
50.3V CR21 V160AC ISLOCALPART=TRUE V160DC 160V
R10
1W
5%
SMCJ43A
47K
ZENERS_CHAIN 0.75AMP L3 0.75AMP
1
0.25AMP 0.25AMP 0.25AMP 50.3V TAB
STARTUP_CHAIN CR8 ZENERS_CHAIN 1U STRAIGHT
SMCJ43A 2.5 TURN PIN
R33
2
50.3V CR16 CR22 CF4
ZENERS_CHAIN SMCJ43A C30 C6 C8 SMCJ43A 47K
R13
1W
5%
50.3V
47K
0.25AMP 100V LOW_VOLTAGE 1W
1
0.25AMP 0.75AMP 5% A1 1
2
STARTUP_CHAIN CR10 ZENERS_CHAIN 1KV 3.3U 3.3U

SMCJ43A CR14 1N 250V 250V
DS2
2
50.3V SMCJ43A 20% 20% 20% CR18
0.25AMP 50.3V SMCJ43A
R20
GREEN
1W
5%
100V
47K
0.25AMP 0.25AMP ZENERS_CHAIN
1
1
HLMP-1790
A1 1
DCBUS_P STARTUP_CHAIN 0.25AMP CR15 0.75AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN SMCJ43A LOW_VOLTAGE
2
50.3V TAB
B B
2PIN L4 STRAIGHT
R21
R23
5%
5%
DCBUS_N ISLOCALPART=TRUE 1U PIN
100K
100K
0.5W
0.5W
1
0.25AMP R27 DCBUS_N 0.25AMP 2.5 TURN CF3
CR13
BAW56 0.75AMP
100 1 K1 LOW_VOLTAGE
0.1W 2 1 A 3 ISLOCALPART=TRUE
C25 1% 2 K2 T1 POWER_P15V
C23
CR2 10A P15V
0.1U 0.25AMP C19 ISLOCALPART=TRUE
50V NE1 DSS10-01A ISLOCALPART=TRUE
STARTUP_CHAIN 0.47U 75V ISLOCALPART=TRUE LOW_VOLTAGE L1 LOW_VOLTAGE
10% N76530 2 2 1 1
0.1U 50V
C7
25V
20%
NEON 50V 10% 1AMP 1U 1AMP
100U
C24 10% 22 19
19 100V R3
CF2 2.5 TURN
100P 1 OHM
PIN R31 C16
1MEG 50V 3 3 18 18 0.5MW
STRAIGHT R30 0.25AMP DCBUS_N ISLOCALPART=TRUE 0.47U
5% 5%
C4
C1
10%
50V
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
18V
0.1W
25V
20%
25V
20%
C12
TAB 0.25AMP
2.5A 20K LOW_VOLTAGE 1717 50V
1500U
1500U
0.47U
0.1W
CR12
SMCJ16A
DCBUSP_IN HS1 0.25AMP LOW_VOLTAGE10% LOW_VOLTAGE
2X3.3MH 1% 1% U5 HEATSINK 16 1AMP 1.5AMP
1 A1 R26 UC3844A CR17
44 16
ISLOCALPART=TRUE 70V C31 C13
K2
5 5 15
15
BAV99 0.5AMP C 220P 0.47U
150K 7 8 2KV 50V
L2 VIN VREF R25 DCBUS_N
C 0.1W 4 6
AK
3 G 10% C
F1
FILTER RT_CT VOUT 14 14 10%
1% Q1
C3
C2
10%
50V
18V
1 2 2 1
25V
20%
25V
20%
C18
C5 VFB COMP DCBUS_N

330U
330U
0.47U
3 22 IRG4PH10U
CR7
SMCJ16A
2.2U I_SENSE 0.25AMP E 0.25AMP

450V 5 0.5W 2198557 CR1
DCBUS_N GND DCBUS_N 88 13
13 0.5AMP
5% MBR3100
1 A
5% 0.25AMP 0.25AMP LOW_VOLTAGE LOW_VOLTAGE
3 4 DCBUS_N SW_SNUB 9
9 12 12 ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE DCBUS_N 0.5AMP
R14
1W
100V 2 1
5%
330
ISLOCALPART=TRUE 0.25AMP DCBUS_N 1010 0.5AMP 2 1

1W
1%
F2
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
0.25AMP LOW_VOLTAGE
R38
R12
CF1 R24
20K 1 6 1 OHM
CR11 0.25AMP
1
6
POWER_M15V 0.5MW M15V

1 A1 DCBUSN_IN R28 R32 R29 0.1W SSTA206S SNUB_CHAIN 7
5%
7
0.25AMP 20K 4.99K 10K DCBUS_N 1% 600V

0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 11 20
0.25AMP R35
1% 1% 1%
11
20
PIN ISLOCALPART=TRUE ISLOCALPART=TRUE

R7
R37
1W
1% 0.25AMP
1W
5%
330
0.1 DCBUS_N 0.1
STRAIGHT ISLOCALPART=TRUE ISLOCALPART=TRUE

1K
FORWARD_MEASURE
TAB SNUB_CHAIN ISLOCALPART=TRUE ISLOCALPART=TRUE

0.1W
0.25AMP X2 X1 X3 X4 X5 X6
C20 C28 C29 C27 1%
DCBUS_N U1 HOLE HOLE HOLE HOLEHOLEHOLE
1
1
1
1
1
1
DCBUS_N 0.1U 2.2N 2.2N 2.2N 0.25AMP LM7915

50V 50V 50V 50V ISLOCALPART=TRUE
0.25AMP
10% 10% 10% 10%
R36
1W
1%
2 3
0.1
R5
VIN VOUT 0.75AMP

1W
5%
330
CR5 GND 1 0.75AMP LOW_VOLTAGE

SSTA206S LOW_VOLTAGE
D 600V SNUB_CHAIN D
0.25AMP -5V
-400V_LINE
R4
1W
5%
330
REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Tue Apr 26 14:10:18 2005 LVPS_TRI_V5 1 of 2 2212166-5SCH 1 1 of 2

B Size
State: RELEASE - Document is released and under formal Change Control. Changes are subject to the ECR/ECO Process.
See the GEMS ePDM System to determine the status of this document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Approved Document - 2212166-5SCH_r1.pdf Page 2 of 3
Page 385

Page 386
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 386
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P15V
C11
0.1U
50V
A 10%
LOW_VOLTAGE A
LOW_VOLTAGE
C14 VCC
0.1U 0.25AMP
50V 0.25AMP
10%
LOW_VOLTAGE C9
0.1U
VCC VCC
0.25AMP 50V
M15V 10%
R6 R9 LOW_VOLTAGE
1:28 PM
10K 2K
CR6 0.1W 0.1W 0.25AMP
BAW56 LOW_VOLTAGE 0.25AMP 1% 1%
0.5AMP LOW_VOLTAGE 0.25AMP R11 LOW_VOLTAGE R8 LOW_VOLTAGE
K1 1
LOW_VOLTAGE 0.25AMP 0.25AMP
FORWARD_MEASURE
3 A POWER_P15V
K2 2 10K 100K
R18 LOW_VOLTAGE 0.25AMP
0.1W 0.1W
2
2K LOW_VOLTAGE
0.1W 1% VCC 1%
75V DS1
0.25AMP 1% 0.25AMP HLMP 1709 R2 J1
C10 LOW_VOLTAGE ISLOCALPART=TRUE 1K
0.47U R16 0.1W
RED
1
B 50V 2K R15 P15V VCC
LOW_VOLTAGE U2 1% 1 1 2 2 B
8
10% 0.1W 20K MAX485 3 3 4 4
1% 0.1W U3 5 6
VP
LM311 0.25AMP 5 6 LOW_VOLTAGE
LOW_VOLTAGE 1% 2 7 7 8 8
0.25AMP LOW_VOLTAGE 7 _MAINS_DROP 4 DI RO 1 9 9 10 10
R17 3 VOUT 3 DE 11 11 12 12
1K C17 0.25AMP LOW_VOLTAGE 6 A 13 13 14 14
0.1W 0.1U 0.25AMP 7 B 15 15 16 16
1 GND
1%
4 VN
6
5 BAL
50V 2 RE_N 17 17 18 18
10% C15 19 19 20 20
BAL_STR
R19 0.1U 21 21 22 22
1K 50V VCC=VCC;GND=GND_CHASSIS 23 23 24 24
0.1W 10% 25 25 26 26
1% LOW_VOLTAGE
PIN
STRAIGHT
M15V RIBBON_CABLE_STANDARD

POWER_M15V
C C
P15V
1AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE LOW_VOLTAGE
U4
0.25AMP MC78M05CDT VCC
R1
1 VIN VOUT 3
10 C22 4 C21
GND
1W
0.47U 0.1U
5% 50V 50V
10% 5V 0.75AMP 10%
D OPTIMIZE FOR 100MA D

REV 2 01July04
GE Healthcare
Company Restricted
Mon May 16 12:17:55 2005 LVPS_TRI_V5 2 of 2 2212166-5SCH 1 2 of 2

B Size
State: RELEASE - Document is released and under formal Change Control. Changes are subject to the ECR/ECO Process.
See the GEMS ePDM System to determine the status of this document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Approved Document - 2212166-5SCH_r1.pdf Page 3 of 3


GE HEALTHCARE 
3.10 Inverter

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.11 Gate cmd

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.12 Dual snub

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.13 AC/DC board

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.14 AEC board

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.15 Rad IF

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
Chapter 11 - MIS Chart
Section 1.0
Scope
This section provides detailed information about each MIS run in the form of individual MIS cable
charts.
Each of the following charts defines a single interconnection in the system. The charts are arranged
in the order, according to MIS numbers. In some cases, a particular MIS number is repeated, except
for a letter added at the end. Such a set of charts use the same cable, and carry essentially the
same signals, however the applications for each chart is different - the point of connection is
different (at one or both ends) for each chart in the set.
Section 2.0
How to Use
Each MIS cable shown on the MIS map has its own MIS chart. Each chart identifies all signals
present on the cable, and the specific pins associated with each signal. See Figure 11-1 for an
example.
Figure 11-1 MIS Chart Example
Chapter 11 - MIS Chart Page 401

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 3.0
MIS Charts
3.1 System Console
3.1.1 J1 Handswitch Interface, 5184620
Handswitch System Console
Handswitch J1
COM
1 1
PREP
2 2
COM
3 3
EXP
4 4
3.1.2 J2 FW Download Serial Port, 5194292
System Console Service Laptop
J2 Serial Port
Receive Data
2 to console
Transmit Data
3 from console
Signal Ground
5 GND
Page 402 Section 3.0 MIS Charts

GE HEALTHCARE 
System Console Download Tool
J2 Serial Port
Receive Data
2 to console
Transmit Data
3 from console
Data Terminal Ready
4 from console
Signal Ground
5 GND
Request to Send
7 from console
3.1.3 J3 Power and RTL Interface, 5183903
PDU System Console
TM3 J3
1 DC24V
1 Console Power Input
2 GND 2 Console Power Input
3 GND 3 Console Power Input
4 E
4
5 Power Issue A
5
Power Issue B
6 6
PSW
7 7 RTL (0-DC24V; Active: 0V)

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.1.4 J4 Generator Interface, 5182354
System Console TAV
J4 J1
1 12V_GND
1
9 RS485_RX+ 2
10 RS485_TX+ 3
11 12V_GND
4
12 12V_IN
5
CAN_H
13 6
Exposure_SW
14 14
Prepare_SW
15 15
ON_SW
17 16
RS485_RX-
22 17
RS485_TX-
23 18
CAN_L
24 19

GE HEALTHCARE 
JEDI TAV
J9 J1
11 RS232-GND
7
10 RS485_TX+ 8
9 RS485_RX+ 9
17 ON_SW
10
15 Prepare_SW
11
CAN_L
24 12
RS485_TX-
23 20
RS485_RX-
22 21
Exposure_SW
14 22
CAN_H
13 24
JEDI TAV
J8 J1
3 TX
25
2 RX 13
5 RS232-GND 23

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.2 Generator
3.2.1 Generator Power Cable, 5196454
PDU Generator
380 VAC
TM1 Un P1
380 VAC
TM1 Vn P2
380 VAC
TM1 Wn P3
3.2.2 Generator Grounding Cable, 5196643
PDU Generator
E
Grouding Bar G
3.3 Table
3.3.1 TM1-XS105 Cable, 5193103
Table Tube Stand
TM1 XP105
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
XP106 1 5
XP106 2 6

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.3.2 Table Grounding Cable 1, 5193105
PDU Table
E
Grouding Bar PE1
Table Tube Stand
E
PE1 PE2
Tube Stand Tube Control Box
E
PE2 PE3
Table Base Table Cassette Tray
E
PE5 PE6

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.3.6 Table Power Cable, 5193607
PDU TM2 Table TM1
24 V
5 3
0V
6 4
foot-1
7 8
24 V
8 2
0V
9 1
3.3.6.1 Table MC7 Cable, 5197242
Control Box Tube Stand
XP102 MC7 Cable
24V
1 1
0V
2 2

GE HEALTHCARE 
3.3.7 Table Cable No1, 5197244
Control Box / Collimator Tube Stand
Control Box XS103 1 XP101 1
Control Box XS103 3
XP105 3
Collimator Connector 1 XP105 4
Collimator Connector 4

GE HEALTHCARE 

GE HEALTHCARE 
Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility

(EMC)
Section 1.0
Compliance Statement
This equipment complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. The equipment may
cause radio frequency interference to other medical and non-medical devices and radio
communications.
To provide reasonable protection against such interference, this product complies the radiated
emission as per CISPR11 Group1 Class A standard limits.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment is found to cause interference (which may be determined by turning the equipment
on and off), the user (or qualified service personnel) should attempt to correct the problem by one
or more of the following measure(s):
• Reorient or relocate the affected device(s)
• Increase the separation between the equipment and the affected device (see recommended
separation distances)
• Power the equipment from a source different from that of the affected device
• Consult the point of purchase or service representative for further suggestions
Use of accessories, transducers, cables and other parts other than those specified by the
manufacturer of this equipment may result in increased emissions or decreased immunity of the
equipment.
The manufacturer is not responsible for any interference caused by using other than recommended
interconnect cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized
changes or modifications could void the users' authority to operate the equipment.
All interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded, except when
technologically prohibited. Use of cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the
equipment causing radio frequency interference.
The XR 6000 is predominantly intended for use in non-domestic environments, and not directly
connected to the Public Mains Network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.
The compatible accessories must be used within the recommended operating conditions outlined
in the operation manuals. In addition to calibration and warm-up, other devices must be reset before
and after use to ensure accurate dose measurements. Sustained exposure to electromagnetic
fields (exceeding the test conditions) may cause false measurements. Failure to follow the
recommended use may cause false measurements.
The magnetic field environment from a MRI device located nearby is a risk of interference.
All of the above are required to achieve the Electromagnetic Compatibility for a typical installation
of the XR 6000. Further detailed data & requirements are described in the Use Recommendations
and Installation Recommendations sections.
Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Page 411

GE HEALTHCARE 
Section 2.0
Compatibility Tables
This equipment complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices.
The XR 6000 is suitable to be used in an electromagnetic environment, as per the limits &
recommendations described in the tables hereafter:
• Emission Compliance level & limits (Table 1).
• Immunity Compliance level & recommendations to maintain equipment clinical utility (see
Table 2 and Table 3).
Note: This system complies with above mentioned EMC standard when used with supplied cables.
If different cable lengths are required, contact a qualified service representative for advice.
2.1 Electromagnetic Emission
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration – Electromagnetic Emissions

The XR 6000 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The
customer or the user of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emissions Test Compliance Electromagnetic Environment Guidance
RF emission, Group 1 The XR 6000 uses RF energy only for its internal
CISPR 11 function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and
are not likely to cause any interference in nearby
electronic equipment.
RF emissions, Class A The XR 6000 is suitable for use in non-domestic
CISPR 11 environments, and not directly connected to the Public
Harmonic emissions, Not applicable Mains Network. The XR 6000 is predominantly intended
IEC 61000-3-2 for use (e.g. in hospitals) with an appropriate power
supply (see operation manual) and the recommended
Voltage fluctuations/ Not applicable shielding for portable use.
flicker emissions,
IEC 61000-3-3
Table 1 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Emission
Page 412 Section 2.0 Compatibility Tables

GE HEALTHCARE 
2.2 Electromagnetic Immunity
Guidance and Manufacturer’s declaration – electromagnetic immunity.

The XR 6000 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user
of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity Test IEC 60601-1-2 Test Level Compliance Level Electromagnetic Environment
Guidance
Electrostatic  6 kV contact.  6 kV contact. Floors should be wood,
discharge (ESD),  8 kV air.  8 kV air. concrete, or ceramic tile. If floors
IEC 61000-4-2 are covered with synthetic
material, the relative humidity
should be at least 30%.
Electrical fast  2 kV for power supply  2 kV for power supply Mains power quality should be
transient/burst, lines. lines. that of a typical commercial or
EC 61000-4-4  1 kV for input/output  1 kV for input/output hospital environment
lines. lines.
Surge,  1 kV differential mode.  1 kV differential mode. Mains power quality should be
IEC 61000-4-5  2 kV common mode.  2 kV common mode. that of a typical commercial or
hospital environment.
Voltage dips, short < 5% UT, (> 95% dip in UT) 0% UT for 5 sec. Mains power quality should be
interruptions and for 0.5 cycle. that of a typical commercial or
voltage variations on 40% UT (60% dip in UT) hospital environment. If the user
power supply input of the XR 6000 requires
for 5 cycles.
lines, IEC 61000-4- continued operation during
11 70% UT (30% dip in UT) for power mains interruptions, it is
25 cycles. recommended that the XR 6000
< 5% UT, (> 95% dip in UT) be powered from an
for 5 sec. uninterruptible power supply or a
battery.
Power frequency (50/ 3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic fields
60 Hz) magnetic field, should be at levels characteristic
IEC 61000-4-8 of a typical location in a typical
commercial or hospital
environment.
Note: These are guidelines. Actual conditions may vary.
Table 2 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Immunity

GE HEALTHCARE 
Guidance and Manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic immunity. The XR 6000 is suitable for use in the specified
electromagnetic environment. The customer or the user of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in an
electromagnetic environment as described below.
Immunity Test IEC 60601-1-2 Compliance Electromagnetic Environment Guidance
Test Level Level
Conducted RF, 3 Vrms, 150 kHz to V1 = 3Vrms Portable and mobile RF communications equipment
IEC 61000-4-6 80 MHz should be used no closer to any part of the XR 6000,
Radiated RF 3 V/m, 80 MHz to E1 = 3V/m including cables, than the recommended separation
IEC 61000-4-3 2.5 GHz distance calculated from the equation appropriate for the
frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended Separation Distance
d = 1.2
d = 1.2 80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = 2.3 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz

where, P is the maximum output power rating of the
transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter
manufacturer and d is the recommended separation
distance in metres (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as
determined by an electromagnetic site surveya, should
be less than the compliance level in each frequency
rangeb.
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment
marked with the following symbol:
a
Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land
mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast, and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with
accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey
should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the XR 6000 is used exceeds the applicable
RF compliance level above, the XR 6000 should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is
observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the XR 6000.
b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than [V1] V/m.
These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection
from structures, objects, and people.
Table 3 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Immunity (Continued)
Page 414 Section 2.0 Compatibility Tables

GE HEALTHCARE 
Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the XR 6000
The XR 6000 is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled.
The customer or the user of the XR 6000 can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum
distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the XR 6000 as
recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
Rated Maximum Output Power (P) Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter
of Transmitter Watts (W)
150 kHz to 80 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
d = 1.2 d = 1.2 d = 2.3

Separation Distance Separation Distance Separation Distance
meters meters meters
0.01 (10 mW) 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 (100 mW) 0.38 0.38 0.74
1 1.2 1.2 2.3

10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the separation distance can be estimated using
the equation in the corresponding column, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in
watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer. V1 and V2 are the COMPLIANCE LEVELS for the IEC 61000-
4-6 test and E1 is the COMPLIANCE LEVEL for the IEC 61000-4-3 test. V1 and V2 are in V and E1 is in V/m.
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reflection from structures, objects, and people.
Table 4 Recommended Separation Distances
Prob./Appl
. Severity Test
Level Name Essential Performance of Failure of Failure Req’d Test Methord Pass/Fail Criteria
Exposur; Exposure parameter
System XR-6000 system display and set; Positioner See below See below Yes See subsystems below See subsystems below
movement.
No unintended exposure;
Monitor exposure
No Incorrect exposure （the
Fix exposure parameter that
Subsystem Acquire expectant dose MEDIUM MEDIUM Yes exposure results is not meet
AEC displaied on system
product registration
console.
standard）
Positioner Table electromagnetic lock (EM- Check EM-lock after The EM-lock function work as
Subsystem MEDIUM LOW Yes
movement lock) function. immunity test. intended after immunity test.
Observance Exposure No exposure parameter

Exposure parameter display parameter; Set change during immunity test;
Subsystem System console MEDIUM LOW Yes
Exposure parameter set . exposure parameter Exposure parameter set as
after Immunity Test. intended after immunity test.
System able to turn on and

Power Distribution
Subsystem Provide power to sub-systems. LOW LOW Yes Turn on and boot up. boot up successfully after
Unit
immunity test.
Monitor grid Oscillating No grid Oscillating aborted

Component Bucky Oscillating Grid MEDIUM LOW Yes
during immunity test. during immunity test.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Table 5 Product Essential Performance
Section 3.0
Use Recommendations
This product complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices and
with radio frequency emission requirements per CISPR11 Group1 Class A standard limits. The XR
6000 is predominantly intended for use in hospitals.
Do not use devices which intentionally transmit RF Signals (Cellular Phones, Transceivers, or
Radio Controlled Products) in the vicinity of this equipment as it may cause performance outside
the published specifications. Keep the power to these types of devices turned off when near this
equipment.
Adhering to the distance separation recommended in Table 4, between 150 kHz & 2.5 GHz, will
reduce disturbances recorded at the image level but may not eliminate all disturbances. However,
when installed and operated as specified herein, the system will maintain its essential performance
by continuing to safely acquire controlled radiological X-ray exposures in a mobile radiography
environment.
For example, a 1W mobile phone (800 MHz to 2.5 GHz carrier frequency) shall be put 2.3 meters
apart from the XR 6000 (in order to avoid image interference risks).
The use of accessories, transducers, and cables other than those specified may result in degraded
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY of the XR 6000.
The medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians, patients, and other
people who may be around this equipment to comply fully with the above equipment requirements.
Section 4.0
Installation Recommendations
This system complies with above mentioned EMC standard when used with supplied cables.
In order to minimize interference risks, the following requirements shall apply.
4.1 Cable Shielding & Grounding

All interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded. Use of
cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the equipment causing radio frequency
interference.
4.2 Subsystem & Accessories Power Supply Distribution

All components, accessories subsystems, systems which are electrically connected to the XR
6000, must have all AC power supplied by the same power distribution panel & line.
4.3 Stacked Components & Equipment

The XR 6000 should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipment; if adjacent or stacked
use is necessary, the XR 6000 should be tested and verified in order to ensure normal operation in
the configuration in which it will be used. Consult qualified personnel regarding device/system
configurations.
Page 416 Section 3.0 Use Recommendations

GE HEALTHCARE 
4.4 Low Frequency Magnetic Field
Not applicable.
4.5 Electrostatic Discharge Environment & Recommendations

In order to reduce electrostatic discharge interference, install a charge dissipative floor material to
avoid electrostatic charge buildup.
The relative humidity shall be at least 30 percent.
The dissipative material shall be connected to the system ground reference, if applicable.

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 418 Section 4.0 Installation Recommendations

GE HEALTHCARE 
Appendix B - Revision History

Revision Date Reason for change
1 June 20, 2007 First Release
2 Nov. 08, 2007 Add cabinet tray pull/push location, silicone compound to HV
cables, PDU troubleshootings, part replacement, Jedi schematics,
and PM form
Update table unpacking process, accuracy of x-ray field and light
field alignment, table top part number
3 Feb. 15, 2008 Remove "LING LONG"
Add door light and gate command pin direction
Add Collimator PM
4 April 25, 2008 Add technique factors measurement criteria.
Add CR AEC calibration process.
Add tube stand bearing replacement instruction
Add note to grid installation instruction.
Add instruction to table leveling adjustment.
Add system configuration instruction.
5 Aug 28,2008 Add installation instruction for oscillate grid for the system
configured with advanced tube stand and advanced wall stand.
Add HHS test instruction.
6 Mar 09, 2011 Update tube voltage accuracy in chapter 4.
Update FRU list
7 Aug 18, 2011 Revise EMC standard version
8 Jun 15,2012 Add Bucky Handle Assembly to FRU list.
9 Jun 29, 2012 Add requirement to meet the 3rd edition IEC60601 standards.
10 Jun 25, 2014 Remove CE Mark.
11 Aug 25, 2014 Add CE Mark. update Figure 2-55
12 Oct 30, 2014 Add LOCTITE 242(or 243) requirements during the tube
installation; Add FRU parts Item 63, item 64
Appendix B - Revision History Page 419

GE HEALTHCARE 
Page 420 Appendix B - Revision History

ay
Xr
GE HEALTHCARE
NO.1, YONGCHANG NORTH ROAD
ECONOMIC & TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT ZONE
FAX: 86-10-67881850
TELE: 86-10-58068888
422
BEIJING, P. R. CHINA 100176

GE XR6000 X Ray Service Manual PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

GE XR6000 X Ray Service Manual PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

PioneerSM_ENG.

book Page 1 Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

Copyright © 2007~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All

Legal Notes Page 3

Page 4 Legal Notes

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ  ТОВА УПЪТВАНЕ ЗА РАБОТА Е НАЛИЧНО САМО НА АНГЛИЙСКИ ЕЗИК.

VÝSTRAHA  TENTO PROVOZNÍ NÁVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKÉM JAZYCE.

ADVARSEL  DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN PÅ ENGELSK.

Important Precautions Page 5

WAARSCHUWING  DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS

• THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

VAROITUS  TÄMÄ HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.

Page 6 Important Precautions

• CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.

WARNUNG  DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.

(EL)  ΕΑΝ ΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΕΝΟΣ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΑΠΑΙΤΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ

FIGYELMEZTETÉS  EZEN KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYV KIZÁRÓLAG ANGOL NYELVEN ÉRHETŐ

Important Precautions Page 7

AÐVÖRUN  ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK ER EINGÖNGU FÁANLEG Á ENSKU.

• IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE

Page 8 Important Precautions

경고  본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다.

 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지

 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로부터 서비스 제공

BRĪDINĀJUMS  ŠĪ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGĻU VALODĀ.

ĮSPĖJIMAS  ŠIS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGLŲ KALBA.

ADVARSEL  DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN FINNES BARE PÅ ENGELSK.

Important Precautions Page 9

OSTRZEŻENIE  NINIEJSZY PODRĘCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĘPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JĘZYKU

ATENÇÃO  ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA DISPONÍVEL

ATENŢIE  ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLEZĂ.

Page 10 Important Precautions

ОСТОРОЖНО!  ДАННОЕ РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ ПРЕДЛАГАЕТСЯ ТОЛЬКО

UPOZORNENIE  TENTO NÁVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZÍCII LEN V ANGLIČTINE.

(SK)  AK ZÁKAZNÍKOV POSKYTOVATEĽ SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK AKO

ATENCION  ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES.

Important Precautions Page 11

VARNING  DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ ENGELSKA.

DİKKAT  BU SERVİS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE İNGİLİZCESİ MEVCUTTUR.

Page 12 Important Precautions

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

Important Precautions Page 13

OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Page 14 Important Precautions

1.2 Text Format of Signal Words

Preface - Publication Conventions Page 15

1.3 Symbols and Pictorials Used

keep_up magnetic biohazard compressgas ppe-hearing

impact corrosive heavyobject ppe-2people

static_elec heat general laser ppe-respitory

keep_dry pinch radiation poisongas ppe-loto

general explosive electrical flammable ppe-eye

torque crush/mechanical tipping Read Manual ppe-gloves

ce instuction poisonmatl entanglement instuction

1.3.1 SPECIAL NOTICES

Page 16 Section 1.0 - Safety & Hazard Information

Dangerous Voltage. Indicates an avoidable dangerous high voltage hazard.

Follow instructions for use.

1.3.2 X-ray Tube

1.3.4 Electrical Type

1.3.5 Electrical Current

Control for indicating radiation field by using light.

Preface - Publication Conventions Page 17